Home

Handbuch 750-841

1.
2. Input Process Image Offset Byte Desunadon Description High Byte Low Byte 0 S not used Status byte 1 D1 DO Counter word 2 not used 3 D4 D3 Latch word Output Process Image Offset Byte Besunavon Description High Byte Low Byte 0 C not used Control byte 1 D1 DO Counter setting word 2 not used 3 not used 750 634 The above Incremental Encoder Interface module has 5 bytes of input data 6 bytes in cycle duration measurement mode and 3 bytes of output data The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image which has 4 words mapped into each image Word alignment is applied Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 I O Modules 323 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Manual Table 350 Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750 634 Input Process Image Offset Byte Destination Description High Byte Low Byte 0 S not used Status byte 1 D1 DO Counter word 2 D2 not used Periodic time 3 D4 D3 Latch word If cycle duration measurement mode is enabled in the control byte the cycle duration is given as a 24 bit value that is stored in D2 together with D3 D4 Output Process Image Offset eee enon Description High Byte Low Byte 0 C not used Control byte 1 D1 DO Counter setting word 2 not used 3 R E 750 637 The above Incremental Encoder I
3. MODBUS address Memory range Description dec hex 0 511 0x0000 0x01FF Physical input area 1 First 512 digital inputs 512 1023 0x0200 0x03FF Physical output area 1 First 512 digital outputs 1024 4095 0x0400 0xOFFF MODBUS exception Illegal data address 4096 8191 0x1000 0x1FFF QX256 0 QX511 15 PFC OUT area Volatile PFC output variables 8192 12287 0x2000 0x2FFF IX256 0 IX511 15 PFC IN area Volatile PFC input variables 12288 32767 0x3000 0x7FFF MX0 MX1279 15 NOVRAM 8 kB retain memory max 24 kB 32768 34295 0x8000 0x85F7 Physical input area 2 Starts with the 513 and ends with the 2039 digital input 34296 36863 Ox85F8 0x8FFF MODBUS exception Illegal data address 36864 38391 0x9000 0x95F7 Physical output area 2 Starts with the 5 13 and ends with the 2039 digital output 38392 65535 Ox95F8 0xFFFF MODBUS exception Illegal data address Bit Access Writing with FC5 and FC15 Table 132 Bit access writing with FC5 and FC15 MODBUS address Memory range Description dec hex 0 511 0x0000 0x01FF Physical output area 1 First 512 digital outputs 512 1023 0x0200 0x03FF Physical output area 1 First 512 digital outputs 1024 4095 0x0400 0xOFFF MODBUS exception Illegal data address 4096 8191 0x1000 0x1FFF IX256 0 IX511 15 PFC IN
4. Manual Version 1 4 1 maco 14 Notes about this Documentation WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Information FE Additional Information Refers to additional information which is not an integral part of this documentation e g the Internet Manual maco Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Notes about this Documentation 15 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 1 4 Number Notation Table 1 Number Notation Number code Example Note Decimal 100 Normal notation Hexadecimal 0x64 C notation Binary 100 In quotation marks nibble separated with 0110 0100 dots 1 5 Font Conventions Table 2 Font Conventions Font type Indicates italic Names of paths and data files are marked in italic type e g C Programme WAGO I O CHECK Menu Menu items are marked in bold letters e g Save gt A greater than sign between two names means the selection of a menu item from a menu e g File gt New Input Designation of input or optional fields are marked in bold letters e g Start of measurement range Value Input or selective values are marked in inverted commas e g Enter the value 4 mA under Start of measurement range Button Pushbuttons in dialog boxes are marked with bold letters in square brackets e g Input Key Keys are marked with bold lette
5. 2 name of the server Domain STRING Default domain name A Name 6 Set NV Host Name STRING _ Device name tid Common Services Table 216 TCP IP interface F5hex Common service Service code Service available Service name Description Class_ Instance Ol hex Yes Yes Get Attribute All Supplies contents of all attributes OE hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_ Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute 10 hex No Yes Set_ Attribute Single Modifies an attribute value 12 4 5 9 Ethernet Link F6 hex The Ethernet Link Object contains link specific counter and status information for an Ethernet 802 3 communications interface Each device must support exactly one instance of the Ethernet Link Object for each Ethernet IEEE 802 3 communications interface on the module An Ethernet link object instance for an internal interface can also be used for the devices e g an internal port with an integrated switch Manual maco Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 275 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Instance 0 Class Attributes Table 217 Ethernet link F5 Class Attribute ID_ Access Name Data type Description Default value 1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 3 0x0003 2 Get Max Instance UDINT Max number of instances 3 0x0003 3 Get Num Instances UDINT Number of the cur
6. Identifier Entry Access Description 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 15 IffnUnknown R This entry indicates the number of received Protos packets sent to an unknown or unsupported port number 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 16 ifOutOctets R__ This entry gives the total number of bytes sent via interface 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 17 ifOutUcastPkts R This entry contains the number of outgoing unicast packets delivered to a higher layer 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 18 ifOutN UcastPkts R This entry indicates the number of outgoing broad and multicast packets delivered to a higher layer 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 19 ifOutDiscards R This entry indicates the number of packets that were discarded even though no errors had been detected 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 20 ifOutErrors R This entry indicates the number of packets that could not be transmitted because of errors Manual Version 1 4 1 maco 376 Appendix 16 1 3 maco IP Group WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller The IP group contains information about IP communication Table 419 MIB II IP Group Identifier Entry Access Description 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 1 ipForwarding R W 1 Host is a router 2 Host is not a router 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 2 ipDefaultTTL R W Default value for the Time To Live field of each IP frame 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 3 ipInRecei
7. Attribute Access Name Data type Description Default ID value 1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 0x0001 2 Get Max Instance _ UINT Max number of instances Instance 1 255 Analog input 1 up to 255 Table 248 Analog Input Point 67 nex Instance 255 Attribute Access Name Data type Description Default ID value 1 Get AipObj_Value ARRAY Analog Input of BYTE 2 Get AipObj_Value_ USINT Length of the output data Length AopObj_Value in byte Common Services Table 249 Analog Input Point 67 nex Common service Service Service available Service name Description code Class _ Instance OE hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute Version 1 4 1 maco 284 Fieldbus Communication 12 4 5 21 maco WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 4 5 20 Analog Input Point Extended 1 6B nex The extension of the Analog Input Point class enables the reading of data from a fieldbus node that contains over 255 analog outputs AIPs The instance scope of the Analog Input Point Extended 1 class covers AIPs from 256 to 510 in the fieldbus node Instance 0 Class Attributes Table 250 Analog Input Point Extended 1 6B nex Class Attribute Access Name Data type De
8. Identifier Entry Access Description 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 30 1 wioProjectld R___ ID of CoDeSys project 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 30 2 wioProjectDate R Date of CoDeSys project 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 30 3 wioProjectName R___ Name of CoDeSys project 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 30 4 wioProjectTitle R Title of CoDeSys project 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 30 5 wioProjectVersion R__ Version of CoDeSys project 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 30 6 wioProjectAuthor R___ Author of CoDeSys project 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 30 7 wioProjectDescription R Description of CoDeSys project 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 30 8 wioNumberOflecTasks R Number of JEC tasks in the CoDeSys project 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 30 9 wiolecTaskTable 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 30 9 1 wiolecTaskEntry 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 30 9 1 1 wiolecTaskId R _ ID of IEC task in the CoDeSys project 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 30 9 1 2 wiolecTaskName R Name of IEC task in the CoDeSys project 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 30 9 1 3 wiolecTaskStatus R Status of IEC task in the CoDeSys project 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 30 9 1 4 wiolecTaskMode R Mode of IEC task in the CoDeSys project 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 30 9 1 5 wiolecTaskPriority R Priority of IEC task in the CoDeSys project 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 30 9 1 6 wiolecTaskInterval R Interval of cyclic IEC task in the CoDeSys project 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 30 9 1 7 wiolecTaskEvent R Event for IEC task in the CoDeSys project 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10
9. e Fi cy OA ae WA ITEM NO 750 333 4 PROFIBUS DP 12 MBd DPV1 5 Hansastr 27 Ez of D 32423 Minden 8 oO D ES 888 o7 H g o S zBs O ie s m oN 24V g eels EEEE aslo o Power Supply Power Supply N AN a Field Electronic alal eajaze ete PATENTS PENDING e 5p DEMKO o2arexts2278 x oO EEx nA Il T4 D IT Manufacturing number 01 03 00 02 03 B000000 Calendar Year Software Hardware Firmware Internal week version version loader number version Figure 2 Example of a manufacturing number The manufacturing number consists of the production week and year the software version if available the hardware version of the component the firmware loader if available and further internal information for WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Hardware Address MAC ID Each ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller has a unique and internationally unambiguous physical address referred to as the MAC ID Media Access Control Identity This is located on the rear of the controller and on a self adhesive tear off label on the side of the controller The MAC ID has a set length of 6 bytes 48 bits hexadecimal The first three bytes identify the manufacturer e g 00 30 DE for WAGO The second 3 bytes indicate the consecutive serial number for the hardware 22 3 3 3 4 maco System Description WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Contro
10. maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Each WAGO ETHERNET fieldbus coupler or controller can be easily assigned an IP address via the implemented BootP protocol For small internal networks we recommend selecting a network address from Class C Note Do not set IP addresses to 0 0 0 0 or 255 255 255 255 Never set all bits to equal 0 or 1 in one byte byte 0 or 255 These are reserved for special functions and may not be allocated Therefore the address 10 0 10 10 may not be used due to the 0 in the second byte If a network is to be directly connected to the Internet only registered internationally unique IP addresses allocated by a central registration service may be used These are available from InterN C International Network Information Center Note Internet access only by the authorized network administrator Direct connection to the Internet should only be performed by an authorized network administrator and is therefore not described in this manual Subnets To allow routing within large networks a convention was introduced in the specification RFC 950 Part of the Internet address the subscriber ID is divided up again into a subnetwork number and the station number of the node With the aid of the network number it is possible to branch into internal subnetworks within the partial network but the entire network is physically connected together The size and p
11. Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default value 3 Get Data ARRAY of BYTE Analog and digital input data the status and fieldbus output variables are contained in the process image 4 Get Data UNIT Number of Bytes in the Size process data image Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Instance 105 69 nex Fieldbus Communication 269 This assembly instance contains only digital input data status value from class 100 instance 1 attribute 5 and fieldbus output variables Table 203 Static assembly instances Instance 105 69 nex Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default value 3 Get Data ARRAY of BYTE Digital input data status and fieldbus output variables are contained in the process image 4 Get Data UNIT Number of Bytes in the Size process data image Instance 106 6A hex This assembly instance contains only analog input data status value from class 100 instance 1 attribute 5 and fieldbus output variables Table 204 Static assembly instances Instance 106 6A hex Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default value 3 Get Data ARRAY of BYTE Analog input data status and fieldbus output variables are contained in the process image 4 Get Data UNIT Number of Bytes in the Size process data image
12. The specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes input data and seize 1 Instance in Class 0x67 Version 1 4 1 Aca 346 I O Modules WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Output Process Image Instance Eyre Desunanon Description High Byte Low Byte C Control byte De m Counter setting value D3 D2 And the specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes output data and seize 1 Instance in Class 0x68 750 404 000 005 The above Counter Modules have a total of 5 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image 4 bytes of counter data and 1 byte of control status The two counter values are supplied as 16 bits The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image which has a total of 3 words mapped into each image Word alignment is applied Table 388 Counter Modules 750 404 000 005 Input Process Image Instance Sye Me inahan Description High Byte Low Byte S Status byte n D1 DO Counter Value of Counter 1 D3 D2 Counter Value of Counter 2 The specialty modules represent 2x3 bytes input data and seize 2 Instances in Class 0x67 Output Process Image Instance Byte Destinaktan Description High Byte Low Byte C Control byte n D1 DO Counter Setting Value of Counter 1 D3 D2 Counter Setting Value of Counter 2 And the specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes output data and sei
13. Attribute Access Name Data type Description Default ID value 1 Get AipObj_ Value ARRAY Analog Input of BYTE 2 Get AipObj_ Value_ USINT Length of the output data Length AopObj_Value in byte Common Services Table 258 Analog Input Point Extended 3 73 hex Common service Service Service available Service name Description code Class _ Instance OE hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute Version 1 4 1 waca 286 Fieldbus Communication WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 4 5 23 Analog Output Point 68 nex This class enables the reading of data of a particular analog output point AOP An analog output point is part of an analog output module Instance 0 Class Attributes Table 259 Analog Output Point 68 nex Class Attribute Access Name Data type Description Default ID value 1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 0x0001 2 Get Max Instance _ UINT Max number of instances Instance 1 255 Analog output value 1 up to 255 Table 260 Analog Output Point 68 nex Instance 1 255 Attribute Access Name Data type Description Default ID value 1 Get AopObj Value ARRAY Analog Output of BYTE 2 Get AopObj_ Value USINT Length of the output data Length AopObj_
14. Value Watchdog time WS_TIME Access Read write Default 0x0000 Description This register stores the watchdog timeout value as an unsigned 16 bit value The default value is 0 Setting this value will not trigger the watchdog However a non zero value must be stored in this register before the watchdog can be triggered The time value is stored in multiples of 100ms e g 0x0009 is 9 seconds It is not possible to modify this value while the watchdog is running Table 136 Register address 0x1001 Register address 0x1001 4097 Value Watchdog function coding mask function code 1 16 WDFCM_ 1 16 Access Read write Default 0x0000 Description Using this mask the function codes can be set to trigger the watchdog function The function code can be selected via a 1 FC 1 Bit 0 FC 2 Bit 1 FC 3 Bit 0 or 1 FC 4 Bit 2 FC 5 Bit 0 or 2 FC 6 Bit 1 or 2 etc The watchdog function is started if a value is not equal to zero If only codes from non supported functions are entered in the mask the watchdog will not start An existing fault is reset and writing into the process illustration is possible Also here changes cannot be made while the watchdog is running When the watchdog is enabled no code is generated to rewrite the current data value o Manual WAGO Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 245 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus
15. Offset Byte Dosing Description High Byte Low Byte 0 reserved CO reserved Control byte CO 1 D1 DO 2 D3 D2 Process data Mailbox 3 D5 D4 4 c3 D6 Control byte C3 poe f 5 Cl C2 Control byte C1 Control byte C2 Cyclic process image Mailbox disabled me Mailbox process image Mailbox activated RTC Module 750 640 The RTC Module has a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image 4 bytes of module data and 1 byte of control status and 1 byte ID for command The following table illustrates the Input and Output Process Image which have 3 words mapped into each image Word alignment is applied Table 355 RTC Module 750 640 Input and Output Process Image Offset a Description High Byte Low Byte 0 ID C S Command byte D ae l n a Data bytes 2 D3 D2 DALI DSI Master Module 750 641 The DALI DSI Master module has a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image 5 bytes of module data and 1 byte of control status The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image which have 3 words mapped into each image Word alignment is applied Table 356 DALI DSI Master module 750 641 Input Process Image Offset ye Dae Seina tain Description High Byte Low Byte 0 DO S DALI Response Status byte 1 D2 D1 Message 3 DALI Address 2 D4 D3 Message 1 Message 2 Manual Version 1 4 1 WAG
16. PLC functionality CPU Pil F Process Input Image PIO Process Output age addressing Z Inputs Outputs WO modules 7s04x 6x RY pr i rr 7 IWO t IW512 QWO aws512 i PII PIO IW255 IW1275 QW255 QW1275 In puts Outpu ts 4 Yau il gg E SEEE ee Programmable Fieldbus Controller Figure 42 Data exchange between PLC function CPU of the PFC and the I O modules Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGE 90 Function Description WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 7 3 5 7 3 5 1 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Data Exchange between Master and PLC Function CPU The fieldbus master and the PLC function CPU of the PFC have different perspectives on data Variable data generated by the master are routed as input variables to the PFC where they are further processed Data created in the PFC are transmitted via fieldbus to the master as output variables In the PFC access to the MODBUS TCP PFC variable data is possible starting from word address 256 to 511 double word address 128 255 byte address 512 1023 while access to the PFC variable data is possible starting from a word address of 1276 to 1531 double word address 638 765 byte address 2552 3063 Example of MODBUS TCP Master and PLC Function CPU Data access by the MODBUS
17. maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Connecting a conductor to the CAGE CLAMP The WAGO CAGE CLAMP connection is appropriate for solid stranded and finely stranded conductors Note Only connect one conductor to each CAGE CLAMP connection Only one conductor may be connected to each CAGE CLAMP connection Do not connect more than one conductor at one single connection If more than one conductor must be routed to one connection these must be connected in an up circuit wiring assembly for example using WAGO feed through terminals Exception If it is unavoidable to jointly connect 2 conductors then you must use a ferrule to join the wires together The following ferrules can be used Length 8 mm Nominal cross section max 1 mm for 2 conductors with 0 5 mm each WAGO Product 216 103 or products with comparable properties 1 To open the CAGE CLAMP insert the actuating tool into the opening above the connection 2 Insert the conductor into the corresponding connection opening 3 To close the CAGE CLAMP simply remove the tool the conductor is then clamped firmly in place e i Figure 34 Connecting a conductor to a CAGE CLAMP Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Function Description 71 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 7 7 1 7 1 1 Function Description Operating System Run up Ma
18. Get Data Size UNIT Number of Bytes in the process data image Instance 110 6E hex Table 208 Static assembly instances Instance 110 6E hex Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default value 3 Get Data ARRAY of BYTE Reference of the process image only PFC output variables Instance 111 6F nex Table 209 Static assembly instances Instance 111 6F nex Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default value 3 Set Data ARRAY of BYTE Reference of the process image only PFC input variables Instance 198 C6 hex Input Only This instance is used to establish a connection when no outputs are to be addressed or when inputs which are already being used in an exclusive owner connection are to be interrogated The data length of this instance is always zero This instance can only be used in the consumed path seen from the slave device Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 271 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Instance 199 C7 nex Listen only This instance is used to establish a connection based on an existing exclusive owner connection The new connection also has the same transmission parameters as the exclusive owner connection When the exclusive owner connection is cl
19. Input and Output Process Image Instance Byes Desunadon Description High Byte Low Byte extended CIS Co so Contral Contolstatus Status byte y E D1 DO D3 D2 Data bytes D5 D4 The specialty modules represent 1x8 bytes input and output data and seize 1 Instance in Class 0x67 and 1 Instance in Class 0x68 13 3 5 14 Bluetooth RF Transceiver 750 644 The size of the process image for the Bluetooth module can be adjusted to 12 24 or 48 bytes It consists of a control byte input or status byte output an empty byte an overlayable mailbox with a size of 6 12 or 18 bytes mode 2 and the Bluetooth process data with a size of 4 to 46 bytes Thus each Bluetooth module uses between 12 and 48 bytes in the process image The sizes of the input and output process images are always the same The first byte contains the control status byte the second contains an empty byte Process data attach to this directly when the mailbox is hidden When the mailbox is visible the first 6 12 or 18 bytes of process data are overlaid by the mailbox data depending on their size Bytes in the area behind the optionally visible mailbox contain basic process data The internal structure of the Bluetooth process data can be found in the documentation for the Bluetooth 750 644 RF Transceiver The mailbox and the process image sizes are set with the startup tool WAGO I O CHECK Manual maco Version 1 4 1 WAG
20. maco WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Description of the WAGO MIB The WAGO MIB file describes WAGO specific objects that can be read out via SNMP These objects contain information about the state and the current settings of the device The WAGO MIB is located under an individual Enterprise ID in the SNMP OID structure The parameters of the WAGO MIB are at iso org dod internet private enterprise wago 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 The WAGO MIB cuts into the following groups Table 87 WAGO MIB Group Group Identifier Company Group 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 1 Product Group 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 Versions Group 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 10 Real Time Clock Group 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 11 Ethernet Group 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 12 Actual Error Group 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 20 Error History Group 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 21 1 PLC Project Group 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 30 Http Group 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 1 Ftp Group 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 2 Snmp Group 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 2 Snmp Trap String Group 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 4 Snmp User Trap String Group 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 5 Plc Connection Group 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 5 1 Modbus Group 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 6 Ethernet IP Group 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 7 Process Image Group 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 50 Plc Data Group 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 100 1
21. 276 Fieldbus Communication WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Instance 1 Table 221 Coupler Controller configuration 64 nex Instance 1 Attribute ID Access NV Name Data type Description Default value 5 0x05 Get V ProcessState USINT State of coupler controller error 0 mask Bit 0 Internal bus error Bit 3 Module diagnostics 0x08 Bit 7 Fieldbus error 0x80 6 0x06 Get V DNS i_ UINT Module diagnostics 0 Trmnidia Bit 0 7 Module number Bit 8 14 Module channel Bit 15 0 1 Error repair arisen 7 0x07 Get V CnfLen UINT Number of I O bits for the analog AnalogOut output 8 0x08 Get V CnfLen UINT Number of I O bits for the analog AnalogInp input i 9 0x09 Get V CnfLen UINT Number of I O bits for the digital DigitalOut output 10 Ox0A Get V CnfLen UINT Number of I O bits for the digital DigitalInp input i 11 0x0B Set NV Bk Fault USINT Fieldbus error reaction 1 Reaction 0 stop local I O cycles 1 set all output to 0 2 no error reaction 3 no error reaction 4 PFC task takes over control of the outputs apply to controllers 12 26 Reserved for compatibility to DeviceNet Ox0C 0x1A 40 43 Reserved for compatibility to DeviceNet 0x28 0x2B 45 0x2D Get V Bk Led Err UINT T O LED error code 0 Code 46 0x2E Get V_ Bk Led Err UINT T O LED error argument 0
22. 374 Appendix 16 1 2 maco WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Interface Group The interface group contains information and statistics about the device interface A device interface describes the Ethernet interface of a coupler controller and provides status information on the physical Ethernet ports as well as on the internal loopback interface Table 418 MIB II Interface Group Identifier Entry Description 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 1 ifNumber Number of network interfaces in this system 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 ifTable List of network interfaces 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 ifEntry Network interface entry 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 ifIndex This entry contains a unique value for each interface 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 ifDescr This entry contains the name of the manufacturer the product name and the version of the hardware interface e g WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH 750 841 Rev 1 0 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 3 ifType This entry describes the type of interface ETHERNET CSMA CD 6 Software Loopback 24 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 4 ifMtu This entry specifies the largest transfer unit i e the maximum telegram length that can be transferred via this interface 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 5 ifSpeed This entry indicates the interface speed in bits per second 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 6 ifPhysAddress This entry indicates the physical address of
23. Instance 107 6B hex This assembly instance contains analog and digital input data and fieldbus output variables Table 205 Static assembly instances Instance 107 6B hex Attribute ID Access Name ___ Data type Description Default value 3 Get Data ARRAY of BYTE Analog and digital input data and fieldbus output variables are contained in the process image 4 Get Data UNIT Number of Bytes in the Size process data image Manual Version 1 4 1 maco 270 Fieldbus Communication maco Instance 108 6C nex WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller This assembly instance contains only digital input data and fieldbus output variables Table 206 Static assembly instances Instance 108 6C nex Attribute ID_ Access Name Data type Description Default value 3 Get Data ARRAY of BYTE Digital input data and fieldbus output variables are contained in the process image 4 Get Data UNIT Number of Bytes in the Size process data image Instance 109 6D hex This assembly instance contains only analog input data and fieldbus output variables Table 207 Static assembly instances Instance 109 6C nex fieldbus output variables are contained in the process image Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default value 3 Get Data ARRAY of BYTE Analog input data and
24. Instance 256 510 Digital input value 256 up to 510 Table 227 Discrete output point 66 nex Instance 256 510 Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default value 1 Get DipObj_ Value BYTE Digital input only Bit 0 is valid Common Services Table 228 Discrete Input Point Extended 1 69 nex Common service Service Service available Service name Description code Class Instance OE hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute 12 4 5 13 Discrete Input Point Extended 2 6D hex The extension of the Discrete Input Point class enables the reading of data from a fieldbus node that contains over 510 digital input points DIPs The instance scope of the Discrete Input Point Extended 2 class covers DIPs from 511 to 765 in the fieldbus node Instance 0 Class Attributes Table 229 Discrete Input Point Extended 2 6D hex Class Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default value 1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 0x0001 2 Get Max Instance UINT Max number of instances Instance 511 765 Digital input value 511 up to 765 Table 230 Analog input point 67 nex Instance 1 Attribute ID_ Access Name Data type Description Default value 1 Get AipObj_Value ARRAY Analog input of BYTE 2 Get Ai
25. The output modules seize 2 Instances in Class 0x66 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data 750 507 508 522 753 507 The digital output modules have a diagnostic bit for each output channel When an output fault condition occurs 1 e overload short circuit or broken wire a diagnostic bit is set The diagnostic data is mapped into the Input Process Image while the output control bits are in the Output Process Image Table 374 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data Input Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Diagnostic Diagnostic bit S 2 bit S 1 Channel 2 Channel 1 Output Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 controls controls DO 2 DO 1 Channel 2 Channel 1 And the output modules seize 2 Instances in Class 0x66 750 506 753 506 The digital output module has 2 bits of diagnostic information for each output channel The 2 bit diagnostic information can then be decoded to determine the exact fault condition of the module 1 e overload a short circuit or a broken wire The 4 bits of diagnostic data are mapped into the Input Process Image while the output control bits are in the Output Process Image Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller I O Modules
26. 0x0008 IX8 8 0x0009 IX8 9 lt 0x000A IX8 10 0x000B IX8 11 N DI Digital Input Al Analog Input ag A 0x000C IX8 12 0x000D IX8 13 lt 0x000E IX8 14 0x000F IX8 15 N Figure 36 Example of process image for input data Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGE 76 Function Description WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 7 2 3 Example of an Output Data Process Image The following example for the output process image comprises 2 digital and 4 analog outputs It comprises 4 words for the analog outputs and 1 word for the digital outputs i e 5 words in total In addition the output data can also be read back with an offset of 200hex 0x0200 added to the MODBUS address Note Data gt 256 words can be read back by using the cumulative offset All output data greater than 256 words and therefore located in the memory range 6000hex 0x6000 to 66F9 hex OX66F9 can be read back with an offset of 1000 nex 0x1000 added to the MODBUS address DO AO AO Output modules 750 501 550 550 Bit 1 ordi Word1 Bit 2 lord2 lord2 Process output image Word gt A MODBUS addresses 0x0000 0x0200 QW0 Word1 0x0001 0x0201 QW1 Word2 0x0002 0x0202 QW2 Norai 0x0003 0x0203 QW3 ord 0x0004 0x0204 QW
27. Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGE 88 Function Description WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 7 3 3 1 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller MODBUS master 0x0000 0x6000 0x0000 Y 0x6000 0x0200 0x7000 PII PIO 00x0FF 0x62FC 0x00FF 4 0x62FC 0x02FF 0x72FC e fo Inputs Outputs I O modules PII Process Input Image PIO Process Output Image Programmable Fieldbus Controller Figure 41 Data exchange between MODBUS Master and I O modules Register functions start at address 0x1000 These functions can be addressed in a similar manner with the MODBUS function codes that are implemented read write The specific register address is then specified instead of the address for a module channel Information Additional Information A detailed description of the MODBUS addressing may be found in Chapter MODBUS Register Mapping Data Exchange between EtherNet IP Master and I O Modules The data exchange between Ethernet IP master and the I O modules is objectoriented Each node on the network is depicted as a collection of objects The assembly object specifies the structure of the objects for the data transmission With the assembly object data e g I O data can be combined into blocks mapped and sent via a single message connection Thanks to this mapping less access to the network is necessary
28. The specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes input and output data and seize 1 Instance in Class 0x67 and 1 Instance in Class 0x68 Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 I O Modules 349 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 13 3 5 5 13 3 5 6 Manual Data Exchange Module 750 654 and the variation 000 001 The Data Exchange modules have a total of 4 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image which has a total of 2 words mapped into each image Word alignment is applied Table 393 Data Exchange Module Input and Output Process Image Byte Destination tags Instance Description High Byte Low Byte 2 nt Ey Data bytes n l D3 D2 The specialty modules represent 2x2 bytes input and output data and seize 2 Instances in Class 0x67 and 2 Instances in Class 0x68 SSI Transmitter Interface Modules 750 630 and all variations Note The process image of the 003 000 variants depends on the parameterized operating mode The operating mode of the configurable 003 000 I O module versions can be set Based on the operating mode the process image of these I O modules is then the same as that of the respective version The above SSI Transmitter Interface modules have a total of 4 bytes of user data in the Input Process Image which has 2 words mapped into the image
29. NOTICE Do not use any third party carrier rails without approval by WAGO WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG supplies standardized carrier rails that are optimal for use with the I O system If other carrier rails are used then a technical inspection and approval of the rail by WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG should take place Carrier rails have different mechanical and electrical properties For the optimal system setup on a carrier rail certain guidelines must be observed The material must be non corrosive Most components have a contact to the carrier rail to ground electro magnetic disturbances In order to avoid corrosion this tin plated carrier rail contact must not form a galvanic cell with the material of the carrier rail which generates a differential voltage above 0 5 V saline solution of 0 3 at 20 C e The carrier rail must optimally support the EMC measures integrated into the system and the shielding of the bus module connections A sufficiently stable carrier rail should be selected and if necessary several mounting points every 20 cm should be used in order to prevent bending and twisting torsion e The geometry of the carrier rail must not be altered in order to secure the safe hold of the components In particular when shortening or mounting the carrier rail it must not be crushed or bent e The base of the I O components extends into the profile of the carrier rail For c
30. Version 1 4 1 WAEH 48 4 3 Device Description WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Display Elements The operating condition of the controller or the node is displayed with the help of illuminated indicators in the form of light emitting diodes LEDs The LED information is routed to the top of the case by light fibres In some cases these are multi colored red green or red green orange ETHERNET LINK Ons Ons Ov TxD RxD Oi Osx ME Ee N r ETHERNET otf 02 LINK ieee A Ow esc o iil TxD RxD EE Oio a L Figure 24 Display Elements two manufacturing variations For the diagnostics of the different ranges fieldbus node and supply voltage the LED s can be divided into three groups Table 11 Display Elements Fieldbus Status LED Color Meaning LINK green indicates a connection to the physical network MS red green indicates the status of the node NS red green indicates the network status TxD RxD red green indicates the existing transfer of data orange Table 12 Display Elements Node Status LED Color Meaning VO red green indicates the operation of the node and signals via a blink code faults orange encountered USR red green indicates information to the Internal bus faults controlled from the orange user programm according to the
31. 4 Ifthe application program has been started gt Execute the program codes for this task 5 Writing of the outputs to the process image 6 Determine the system time tEnd gt tEnd tStart runtime for the IEC task Overview of Most Important Task Priorities Table 38 Task processing Task Importance of the execution Internal bus task fieldbus task of priority before all others Normal task after the internal bus and fieldbus tasks PLC Comm task after the normal tasks Background task after the PLC Comm tasks T O Bus Task Fieldbus Task Internal The I O Bus task is an internal task which updates the I O module data from the process image Fieldbus tasks are triggered by fieldbus events communications therefore they only use processing time when the fieldbus is active MODBUS Ethernet IP Normal task IEC tasks 1 10 IEC tasks with this priority may be interrupted by the internal bus tasks Therefore configuration for the connected modules and communication via fieldbus with the watchdog activated for the task call interval must be taken into account here Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Programming the PFC using WAGO I O PRO CAA 133 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Manual Version 1 4 1 PLC Comm task internal The PLC Comm task is active when logged in and takes up communication with the CoDeSys gateway Background task IEC Task priori
32. aaa MODBUS Adressen 0x0000 0x0001 0x0002 0x0003 0x0004 0x0005 0x0006 hsb Ni N N 0x0007 0x0008 0x0009 AN Figure 83 Use of the MODBUS Functions maco DO AO AO Ausgangsklemmen 750 501 550 550 FC 6 Write Single Register FC 16 Write Multiple Registers MODBUS Adressen 0x0000 0x0200 AA 0x0001 0x0201 0x0002 0x0202 A 0x0003 0x0203 0x0004 0x0204 Highbyte FC 3 Read Multiple Registers FC 4 Read Input Registers MODBUS Adressen 0x0200 Word1 lt gt 0x0201 Word2 0x0202 0x0203 Word1 Word2 0x0204 Fighbyfe Tow a FC 5 Write Coil FC 15 Force Multiple Coils p r MODBUS Adressen 0x0000 0x0200 0x0001 0x0201 FC 1 Read Coils FC 2 Read Input Discretes MODBUS Adressen 0x0200 0x0201 Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 223 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Note Use register functions to access analog signals and coil functions to access binary signals It is recommended that analog data be accessed with register functions and digital data with coil functions If reading or writing access to binary signals
33. Click the link I O config to view the configuration and or write access privileges for the outputs of your fieldbus node The node structure created using the WAGO I O PRO CAA I O Configurator hardware configuration tool is displayed in the window If no modules are shown in this window no hardware configuration and thus no allocation of write access privileges have been assigned In this case the handling defined at the Web site PLC by the function I O configuration Compatible handling for ea config xml will be applied to assign the write privileges for all outputs either to the standard fieldbus or to the PLC Qetei Beateten Arsktt Eavorten Extras 2 Qua O n A O rmn oe Bs DS Adrese bitto 217 6 107 120 mebserviindex si Web based Management I O configuration Navigation Information Configuration details Number of modules on terminalbus 3 TCPAP Number of modules in VO configuration 16 I O configuration file Mo01Ch1 M00 1Ch2 0 WebVieu Fiekibus 1 amp D0 Fieldbus 1 MO003Ch1 0 MO03Ch2 0 0 MO03Ch5 Mo03Ch6 0 ID Internet Figure 70 WBM page IO config Manual WAG Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Configuring via the Web Based Management System WBM 169 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Information Additional Information For more detailed information about the WAGO I O PRO CAA I O Configurator refer to the Section Startup of Fieldbus Nod
34. In the operating mode with suppressible mailbox Mode 2 the mailbox and the cyclical process data are mapped next The following words contain the remaining process dat The mailbox and the process image sizes are set with the startup tool WAGO I O CHECK Table 362 AS interface Master module 750 655 Input and Output Process Image Offset Byte DesHnanon Description High Byte Low Byte 0 i C0 S0 ree Control status byte 1 D1 DO 2 D3 D2 3 D5 D4 Mailbox 0 3 5 6 or 9 words Process data 0 16 words max 23 D45 D44 Manual Version 1 4 1 maco 332 I O Modules 13 2 6 System Modules 13 2 6 1 13 2 6 2 maco System Modules with Diagnostics 750 610 611 The modules provide 2 bits of diagnostics in the Input Process Image for monitoring of the internal power supply Table 363 System Modules with Diagnostics 750 610 611 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Input Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Diagnostic Diagnostic bit S 2 bit S 1 Fuse Fuse Binary Space Module 750 622 The Binary Space Modules behave alternatively like 2 channel digital input modules or output modules and seize depending upon the selected settings 1 2 3 or 4 bits per channel According to this 2 4 6 or 8 bits are occupied then either in the process input or
35. Version 1 4 1 WAEH 44 Device Description WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 4 1 View The view below shows the three parts of the device e The fieldbus connection is on the left side e LEDs for operation status bus communication error messages and diagnostics as well as the service interface are in the middle area e The right side contains a power supply unit for the system supply and power jumper contacts for the field supply via I O modules LEDs show the operating voltage for the system and jumper contacts 1 E HERNET _ 2 Omk fesa 3 Ons aot 15 SO 4 Ons n TxDIRxD EHE g O10 usr 14 z 6 B 7 os 73 ME or 9 4 E 10 T S e E 13 Figure 21 View ETHERNET TCP IP Fieldbus Controller o Manual WAGO Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Table 9 Legend to the View ETHERNET TCP IP Fieldbus Controller Device Description 45 No Desig Meaning Details see Chapter nation LINK MS NS Device Description gt l TxD RxD Status LEDs Fieldbus Display Elements T O USR Group marking carrier retractable with 2 additional marking possibility on two miniature WSB markers 3 A BorC Status LED s System Field Supply c Device Denne Display
36. 339 Table 375 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data 75x 506 Input Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic bit S 3 bit S 2 bit S 1 bit S 0 Channel2 Channel2 Channel 1 Channel 1 Diagnostic bits S1 S0 S3 S2 00 standard mode Diagnostic bits S1 S0 S3 S2 01 no connected load short circuit against 24 V Diagnostic bits S1 S0 S3 S2 10 Short circuit to ground overload The output modules seize 4 Instances in Class 0x65 Output Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 controls controls not used not used DO 2 DO 1 Channel 2 Channel 1 And the output modules seize 4 Instances in Class 0x66 13 3 2 4 4 Channel Digital Output Modules 750 504 516 519 531 753 504 516 531 540 Table 376 4 Channel Digital Output Modules Output Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 controls controls controls controls DO4 DO3 DO 2 DO 1 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1 The output modules seize 4 Instances in Class 0x66 13 3 2 5 4 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data 750 532 The digital output modules have a diagnostic bit for each output channel When an output fault condition occu
37. 408 409 414 415 422 423 428 432 433 1420 1421 1422 753 402 403 408 409 415 422 423 428 432 433 440 Table 323 4 Channel Digital Input Modules Input Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit DI4 DI 3 DI 2 DI 1 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1 8 Channel Digital Input Modules 750 430 431 436 437 1415 1416 1417 753 430 431 434 Table 324 8 Channel Digital Input Modules Input Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit DI8 DI7 DI6 DI5 DI 4 DI 3 DI2 DI 1 Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1 Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 13 2 1 7 16 Channel Digital Input Modules 750 1400 1402 1405 1406 1407 Table 325 16 Channel Digital Input Modules I O Modules 309 Input Process Image Bit 15 Bit 14Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Data Data Data Data Data Data Data Data Data bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit DI IDI 16 DI 15 DI 14 DI 13 DI 12 DI11 DI 10 DI9 8 Chann Chan Chan Chan Chan Chan Chann Cha
38. I O module 750 440 may be used up to max 120 V AC When used in the presence of combustible dust all devices and the enclosure shall be fully tested and assessed in compliance with the requirements of IEC 61241 0 2004 and IEC 61241 1 2004 I O modules fieldbus plugs or fuses may only be installed added removed or replaced when the system and field supply is switched off or the area exhibits no explosive atmosphere DIP switches coding switches and potentiometers that are connected to the I O module may only be operated if an explosive atmosphere can be ruled out I O module 750 642 may only be used in conjunction with antenna 758 910 with a max cable length of 2 5 m To exceed the rated voltage no more than 40 the supply connections must have transient protection The permissible ambient temperature range is 0 C to 55 C Version 1 4 1 maco 370 Use in Hazardous Environments WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 15 2 2 Special conditions for safe use ATEX Certificate T V 07 ATEX 554086 X 1 For use as Gc or Dce apparatus in zone 2 or 22 the fieldbus independent T O modules WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 shall be erected in an enclosure that fulfils the requirements of the applicable standards see the marking EN 60079 0 EN 60079 11 EN 60079 15 EN 61241 0 and EN 61241 1 For use as group I electrical apparatus M2 the apparatus shall be erected in an enclosure that ensures
39. There is a distinction between input and output assemblies An input assembly reads in data from the application via the network or produces data on the network An output assembly writes data to the application or consumes data from the network In the fieldbus coupler controller various assembly instances are already preprogrammed static assembly Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Function Description 89 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller After the input voltage is applied the assembly object combines data from the process image As soon as a connection is established the master can address the data with class instance and attribute and access it or read and write using I O connections The mapping of the data depends on the assembly instance of the static assembly selected Information Additional Information The assembly instances for the static assembly are described in the section Ethernet IP 7 3 4 Data Exchange between PLC Function CPU and I O Modules The PLC function CPU of the PFC uses direct addresses to access the I O module data The PFC uses absolute addresses to reference the input data The data can then be processed internally in the controller using the IEC 61131 3 program Flags are stored in a non volatile memory area in this process The results of linking can then be written directly to the output data employing absolute
40. Word alignment is applied Table 394 SSI Transmitter Interface Modules Input Process Image Instance Byte Denninang Description High Byte Low Byte n DI Dp Data bytes n 1 D3 D2 The specialty modules represent 2x2 bytes input data and seize 2 Instances in Class 0x67 Version 1 4 1 WAGE 350 1 O Modules 13 3 5 7 maco WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 750 630 000 004 005 007 In the input process image SSI transmitter interface modules with status occupy 5 usable bytes 4 data bytes and 1 additional status byte A total of 3 words are assigned in the process image via word alignment Table 395 SSI Transmitter Interface I O Modules with an Alternative Data Format Input Process Image Instance 3 a estan Description High Byte High Byte S not used Status byte i DI De Data bytes D3 D2 The specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes and seize 1 Instance in Class 0x67 Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750 63 1 000 004 010 011 The above Incremental Encoder Interface modules have 5 bytes of input data and 3 bytes of output data The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image which have 4 words into each image Word alignment is applied Table 396 Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750 63 1 000 004 010 011 Input Process Image Ins
41. e In the dialog window that then appears right click on LAN Connection and open the Properties link e Mark the entry Internet Protocol TCP IP Note Reinstall TCP IP components if required If the Internet Protocol TCP IP entry is missing install the corresponding TCP IP components and reboot your computer You will need the installation CD for Windows NT 2000 or XP 3 Then click on the Properties button 4 The IP address subnet mask and where required the client PC s gateway address appear in the Properties window Note these values Client PC IP address Subnet mask Gateway 5 Now select the desired IP address for your fieldbus node Note Assign the client PC a fixed IP address and note common subnet Note that the client PC on which the BootP server is listed must have a fixed IP address and that the fieldbus node and client PC must be in the same subnet 6 Note the IP address you have selected Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Commissioning 101 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Fieldbus node IP address 8 2 2 3 Editing BootP Table The BootP table is the database for the BootP server This table is available as a text file bootptab txt on the client PC where the BootP server was installed Note gt A BootP server must be installed for further configuration The WAGO BootP server must be installed correctly before the following step
42. ha 0030DE000100 Specify the hardware address MAC ID for the controllers ha 0030DE000200 here hexadecimal ip 10 1 254 100 Specify the IP address for the controller here decimal ip 10 1 254 200 T3 0A 01 FE 01 Specify the gateway IP address here hexadecimal sm 255 255 0 0 The subnet mask for the subnetwork to which the controller belongs can also be specified here decimal The local network that is described in this description does not require a gateway You can therefore apply the example Example of entry with no gateway here 3 In the following text line replace the 12 place hardware address located behind ha in this example node 1 ht 1 ha 0030DE000100 ip 10 1 254 100 In place of this enter the MAC address for your own controller If you would like to specify a name for your fieldbus node delete node1 in the text and enter the node name you wish to use node ht 1 ha 0030DE000100 ip 10 1 254 100 To assign the controller a specific IP address mark the IP address given here in the example after ip and enter your own IP address node 1 ht 1 ha 0030DE000100 ip 10 1 254 100 Since you do not need the second example Example of entry with gateway here place the number sign in front of the text line in Example 2 as a comment symbol node2 hat 1 ha 003 ODE 0002 00 ip 10 1 254 200 T3 0A 01 FE 01 This line will not be evaluated after this Note Enter addr
43. 1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 0x0001 2 Get Max Instance UINT Max number of instances Instance 1 255 Digital output value 1 up to 255 Table 224 Discrete input point 65 hex Instance 1 255 Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default value 1 Get DipObj_Value BYTE Digital output only Bit 0 is i valid Common Services Table 225 Discrete input point 65 hex Common service Service code Service available Service name Description Class Instance OE hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_ Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute 12 4 5 12 Discrete Input Point Extended 1 69 hex The extension of the Discrete Input Point class enables the reading of data from a fieldbus node that contains over 255 digital input points DIPs The instance Manual maco Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Fieldbus Communication 279 scope of the Discrete Input Point Extended 1 class covers DIPs from 256 to 510 in the fieldbus node Instance 0 Class Attributes Table 226 Discrete Input Point Extended 1 69 hex Class Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default value 1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 2 Get Max Instance UINT Max number of instances 1 0x0001
44. 3 completes the node H A C A Ocl Ocl Ocl Oc c 0 Oc O21 O O Oc O Oc OO o X 0 OO ee ar a BE ERE BE BE ee ee ee EE Ha TIH LT a i matures ane HA HA WH g BE RE BE ee ee ee ee EE Hi Be ee ae E 60 66 68 66 66 66 oT BEDE es pg z HN HW Hab J 2 CO OS a cael Oe ee ee an ae TT a 730 400 7504 750 403 750 612 750 512 750 512 750 513 750 454 750 467 750 461 750 550 Pema renee 750 630 750 650 750 600 c eS eS eS PS eS eS eS SPS PS ES BS eS eS SS e 1 2 3 Figure 1 Fieldbus node Couplers controllers are available for different fieldbus systems The standard couplers controllers and extended ECO couplers contain the fieldbus interface electronics and a power supply terminal The fieldbus interface forms the physical interface to the relevant fieldbus The electronics process the data of the bus modules and make it available for the fieldbus communication The 24 V s
45. 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 4 5 30 Input Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 1 A1 hex maco The extension of the Input Fieldbus Variable USINT class enables the reading of PLC input variable data The instance scope of the Input Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 1 class covers the PLC input variable data from 256 to 510 For WAGO I O PRO CAA or CoDeSys that means the PLC addresses for input variables IB2807 IB3061 Instance 0 Class Attributes Table 280 Input Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 1 A1 nex Class Attribute Access Name Data type Description Default ID value 1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 0x0001 2 Get Max Instance UINT Max number of instances 255 0x00FF Instance 256 510 Input variable 256 up to 510 Table 281 Input fieldbus variable USINT Extended 1 A1 nex Instance 256 510 Attribute Access Name Data type Description Default ID value 1 Set Fb_In Var USINT Fieldbus Input variable of the SPS 0 Common Services Table 282 Input fieldbus variable USINT Extended 1 A1 nex Common service Servicecode Service available Service Name Description Class _ Instance OE hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute 10 hex No Yes Set Attribute Single Modifies an attribute value Manual Version 1
46. Arg Manual maco Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Attribute ID Access NV Name Data type Fieldbus Communication Description 277 Default value 47 0x2F Get Bk Diag Value UINT Contains the diagnostic byte Note This attribute has to be read out before attribute 6 DNS i Trmnldia because during the reading of attribute 6 the diagnostic byte contains the data of the next diagnostic 0 100 0x64 Set NV Bk_FbInp_Var _Cnt UINT Determines the number of bytes for the PFC input fieldbus variables which are added to the assembly object This number is added to the consuming path assembly instances 101 103 101 0x65 Set NV Bk_FbOut_Var Cnt UINT Determines the number of bytes for the PFC output fieldbus variables which are added to the assembly object This number is added to the producing path assembly instances 104 109 102 0x66 103 0x67 Set Set NV Bk _FbInp Plc Only_Var_Cnt Bk _FbInp Start Plc_Var_Cnt UINT UINT Determines the number of bytes for the PFC input fieldbus variables which are received via assembly instance 111 Determines starting from which position the PFC input fieldbus variables for the assembly instance 111 to be received 104 0x68 Set NV Bk FbOut_Plc Only_Var_Cnt UINT Dete
47. EMC marine applications Emission of interference acc to Germanischer Lloyd 2003 The fieldbus coupler controller 750 841 meets the requirements on emission of interference in residential areas Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Assembly 59 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 5 Assembly 5 1 Installation Position Along with horizontal and vertical installation all other installation positions are allowed Note Use an end stop in the case of vertical assembly In the case of vertical assembly an end stop has to be mounted as an additional safeguard against slipping WAGO item 249 116 End stop for DIN 35 rail 6 mm wide WAGO item 249 117 End stop for DIN 35 rail 10 mm wide 5 2 Total Extension The length of the module assembly including one end module of 12mm width that can be connected to the 750 841 is 780 mm When assembled the I O modules have a maximum length of 768 mm Examples e 64 I O modules of 12 mm width can be connected to one coupler controller e 32 I O modules of 24 mm width can be connected to one coupler controller Exception The number of connected I O modules also depends on which type of coupler controller is used For example the maximum number of I O modules that can be connected to a PROFIBUS coupler controller is 63 without end module NOTICE Observe maximum total length of a node The maximum total length of a node without a 750 841 must
48. LIST Gives the directory list NLST Gives the directory list RMD Deletes directory PWD Gives the actually path MKD Creates a directory The TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol is not supported by some of the couplers controllers Information More Information about the implemented Protocols You can find a list of the exact available implemented protocols in the chapter Technical Data to the fieldbus coupler and or controller Version 1 4 1 WAGH 214 Fieldbus Communication WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 12 2 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol The Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP is responsible for transporting the control data that allows the exchange of management information as well as status and statistic data between individual network components and a management system An SNMP management workstation polls the SNMP agents to obtain information on the relevant devices SNMP is supported in versions 1 2c and some fieldbus couplers controllers in version 3 This represents a community message exchange in SNMP versions 1 and 2c The community name of the network community must thereby be specified In SNMP version 3 exchanging messages is user related Each device that knows the passwords set via WBM may read or write values from the controller In SNMPv3 user data from SNMP messages can also be transmitted in encoded form This w
49. Manual Version 1 4 1 WAEH 96 Commissioning WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 i maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Information More information about WAGO ETHERNET Settings The program WAGO ETHERNET Settings is available for download at http www wago com under Downloads gt AUTOMATION The program is also included on the CD AUTOMATION Tools and Docs Art No 0888 0412 available You can find a short description in the Quick Start of the ETHERNET 750 841 Fieldbus Controller The brief description is also available on the CD or on the Internet at http www wago com under Service gt Downloads gt Documentation WAGO communication cables or WAGO radio link adapters can be used for data communication NOTICE Do not connect 750 920 Communication Cable when energized To prevent damage to the communications interface do not connect or disconnect 750 920 Communication Cable when energized The fieldbus controller must be de energized 1 Switch off the supply voltage of the fieldbus controller 2 Connect the communication cable 750 920 to the configuration interface of the fieldbus controller and to a vacant serial port on your computer 3 Switch on the supply voltage of the fieldbus controller 4 Start WAGO ETHERNET Settings program 5 Click on Read to read in and identify the connected fieldbus node 6 Select the TCP IP tab Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYST
50. R 8 Compile time of the firmware 0x2022 R 8 Compile date of the firmware 0x2023 R 32 Indication of the firmware loader 0x2030 R 65 Description of the connected I O modules module 0 64 0x2031 IR 64 Description of the connected I O modules module 65 128 0x2032 R 64 Description of the connected I O modules module 129 192 0x2033 JR 63 Description of the connected I O modules module 193 255 0x2040 W 1 Software reset Write sequence 0x55AA or 0xAA55 0x2041 W 1 Format flash disk 0x2042 W 1 Extract HTML sides from the firmware 0x2043 W 1 Factory settings 12 3 5 1 Accessing Register Values You can use any MODBUS application to access read from or write to register values Both commercial e g Modscan and free programs from http www modbus org tech php are available The following sections describe how to access both the registers and their values 12 3 5 2 Watchdog Registers The watchdog monitors the data transfer between the fieldbus master and the controller Every time the controller receives a specific request as define in the watchdog setup registers from the master the watchdog timer in the controller resets In the case of fault free communication the watchdog timer does not reach its end value After each successful data transfer the timer is reset If the watchdog times out a fieldbus failure has occurred In this case the fieldbus controller answers all following MODBUS TCP I
51. Replace the fieldbus controller access 3 Turn the power supply on again 1 Turn off the power supply for the node 9 Pus contro Mer 2 Replace the fieldbus controller initialization error 3 Turn the power supply on again Buffer r failur 1 Set the clock le reais ure 2 Maintain the power supply of the fieldbus controller for 10 real time clock at least 15 minutes in order to charge the Goldcap RTC capac tor Fault dutine tead 1 Set the clock ieee a S 2 Maintain the power supply of the fieldbus controller for m ARTER 10 UE ical at least 15 minutes in order to charge the Goldca time clock RTC 8 P capacitor Fault during write 1o pattie lace 8 2 Maintain the power supply of the fieldbus controller for 12 ACCESE 10 ALE TORI at least 15 minutes in order to charge the Goldca time clock RTC 8 P capacitor 1 Set the clock f 2 Maintain the power supply of the fieldbus controller for 1 loc Aat l at least 15 minutes in order to charge the Goldcap capacitor Maximum number of 1 Turn off the power for the node 14 gateway or mailbox 2 Reduce the number of corresponding modules to a valid modules exceeded number Table 54 Blink code table for the I O LED signaling error code 2 Error code 2 not used Error Argument Error Description Solution Not used Manual Version 1 4 1 maco 178 Diagnostics maco WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP P
52. To insert an I O module in front of a selected I O module in the K Bus structure right click on an I O module that has already been selected and then click Insert element In this case the command Insert sub element is deactivated You can also access these commands with the Insert menu in the main window menu bar The dialog window I O configuration for selecting modules is opened both by Attach sub element and by Insert element In this dialog window you can position all the required modules in your node configuration 8 Position all of the required I O modules until this arrangement corresponds to the configuration of the physical node Complete the tree structure in this process for each module in your hardware that sends or receives data Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGE 120 Programming the PFC using WAGO I O PRO CAA WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Note The terminal bus structure in the WAGO I O Configurator must match the physical node structure The number of modules that send or receive data must correspond to the existing hardware except for supply modules copying modules or end modules for example For the number of input and output bits or bytes of the individual I O modules please refer to the corresponding description of the I O modules maco Information Additional Information To obtain further information about an I O modu
53. Word address 2 Low Byte address Word address 2 1 Addresses are calculated according to the following equation for double word based access Double word address High word address 2 rounded down or Low word address 2 Additional Information There is a detailed description of the MODBUS and the corresponding IEC 61131 addressing in section MODBUS Register Mapping E Information Manual Version 1 4 1 WAEH 92 Function Description WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 7 3 6 Application Example DI Al DO AO VO Modules 750 402 472 501 550 600 Bit 1 Bit 1 Moral forar Process input image Bit4 Word2 Bit2 Word2 Word A A Addresses MODBUS PFC 0x0000 IW0 Word1 e 0x0001 IW1 Word2 0x0200 QW0 Wordi lt 0x0201 QW1 Word2 0x0002 IW2 4 0x2002 QW2 J O FD ay fighbyte Lowbyte Process output image Word Addresses MODBUS PFC 0x0000 0x0200 QW0 Word1 gt 0x0001 0x0201 QW1 Word2 0x0002 0x0202 QW2 5 Highbyte Lowbyte Process input image Bit Adresses MODBUS PFC 0x0000 IX2 0 f lt lt it 0x0001 1x21 lt 3 4 o
54. possible again 4 To stop the watchdog write the value 0x0AA55 or OX55AA into 0x1008 Simply Stop Watchdog register WD_AC_ STOP SIMPLE Table 147 Register address 0x100B Register address 0x100B 4107acc Value Save watchdog parameter Access Write Default 0x0000 Description With writing of l in register 0x100B the registers 0x1000 0x1001 0x1002 are set on remanent Manual Version 1 4 1 WAEH 248 Fieldbus Communication WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 3 5 3 Diagnostic Registers maco The following registers can be read to determine errors in the node Table 148 Register address 0x1020 Register address 0x1020 4128 Value LedErrCode Access Read Description Declaration of the Error code Table 149 Register address 0x1021 Register address 0x1021 4129 Value LedErrArg Access Read Description Declaration of the Error argument Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 249 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 3 5 4 Configuration Registers The following registers contain configuration information of the connected modules Table 150 Register address 0x 1022 Register address 0x1022 4130a4cc Value CnfLen AnalogOut Acce
55. 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 273 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 4 5 8 Manual Version 1 4 1 TCP IP Interface F5 hex The TCP IP Interface Object provides for the configuration of the TCP IP network interface of a fieldbus coupler controller Examples of configurable objects include the IP address the network mask and the gateway address of the fieldbus coupler controller The underlying physical communications interface that is connected with the TCP IP interface object can be any interface supported by the TCP IP protocol Examples of components that can be connected to a TCP IP interface object include the following an Ethernet interface 802 3 an ATM Asynchronous Transfer Mode interface or a serial interface for protocols such as PPP Point to Point Protocol The TCP IP interface object provides an attribute which is identified by the link specific object for the connected physical communications interface The link specific object should typically provide link specific counters as well as any link specific configuration attributes Each device must support exactly one instance of the TCP IP interface object for each TCP IP compatible communications interface A request for access to the first instance of the TCP IP interface object must always refer to the instance connected with the interface which is used to submit the request Instance 0 Class Attributes Tabl
56. 1 30 9 1 8 wiolecTaskCycleCount R Count of IEC task in the CoDeSys project 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 30 9 1 9 wiolecTaskCycleTime R Last cycle time of IEC task in the CoDeSys project 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 30 9 1 1 wiolecTaskCycleTime R Minimal cycle time of IEC task 0 Min in the CoDeSys project 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 30 9 1 1 wiolecTaskCycleTime R Maximal cycle time of IEC 1 Max task in the CoDeSys project 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 30 9 1 1 wiolecTaskCycleTime R__ Average cycle time of IE task 2 Avg in the CoDeSys project Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 16 2 9 Http Group Appendix 387 The Http group contains information and settings for the controller s Web server Table 433 WAGO MIB Http Group Identifier Entry Access Description 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 1 1 wioHttpEnable R W Enable disable the port of the webserver 0 port of webserver disable 1 port of webserver enable Default value 1 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 1 2 wioHttpAuthen R W Enable disable the authentication on the ticationEnable websides 0 authentication disabled 1 authentication enable Default value 1 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 1 3 wioHttpPort R W Port of the http web server Default value 80 16 2 10 Ftp Group The Ftp group contains information and settings for the controller s Ftp server Table 434 WAGO MIB
57. 1 4 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics and Output Process EA sss ac ote cecsttesncae e a R REEE 335 13 3 1 5 4 Channel Digital Input Modules eee eecceesseeeteeeeeeeeeeeeees 336 13 3 1 6 8 Channel Digital Input Modules 2 0 0 0 cece ecceceteceeeeeeeeeeteeeaees 336 13 3 1 7 16 Channel Digital Input Modules 2000 0 cee eeeceeesteeeteeeteeeeee 336 13 3 2 Digital Output Modules sssesnesessenssesseseeesseesesesssessessrssressessrssees 337 13 3 2 1 1 Channel Digital Output Module with Input Process Data 337 13 3 2 2 2 Channel Digital Output Modules eee eeeceeeeeeeeteeeeeeees 338 13 3 2 3 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Dal scaiaccisstoutsdoctsiasiahevtesdncutinddanenniedeienatiens 338 13 3 2 4 4 Channel Digital Output Modules ee eeeceeeeeeeeeteeeneeees 339 13 3 2 5 4 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Da t iss miseiiissirissiesadiies is etiaai aei eneas it siiin 339 13 3 2 6 8 Channel Digital Output Module cece ececeeceteceeeeeeeeeeeeees 340 13 3 2 7 8 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data siscieccasetsdccsceiciquniseccuposnaccaaseceuesnazdecevaydecaniaiaaccangetacds 340 13 3 2 8 16 Channel Digital Output Modules ccc eeeeccecsseeeteceeeeeeees 341 13 3 2 9 8 Channel Digital Input Output Modules 0 eee eeteeeeees 341 13 3 3 Analog Input Modulles cccceccesccssccesscecsseceseces
58. 1 FC2 Reading of several input bits 3 FC4 or Reading of several input registers or FC 16 writing of several output registers 4 FC3 Reading of several input registers The following five digits specify the channel number beginning with 1 of the consecutively numbered digital or analog input and or output channels Examples e Reading writing the first digital input i e 0 0000 1 e Reading writing the second analog input i e 3 0000 2 Application Example Thus the digital input channel 2 of the above node Measuring data can be read out with the input Measuring data 0 0000 2 m w Exemplary node Measuring data EL iia MODBUS protocol o a vl 4 ETHERNET Il Sin sal ETHERNET TCP IP Figure 84 Example SCADA software with MODBUS driver Information Additional Information Please refer to the respective SCADA product manual for a detailed description of the particular software operation Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Use in Hazardous Environments 363 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 15 Use in Hazardous Environments The WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 electrical equipment is designed for use in Zone 2 hazardous areas The following sections include both the general identification of components devices and the installation regulations to be observed The individual subsections of the Installation Regulations section must be taken into account if
59. 12 4 5 25 Manual Version 1 4 1 Common Services Table 264 Analog Output Point Extended 1 6C hex Common service Service Service available Service name Description code Class__ Instance OE hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute 10 hex No Yes Set Attribute Single Modifies an attribute value Analog Output Point Extended 2 70 hex The extension of the Analog Output Point class enables the exchange of data from a fieldbus node that contains over 510 analog output points AOPs The instance scope of the Discrete Output Point Extended 2 class covers AOPs from 511 to 765 in the fieldbus node Instance 0 Class Attributes Table 265 Analog Output Point Extended 2 70 nex Class Attribute Access Name Data type Description Default ID value 1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 0x0001 2 Get Max Instance UINT Max number of instances Instance 511 765 Analog output value 511 up to 765 Table 266 Analog Output Point Extended 2 70 nex Instance 511 765 Attribute Access Name Data type Description Default ID value 1 Get AopObj Value ARRAY _ Analog Output of BYTE 2 Get AopObj_Value USINT Length of the output data Length AopObj_Value in byte WAGG 288 Fieldbus Communication 12 4
60. 23 3 6 2 1 COMMS C OM esera aae r aeaiee A REE EEE accusative 25 3 6 2 2 POP STINGING servicers casaneencancaltontenatinacycimtaxewantintense oxeunanraniecatoneeouahnes 26 3 6 3 Field Suppl yesss taian i A RENER 29 3 6 3 1 CONNECHON wisi ssiessadscalecauhansedsnssanens vaananvensersounaatndanisaneashantiuanealass 29 3 6 3 2 FOS 1G cacupscieasimesesudaveansswontiensasunsdssncuasaestanwadduwetioscseabsdesccoeatanentives 31 3 6 4 Supplementary Power Supply Regulations cceeceecseesseeeteeees 34 3 6 5 Supply ah C2110 6 eee eee ee eee eee eee eee 35 3 6 6 P w r S pply Unit sses sdpesusnscvabensuasuurhecaestonsanstsnenedocnnembueisbosin ia 36 3 7 Grounding scesero rper R EREE E E EEEE 37 3 7 1 Grounding the DIN Rail ssssnseesesseesseseessessessrssessseeseesesseessesersseesse 37 3 7 1 1 Framework Assembly esessesessseessessesseressesseessessosseesseesorsoessessosse 31 3 7 1 2 Insulated Assembly pinic aeae 37 3 7 2 Grounding PUM CO ge ocscscnssusn sSincusneduadenscatasereassaeanesastunpeasietenanieiseatens 38 3 7 3 Grounding Protection carde vsisneactusnstagasonldcncinteactustvndiennendainedarnaunaness 39 3 8 Shielding Screening sseseeseeesseeseeseesseeseesessstesseseeesressessrssresseeseeseessee 40 3 8 1 EET AL EEE E E E 40 3 8 2 Bus COnductors sijsiccasassceavsssaceaasinaeiesssiancaansacanpeaneceansannaiianiauseoess 40 3 8 3 Signal Conductors a carscucensuattans exneceanee ub rbien einraxeoenetencesentenccatantemence
61. 338 406 List of Tables maco WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Table 374 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data e E T E N 338 Table 375 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Dat FOXES O Okee eaen EE REE E ENEE EREA EEEE EEEk 339 Table 376 4 Channel Digital Output Modules n ssnnssnnessseessessesressessresresseese 339 Table 377 4 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Dala avons eeing ts eects neice acca cease wa eeen eae cocoate ees 339 Table 378 8 Channel Digital Output Module cece ceeceeseeeseeesteceseeeeeeenaees 340 Table 379 8 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data oerna A ween cece ees 340 Table 380 16 Channel Digital Output Modules 0 0 0 ccceesseeeteceeeeeeeeeeeeeennees 341 Table 381 8 Channel Digital Input Output Modules cee eeceeeseeeteeeteeeeees 341 Table 382 1 Channel Analog Input Modules 0 cccecceescceeeeeseeeseeeseeeteeneees 342 Table 383 2 Channel Analog Input Modules ccccecsceeeseeesseceteceeeeeeeeeeaeees 343 Table 384 4 Channel Analog Input Modules 00 ceecceeccecesceesseceteeeeeeeeeeeeneees 343 Table 385 2 Channel Analog Output Modulles 0 cccccecsseceseceeeeeeeeeeteeenaeees 344 Table 386 4 Channel Analog Output Modules cccecceeceesceeseeceteceeeeeeeeeeaees 344 Table 387 Counte
62. 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 293 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 4 5 31 Input Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 A2 hex The extension of the Input Fieldbus Variable USINT class enables the reading of PLC input variable data The instance scope of the Input Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 1 class covers the PLC input variable data from 256 to 510 For WAGO I O PRO CAA or CoDeSys that means the PLC addresses for input variables IB2807 IB3061 Instance 0 Class Attributes Table 283 Input Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 A2 nex Class Attribute Access Name Data type Description Default ID value 1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 0x0001 2 Get Max Instance UINT Max number of instances 2 0x0002 Instance 511 512 Input variable 511 up to 512 Table 284 Input Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 A2 nex Instance 511 512 Attribute Access Name Data type Description Default ID value 1 Set Fb_In Var USINT Fieldbus Input variable of the SPS 0 Common Services Table 285 Input fieldbus variable USINT Extended 2 A2 nex Common service Servicecode Service available Service Name Description Class Instance OE hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute 10 hex No Yes Set_Attribute
63. 4 2 Protocol overview in the OSI model 0 0 0 ec cecceeceeeeeeseeesteeeeeeeees 259 12 4 3 Characteristics of the EtherNet IP Protocol Software 06 260 12 4 4 EDS Pile ccssicaniiaasainelinanadnd AN REA 260 12 4 5 Obj ct M de bereien e E EE ARO 261 12 4 5 1 SISTA eeir e E E O R 261 12 4 5 2 Cl ss OVErVi W areri srviss iieri reaa E EEEE REAR 262 12 4 5 3 Explanation of the Table Headings in the Object Descriptions 264 12 4 5 4 Identity OT per enreserierrcreeann erea eae 264 12 4 5 5 Message Router 02 pex sssiccsssisstinsabanccasasadecenpivcdnashaaccenmapivcenasaiecis 266 12 4 5 6 Assembly Object 04 pex ascicssecisnannsacnsesnsaceeetachitecnseantentndannnecsentvnt 267 12 4 5 7 Port Class FA her aicinn a E N AEs 271 12 4 5 8 TCP IP Interface FS ner aesan aa EA E O E 273 12 4 5 9 Eth rnet Link F6 pes cess sctravpancnaomtdevetonmasbcaeniocssacneiouraaskonssseunerte 274 12 4 5 10 Coupler Controller Configuration 64 hex c ccsccssceesseceteeeteeeeees 275 12 4 5 11 Discrete Input Point 65 fer issenescrsscancncenvedsscannnvertinendaxeenganthcsreneras 278 12 4 5 12 Discrete Input Point Extended 1 69 pex sssscassscssstvssscveressicsasesesses 278 12 4 5 13 Discrete Input Point Extended 2 6D hex ccessccssceeeeeeteeeteeeeeees 279 12 4 5 14 Discrete Input Point Extended 3 71 pex eesceesseceseeeeeeeeeeetseenseeees 280 12 4 5 15 Discrete Output Point 66 pex iccnssirteccasttonssannagsaaieceseeaneaness 280 12 4 5 16 Di
64. 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Acknowledge Acknowledge ment bit Q 2 ment bit Q 1 0 0 Channel 2 Channel 1 And the input modules seize 4 Instances in Class 0x66 Manual te Version 1 4 1 AGH 336 I O Modules 13 3 1 5 4 Channel Digital Input Modules 13 3 1 6 13 3 1 7 maco WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 750 402 403 408 409 414 415 422 423 428 432 433 1420 1421 1422 753 402 403 408 409 415 422 423 428 432 433 440 Table 369 4 Channel Digital Input Modules Input Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit DI4 DI 3 DI2 DI 1 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1 The input modules seize 4 Instances in Class 0x65 8 Channel Digital Input Modules 750 430 431 436 437 1415 1416 1417 753 430 431 434 Table 370 8 Channel Digital Input Modules Input Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit DI 8 DI 7 DI 6 DI 5 DI 4 DI 3 DI 2 DI 1 Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1
65. 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 13 2 2 4 4 Channel Digital Output Modules Output Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 controls controls controls controls DO 4 DO 3 DO 2 DO 1 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1 4 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data 750 532 The digital output modules have a diagnostic bit for each output channel When an output fault condition occurs 1 e overload short circuit or broken wire a diagnostic bit is set The diagnostic data is mapped into the Input Process Image while the output control bits are in the Output Process Image Table 331 4 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data Input Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic bit bit bit bit S4 s3 S2 S1 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1 Diagnostic bit S 0 no Error Diagnostic bit S 1 overload short circuit or broken wire Output Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 controls controls controls controls DO 4 DO 3 DO 2 DO 1 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1 8 Channel Digital Output Module 750 530 536 1515 1516 753 530 534 Table 332 8 Chann
66. 750 Programming the PFC using WAGO I O PRO CAA 127 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller CoDeSys tasks with the command tsk If ina PLC program operating system functions are used e g for the handling of sockets or the file system these execution times are not taken into consideration covered by the command tsk CTU counter The CTU counter operates in a value range of 0 to 32767 Network load The ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller has one CPU responsible both for running the PLC program and for handling network traffic Ethernet communication demands that every telegram received is processed regardless of whether it is intended for the ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller or not A significant reduction of the network load can be achieved via switches instead of hubs However broadcast telegrams can either only be checked by the sender or with configurable switches that have broadcast limiting A network protocol analyzer monitor such as www ethereal com provides an overview of current network loading Note Do not use bandwidth limits to increase the operational safety The bandwidth limit that can be configured in the WBM under the Ethernet link is not suitable for increasing the operating reliability of the WebVisu as in this case telegrams are ignored or rejected Information E Additional Information The definition of hard benchmark data is not poss
67. 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Table 33 Absolute Addressing Position Prefix Designation Comment 1 Introduces an absolute address 2 Input Output Flag w I ZUX FO Single bit Byte 8 bits Word 16 bits Doubleword 32 bits Data width 4 Address such as word by word QW27 28th word bit by bit IX1 9 10th bit in the 2nd word The designator X for bits can be omitted Note Enter character strings without spaces or special characters The character strings for absolute addresses must be entered connected i e without spaces or special characters Addressing example Table 34 Addressing example Inputs Bit IX14 0 15 1X15 0 15 Byte 1B28 1B29 1B30 1B31 Word IW14 IW15 Double word ID7 Outputs Bit QX5 0 15 QX6 0 15 Byte QB10 QB11 QB12 QB13 Word QW5 QW6 Double word QD2 top section QD3 bottom section Flags Bit MX11 0 15 MX12 0 15 Byte MB22 MB23 MB24 MB25 Word MWI11 MW12 Double word MDS5 top section MD6 bottom section maco Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Function Description 87 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Calculating addresses as a function of the word address Bit address Word address 0 to 15 Byt
68. 87 Efficiency of the power supply at nominal load 24 V Note Activate all outputs when testing the current consumption If the electrical consumption of the power supply point for the 24 V system supply exceeds 500 mA then the cause may be an improperly aligned node or a defect During the test you must activate all outputs in particular those of the relay modules Manual maco Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 System Description 29 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 3 6 3 3 6 3 1 Manual Field Supply Connection Sensors and actuators can be directly connected to the relevant channel of the bus module in 1 4 conductor connection technology The bus module supplies power to the sensors and actuators The input and output drivers of some bus modules require the field side supply voltage The coupler controller provides field side power DC 24 V In this case it is a passive power supply without protection equipment Power supply modules are available for other potentials e g AC 230 V Likewise with the aid of the power supply modules various potentials can be set up The connections are linked in pairs with a power contact J J 1 1 Further Supply m 1 m s H f H m modules noy orioz DC 24V E AC DC 0 230 V O Och AC 120
69. A3 hex Output fieldbus variable USINT AA hex Output fieldbus variable USINT Extended 1 AS hex Output fieldbus variable USINT Extended 2 AG hex Input fieldbus variable UINT AT hex Input fieldbus variable UINT Extended 1 AB hex Output fieldbus variable UINT A9 hex Output fieldbus variable UINT Extended 1 AA hex Input fieldbus variable UDINT AB hex Input fieldbus variable UDINT Offset UINT AC hex Output fieldbus variable UDINT AD hex Output fieldbus variable UDINT Offset UINT Manual Version 1 4 1 maco 264 Fieldbus Communication WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 4 5 3 Explanation of the Table Headings in the Object Descriptions Table 190 Explanation of the table headings in the object descriptions Table heading Description Attribute ID Integer value which is assigned to the corresponded attribute Access Set The attribute can be accessed by means of Set_Attribute services Note Response also possible with Get_Attribute service All the set attributes can also be accessed by means of Get_Attribute services Get The attribute can be accessed by means of Get_Attribute services Get_Attribute_All Delivers content of all attributes Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value Reset Performs a restart 0 Restart 1 Restart and restoration of factory settings NV NV non volatile The attribute is permanently stored in the c
70. Controller 12 1 1 5 Manual Important Terms Data security If an internal network Intranet is to be connected to the public network e g the Internet then data security is an extremely important aspect Undesired access can be prevented by a Firewall Firewalls can be implemented in software or network components They are interconnected in a similar way to routers as a switching element between Intranets and the public network Firewalls are able to limit or completely block all access to the other networks depending on the access direction the service used and the authenticity of the network user Real time ability Transmission above the fieldbus system level generally involves relatively large data quantities The permissible delay times may also be relatively long 0 1 10 seconds However real time behavior within the fieldbus system level is required for ETHERNET in industry In ETHERNET it is possible to meet the real time requirements by restricting the bus traffic lt 10 by using a master slave principle or also by implementing a switch instead of a hub MODBUS TCP is a master slave protocol in which the slaves only respond to commands from the master When only one master is used data traffic over the network can be controlled and collisions avoided However to establish the greatest amount of determinism a switch is recommended Shared ETHERNET Several nodes linked via a hub share a common
71. Detailed information about these individual WAGO MIB groups is available in the WAGO MIB groups section in the manual appendix Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 217 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 2 3 Traps Standard Traps For specific events the SNMP agent will independently send one of the following messages without polling the manager Note gt Enable event messages traps in the WBM Initially enable the event messages in the WBM in menu SNMP under Trap Enable Traps in version 1 2c and 3 may be activated separately The following messages are triggered automatically as traps SNMPv1 by the fieldbus coupler controller Table 88 Standard Traps TrapType TrapNumber Name Event OID of the provided value TrapType 0 ColdStart Restart the coupler controller TrapType 1 WarmsStart Reset via service switch TrapType 3 EthernetUp Network connection detected TrapType 4 AuthenticationFailure Unauthorized abortive MIB access TrapType 6 enterpriseSpecific Enterprise specific messages and ab Trap Nummer 25 function poll in the PFC program benutzerspezifisch starting with enterprise trap number 25 Manufacturer specific traps In addition manufacturer specific traps are defined in the WAGO ETHERNET TCP IP fieldbus controller After activation these are triggered in the WBM for traps in SNM
72. High Byte Low Byte Sl SO Status byte S1 Status byte SO Actual position Actual position D1 S3 DO S2 Extended status LSB Extended m byte S3 status byte S2 oe Actual position D3 S5 D2 S4 Extended status Extended status byte 4 byte S3 ExtendedInfo ON 0 ExtendedInfo ON 1 Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 I O Modules 353 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Output Process Image Instance Bye Pestpatan Description High Byte Low Byte C1 CO Control byte C1 Control byte C0 Setpoint position Setpoint position 2 D1 DO LSB Setpoint position Setpoint position D3 D2 MSB The specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes input and output data and seize 1 Instance in Class 0x67 and 1 Instance in Class 0x68 13 3 5 9 Steppercontroller 750 670 The Steppercontroller RS422 24 V 20 mA 750 670 provides the fieldbus coupler 12 bytes input and output process image via 1 logical channel The data to be sent and received are stored in up to 7 output bytes DO D6 and 7 input bytes DO D6 depending on the operating mode Output byte DO and input byte DO are reserved and have no function assigned One I O module control and status byte CO SO and 3 application control and status bytes C1 C3 S1 S3 provide the control of the data flow Switching
73. High Byte Low Byte extended 0 C1 S1 Co So Control Contolistatus Status byte y 1 D1 DO 2 D3 D2 Data bytes 3 D5 D4 Manual Version 1 4 1 wAco 328 I O Modules WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 13 2 5 14 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Bluetooth RF Transceiver 750 644 The size of the process image for the Bluetooth module can be adjusted to 12 24 or 48 bytes It consists of a control byte input or status byte output an empty byte an overlayable mailbox with a size of 6 12 or 18 bytes mode 2 and the Bluetooth process data with a size of 4 to 46 bytes Thus each Bluetooth module uses between 12 and 48 bytes in the process image The sizes of the input and output process images are always the same The first byte contains the control status byte the second contains an empty byte Process data attach to this directly when the mailbox is hidden When the mailbox is visible the first 6 12 or 18 bytes of process data are overlaid by the mailbox data depending on their size Bytes in the area behind the optionally visible mailbox contain basic process data The internal structure of the Bluetooth process data can be found in the documentation for the Bluetooth 750 644 RF Transceiver The mailbox and the process image sizes are set with the startup tool WAGO I O CHECK Table 359 Bluetooth RF Transceiver 750 644 Input and Output
74. I O SYSTEM 750 Table of Contents 7 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Manual Version 1 4 1 12 3 3 6 Function Code FC6 Write Single Register cee eeeeeeeee 231 12 3 3 7 Function Code FC11 Get Comm Event Counter 06 232 12 3 3 8 Function Code FC15 Force Multiple Coils ceeeceeeseeeteeees 233 12 3 3 9 Function Code FC16 Write Multiple Registers eee 235 12 3 3 10 Function Code FC22 Mask Write Register ccceeeeeeeee 236 12 3 3 11 Function Code FC23 Read Write Multiple Registers 237 12 3 4 MODBUS Register Mapping cccccscceesceeceeesseeseceeeeeeeeenseeesaeenes 239 12 3 5 MODBUS Register S csacacuadeoncdsenaustenusunctsswotdeuentcenstceeuncneharwarssuatiiness 242 12 3 5 1 Accessing Register Values cscsscssas siccesssdcceadannersorsshocensssouessasnacnas 243 12 3 5 2 Watchdog Registers cccccacscascanasitacsnincaxesstanentarcwroneinanetacencctaxeastairs 243 12 3 5 3 Diagnostic Registers esessseseesseeseeseeeseeseesresseesresrnsstesresersseesee 248 12 3 5 4 Configuration Registers so fa sitsassactsesiandesnnssscasdohentesaniedeenadaraimeasanene 249 12 3 5 5 Firmware Information RegisterS cssccssscsserssssccssscescssscceees 254 12 3 5 6 Constant RegisteiSennensieiira nior n AE 256 12 4 EtherNet IP Ethernet Industrial Protocol 0 cceecceeceeseeeseeeteeeeeeees 257 12 4 1 General sisii enar orree E E E T R EENE 257 12
75. IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 1 1 4 ETHERNET Transmission Mode Some ETHERNET based WAGO couplers controllers support both 10Mbit s and 100Mbit s for either full or half duplex operation To guarantee a safe and fast transmission both these couplers controllers and their link partners must be configured for the same transmission mode Note Pay attention to adapted Transmission Mode A faulty configuration of the transmission mode may result in a link loss condition a poor network performance or a faulty behavior of the coupler controller The IEEE 802 3u ETHERNET standard defines two possibilities for configuring the transmission modes e Static configuration Dynamic configuration Static Configuration of the Transmission Mode Using static configuration both link partners are set to static transmission rate and duplex mode The following configurations are possible e 10 Mbit s half duplex e 10 Mbit s full duplex e 100 Mbit s half duplex e 100 Mbit s full duplex Dynamic Configuration of the Transmission Mode The second configuration option is the autonegotiation mode which is defined in the IEEE 802 3u standard Using this mode the transmission rate and the duplex mode are negotiated dynamically between both communication partners Autonegotiation allows the device to automatically select the optimum transmission mode Manual Note Activate Autonegotiation To ensu
76. Instance OE hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute 12 4 5 28 Module Configuration Extended 81 hex The same as Module Configuration 80 nex but with a description of module 255 Instance 0 Class Attributes Table 274 Module Configuration Extended 81 nex Class Attribute Access Name Data type Description Default ID value 1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 0x0001 2 Get Max Instance UINT Max number of instances Manual Version 1 4 1 maco 290 Fieldbus Communication 12 4 5 29 maco Instance 256 Clamp 255 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Table 275 Module Configuration Extended 81 nex Instance 256 Attribute ID Access Name Data Description type Default value 1 Get ModulDescription WORD Description of connected modules module 0 coupler controller Bit0 Module has inputs Bit 1 Module has outputs Bit 15 module 0 1 Analog digital 401 for module 750 401 Bit 8 14 Data width internally in For analog modules bits 0 14 identify the module type e g Common Services Table 276 Module Configuration Extended 81 nex Common service Service Service available Service Name Description code Class_ Instance OE hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute
77. Invalid register address 1 word BadData gt Invalid value 1 word TooManyRegisters gt Number of the registers which can be worked on is too large Read Write 125 100 gt Number of the coils which can be worked on is too large Read Write 2000 800 gt Number of received MODBUS TCP requests With Writing OxAA55 or 0x55AA in the register will reset this data area 1 word TooManyBits 1 word ModTcpMessageCounter Table 156 Register address 0x102A Register address 0x102A 41384 with a word count of 1 Value MODBUS TCP Connections Access Read Description Number of TCP connections Table 157 Register address 0x 1030 Register address 0x1030 4144 with a word count of 1 Value Configuration MODBUS TCP Time out Access Read write Default 0x0258 600 decimal Description This is the maximum number of milliseconds the fieldbus coupler will allow a MODBUS TCP connection to stay open without receiving a MODBUS request Upon time out idle connection will be closed Outputs remain in last state Default value is 600 ms 60 seconds the time base is 100 ms the minimal value is 100 ms If the value is set to 0 the timeout is disabled On this connection the watchdog is triggered with a request Table 158 Register address 0x1031 Register address 0x1031 4145 with a word count of 3 Value Read the MAC ID of the controller Access Read Descriptio
78. Management Navigation Clock configuration Configuration Data Time on device a ooo Date YYYY MM DD kosz 28 Figure 66 WBM page Clock Manual waca Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Manual Version 1 4 1 Configuring via the Web Based Management System WBM 159 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Table 45 WBM page Clock Configuration Data Entry Default Value example Description Coordinated Set current time Time on device Universal Time 09 16 41 UTC Date Date based on Set current date YYYY MM DD UTC a N Time zone hour 0 1 MEZ Set time zone offset from the Coordinated Universal Time UTC Daylight Saving Time DST Summer Time Summer time VI Summer time VI M Enable summer time LI Enable winter time 12 hour clock 12 hour clock M 12 hour clock MJ v Enable 12 hour display L Enable 24 hour display maco 160 Configuring via the Web Based Management System WBM WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 10 8 maco Security Use the Security HTML page with passwords to set up read and or write access for various user groups to protect against configuration changes Note Passwords can only be changed by admin and after software reset The admin user and associated password are required to change p
79. Manual Version 1 4 1 Fieldbus Communication 295 The extension of the Output Fieldbus Variable USINT class enables the exchange of PLC output variable data The instance scope of the Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 1 class covers the PLC output variable data from 256 to 510 For WAGO I O PRO CAA or CoDeSys that means the PLC addresses for output variables QB2807 QB3061 Instance 0 Class Attributes Table 289 Output Fieldbus variable USINT Extended 1 A4 nex Class Attribute Access Name Datatype Description Default value ID 1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 0x0001 2 Get Max Instance UINT Max number of instances 255 0x00FF Instance 256 510 Output variable 256 up to 510 Table 290 Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 1 A4 nex Instance 256 510 Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default value 1 Get Fb_Out Var USINT Fieldbus output variable of SPS 0 Common Services Table 291 Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 1 A4 hex Common service Servicecode Service available Service Name Description Class _ Instance OE hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute waco 296 Fieldbus Communication WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 4 5 34
80. Module 750 640 oi sscccississccsasssecsvedistecanessaccsasesieceoassasenasesscvanassness 354 Table 403 DALI DSI Master module 750 641 s snssssssssssssessessssssessessrssrreseese 355 Table 404 EnOcean Radio Receiver 750 642 nsnssssesssessessessresressersessresseesee 355 Table 405 MP Bus Master Module 750 643 s nnsnssssnssesessssessessrsseessesssssesseese 356 Table 406 Bluetooth RF Transceiver 750 644 c cccsccsssssessssssesssessessseseesseenes 357 Table 407 Vibration Velocity Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I O 750 645 P EEE AE PE ei ce as ee 357 Table 408 AS interface Master module 750 655 0 eeccccsecsseceteceeeeeeeeeeteeeeaeens 358 Table 409 System Modules with Diagnostics 750 610 611 oo cece eeeeeeeeeees 359 Table 410 Binary Space Module 750 622 with behavior like 2 channel digital APUTA E E oN mrad remotes 359 Table 411 MODBUS table and function COdeS eccecceesceesceeeteeeeeeeeeeeeseees 362 Table 412 Description of Printing on io tescsed rcsseccsecinpesnerssnaciiseupcatuunsdacuehadttreesuness 364 Table 413 Description of the inscription ssssesssssseesesssesseseesseesseseessressesee 366 Table 414 Description of Printing on sssessssessesessssesseseresressessrssressessrssresseese 367 Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 List of Tables 407 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Table 415 Table 416 Table 417 Table 418 Table 419 Table 420 Tab
81. Module 750 643 0 ccsccesscessseeseeceteceeeeeeeeeeeeesaeees 327 Table 359 Bluetooth RF Transceiver 750 644 c cccsscssesssssesseeseseessessesesseeees 328 Table 360 Vibration Velocity Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I O 750 645 AEE E ees eae See 329 Table 361 KNX EIB TP1 Module 753 646 sscsssssrsssscscssscerescssnssscsneseses 330 Table 362 AS interface Master module 750 655 ccecccecsseceteceeeeeeeeeeteeeseeees 331 Table 363 System Modules with Diagnostics 750 610 611 oo eee eeeeeeeeees 332 Table 364 Binary Space Module 750 622 with behavior like 2 channel digital PUT i sacxucadetiusheuencpetess esta ENEE EE EE EERE EOE EEEE E 332 Table 365 1 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics cece 334 Table 366 2 Channel Digital Input Modules eceeceecceesseceseceeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 334 Table 367 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics 0 0 0 cece 335 Table 368 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics and Output Process DA A E E 335 Table 369 4 Channel Digital Input Modules ceeecceesseceteeceteceeeeeeeeeeaeees 336 Table 370 8 Channel Digital Input Modules eceececcceeeseceseeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 336 Table 371 16 Channel Digital Input Modules eccceseesseceteceeeeeeeeeeneees 336 Table 372 1 Channel Digital Output Module with Input Process Data 337 Table 373 2 Channel Digital Output Modules eececcceceseceseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeneeens
82. O SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 285 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 4 5 22 Manual Table 254 Analog Input Point Extended 2 6F nex Instance 511 765 Attribute Access Name Data type Description Default ID value 1 Get AipObj Value ARRAY Analog Input of BYTE 2 Get AipObj_ Value_ USINT Length of the output data Length AopObj_ Value in byte Common Services Table 255 Analog Input Point Extended 2 6F nex Common service Service Service available Service name Description code Class __ Instance OE hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute Analog Input Point Extended 3 73 hex The extension of the Analog Input Point class enables the reading of data from a fieldbus node that contains over 765 analog outputs AIPs The instance scope of the Analog Input Point Extended 3 class covers AIPs from 766 to 1020 in the fieldbus node Instance 0 Class Attributes Table 256 Analog Input Point Extended 3 73 hex Class Attribute Access Name Data type Description Default ID value 1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 0x0001 2 Get Max Instance UINT Max number of instances Instance 766 1020 Analog input value 766 up to 1020 Table 257 Analog Input Point Extended 3 73 nex Instance 766 1020
83. O PRO CAA or CoDeSys that means the PLC addresses for output variable QW1531 Instance 0 Class Attributes Table 304 Output Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 A9 nex Class Attribute Access Name Datatype Description Default ID value 1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 0x0001 2 Get Max Instance _ UINT Max number of instances 1 0x0001 Instance 256 Output variable 256 Table 305 Output Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 A9 nex Instance 256 Attribute Access Name Data type Description Default ID value 1 Get Fb Out Var UINT Fieldbus output variable of the SPS 0 Common Services Table 306 Output Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 A9 pex Common service Servicecode Service available Service Name Description Class Instance OE hex Ja Ja Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Fieldbus Communication 12 4 5 39 Input Fieldbus Variable UDINT AA hex 301 This class allows the reading of data from a particular PLC input variable For WAGO I O PRO CAA or CoDeSys that means the PLC addresses for input variables ID638 ID765 Instance 0 Class Attributes Table 307 Input fieldbus variable UDINT AA nex Class Attribute ID
84. Point Extended 3 71 hex Common service 280 Discrete Output Point 66 hex Class eeceecceesceseeeeeeseeeseeees 280 Discrete Output Point 66 nex Instance 1 255 leens 281 Discrete Output Point 66 hex COMMON service eeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeee 281 Discrete Output Point Extended 1 6A hex Class eeeeceesseeeteeeee 281 Discrete Output Point Extended 1 6A nex Instance 256 510 281 Discrete Output Point Extended 1 6A nex Common service 281 Discrete Output Point Extended 2 6E hex Class ceeeeeesseeeteeees 282 Discrete Output Point Extended 2 6E nex Instance 511 765 282 Discrete Output Point Extended 2 6E nex Common service 282 Discrete Output Point Extended 3 72 hex Class ceeeeseeseeeeteeees 282 Discrete Output Point Extended 3 72 hex Instance 766 1020 283 Discrete Output Point Extended 2 6E nex Common service 283 Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 List of Tables 403 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Table 247 Analog Input Point 67 hex Class ceseeseeseeseeeeeeeeceseeesereeeeeeaees 283 Table 248 Analog Input Point 67 nex Instance 1 255 lessees 283 Table 249 Analog Input Point 67 hex COMMON service 0 eeeeteeseeteeeeeees 283 Table 250 Analog Input Point Extended 1 6B pex Class eeceeeeeeteeeteeeeees 284 Table 251 Analog Input Point Ex
85. PrgDaylightSaving which you must integrate into the WAGO I O PRO CAA using the library DaylightSaving lib From that point change over will be performed automatically allowing all functions to be executed properly and at the right time Note Error message in WAGO I O CHECK is possible after a power failure If you are using the software WAGO I O CHECK after a loss of power has occurred error messages may be generated Should this occur call up the Web based management system and set the actual time under Clock Then call up the WAGO I O CHECK program again Note Loss of telegrams possible when performing configuration during ongoing operation Telegrams may be lost if configuration is performed using WAGO I O CHECK while the system is in operation Manual Version 1 4 1 WAH 158 Configuring via the Web Based Management System WBM WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Note Use a WAGO RTC module for time synchronization You can also use a WAGO 750 640 RTC Module for your node to utilize the actual encoded time Real time RTC in your higher level control system An even greater degree of accuracy is achieved via RTC module than that obtained using the real time clock in the coupler or controller Que gebeten Arwkht Favoriten Extras 2 Qa O ix 2 Dp saten rrn oo SM aS Ae hatp 217 6 107 120 webserv index sai WAGO Web based
86. Process Image Offset i i Description High Byte Low Byte 0 i CO SO eabuced Control status byte 1 D1 DO 2 D3 D2 3 D5 D4 Mailbox 0 3 6 or 9 words and Process data 2 23 words max 23 D45 D44 Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 I O Modules 329 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 13 2 5 15 Vibration Velocity Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I O 750 645 The Vibration Velocity Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I O has a total of 12 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image 8 bytes of module data and 4 bytes of control status The following table illustrates the Input and Output Process Image which have 8 words mapped into each image Word alignment is applied Table 360 Vibration Velocity Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I O 750 645 Input and Output Process Image Offset R pean Description High Byte Low Byte Control status byte 0 CO0 SO not used log Channel 1 Sensor input 1 Data bytes me ai log Channel 1 Sensor input 1 Control status byte 2 C1 S1 not used log Channel 2 Sensor input 2 Data bytes m De log Channel 2 Sensor input 2 Control status byte 4 C2 S2 not used log Channel 3 Sensor input 1 Data bytes j pe D4 log Channel 3 Sensor input 3 Control status byte 6 C3 S3 not used log Channel 4 Sensor input 2 Data bytes i P ue log Channel 4 Sensor input 2 1
87. Programmable Fieldbus Controller Word 256 511 Address range for MODBUS PFC variables Table 28 Address range word 256 511 Data Address width 256 0 256 8 257 0 257 8 510 0 510 8 511 0 511 8 256 7 256 15 257 7 257 15 510 7 510 15 511 7 511 15 Byte 512 513 514 515 1020 1021 1022 1023 Word 256 257 510 511 DWord 128 255 Word 512 1275 Second address range for I O module data Table 29 Address range word 512 1275 Data Address width 512 0 512 8 513 0 513 8 1274 0 1274 8 1275 0 1275 8 512 7 512 15 513 7 513 15 1274 7 1274 15 1275 7 1275 15 Byte 1024 1025 1026 1027 2548 2549 2550 2551 Word 512 513 1274 1275 DWord 256 637 Word 1276 1531 Address range for Ethernet IP fieldbus data Table 30 Address range word 1276 1531 Data Address width Bit 1276 0 1276 8 1277 0 1277 8 1530 0 153 1530 8 153 1531 0 153 1531 8 153 1276 7 1276 15 1277 7 1277 15 0 7 0 15 1 7 1 15 Byte 2552 2553 2554 2555 fn 3060 3061 3062 3063 Word 1276 W770 ee 1530 1531 DWord 1938 2 fe 765 Manual maco Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Function Description 85 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Address range for flags Table 31 Address range for fla
88. R W l Watchdog configuration 0x100B W 1 Save watchdog parameter 0x1020 IR 1 2 LED error code 0x1021 R 1 LED error argument 0x1022 R 1 4 Number of analog output data in the process image in bits 0x1023 R 1 3 Number of analog input data in the process image in bits 0x1024 R 1 2 Number of digital output data in the process image in bits 0x1025 R 1 4 Number of digital input data in the process image in bits 0x1028 R W 1 Boot configuration 0x1029 R 9 MODBUS TCP statistics 0x102A R 1 Number of TCP connections ox1030 R W l Configuration MODBUS TCP time out 0x1031 R 3 Read out the MAC ID of the coupler controller 0x1050 JR 3 Diagnosis of the connected I O modules 0x2000 R l Constant 0x0000 0x2001 R l Constant OxFFFF 0x2002 R l Constant 0x1234 0x2003 R 1 Constant OxAAAA 0x2004 R 1 Constant 0x5555 0x2005 R l Constant 0x7FFF 0x2006 R 1 Constant 0x8000 0x2007 R 1 Constant 0x3FFF 0x2008 R 1 Constant 0x4000 0x2010 R 1 Firmware version 0x2011 R 1 Series code 0x2012 R 1 Coupler controller code 0x2013 R l Firmware version major revision 0x2014 R l Firmware version minor revision Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 243 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Table 134 MODBUS registers Continuation Register Access Length Description address Word 0x2020 R 16 Short description controller 0x2021
89. Single Modifies an attribute value Manual wh o Version 1 4 1 ABB 294 Fieldbus Communication WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 4 5 32 Output Fieldbus Variable USINT A3 hex The class enables the exchange of data from a particular PLC output variable For WAGO I O PRO CAA or CoDeSys that means the PLC addresses for output variables QB2552 QB2806 Instance 0 Class Attributes Table 286 Output fieldbus variable USINT A3 nex Class Attribute ID_ Access Name Datatype Description Default value 1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 0x0001 2 Get Max Instance _ UINT Max number of instances 255 OxOFF Instance 1 255 Output variables 1 up to 255 Table 287 Output fieldbus variable USINT A3 nex Instance 1 255 Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default value 1 Get Fb_Out_Var USINT Fieldbus Output variable of the 0 PLC Common Services Table 288 Output fieldbus variable USINT A3 hex Common service Service code Service available Service name Description Class Instance OE hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_ Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute Manual maco Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 4 5 33 Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 1 A4 hex
90. System l maco Launch a Web browser e g MS Internet Explorer or Mozilla and enter the IP address you have assigned your fieldbus node in the address bar Click Enter to confirm The start page of the Web interface loads Select Clock in the left menu bar Enter your user name and password in the inquiry screen default user admin password wago or user user password user The HTML page Clock configuration loads Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Commissioning 115 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Manual Version 1 4 1 EO Web based Management eanta Cn E Clock configuration Configuration Data Time on device 13 43 16 Date YYYY MM DD 2010 06 16 Timezone hour minute 1 00 Daylight Saving Time DST F 12 hour clock r UNDO SUBMIT Figure 1 Example of WBM clock configuration Set the values in the fields Time on device Date and Timezone to the current values and enable the Daylight Saving Time DST option if necessary Click on SUBMIT to apply the changes in your fieldbus node Restart the fieldbus node to apply the settings of the Web interface maco 116 Commissioning WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 8 6 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Restoring Factory Settings To restore the factory settings proceed as follows 1 2 3 4 5 Switch off
91. TCP Master Access to data by the MODBUS Master is always either by word or by bit Addressing of the first 256 data words by the I O modules begins with word by word and bit by bit access at 0 Addressing of the data by the variables begins at 256 for word based access bit by bit access then takes place starting at 4096 for bit 0 in word 256 4097 for bit 1 in word 256 8191 for bit 15 in word 511 The bit number can be determined using the following equation Bit No word 16 Bit No in word Example 4097 256 16 1 Data Access by PLC Function CPU The PLC function of the PFC employs a different type of addressing for accessing the same data PLC addressing is identical with word by word addressing by the MODBUS Master for the declaration of 16 bit variables However a different notation is used for declaration of Boolean variables 1 bit than that used by MODBUS Here the bit address is composed of the elements word address and bit number in the word separated by a decimal point Example Bit access by MODBUS to bit number 4097 gt Bit addressing in the PLC lt Word No gt lt Bit No gt 256 1 The PLC function of the PFC can also access data by bytes and by doubleword access Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Function Description 91 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Addresses are calculated based on the following equations for byte based access High Byte address
92. The data sent and received are stored in up to 4 input and output bytes DO D3 Two control bytes CO C1 and two status bytes S0 S1 are used to control the I O module and the drive In addition to the position data in the input process image DO D3 it is possible to display extended status information S2 S5 Then the three control bytes C1 C3 and status bytes S1 S3 are used to control the data flow Bit 3 of control byte C1 C1 3 is used to switch between the process data and the extended status bytes in the input process image Extended Info ON Bit 3 of status byte S1 S1 3 is used to acknowledge the switching process Table 353 DC Drive Controller 750 636 Input Process Image Offset Byte Pesunaton Description High Byte Low Byte 0 Sl SO Status byte S1 Status byte SO Actual position Actual position 1 D1 S3 DO0 S2 Extended status LSB Extended byte S3 status byte S2 ame Actual position 2 D3 S5 D2 S4 Extended status Extended status byte 4 byte S3 ExtendedInfo ON 0 F ExtendedInfo ON 1 Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 I O Modules 325 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Output Process Image Offset Byte ernati Description High Byte Low Byte 0 C1 CO Control byte C1 Control byte C0 Setpoint position Setpoint position 1 D1 DO LSB Setpoint
93. The pipe character separates two process values For this reason the required space of a process data variable in the process data buffer not only depends on the data type but also on the process values itself A WORD variable therefore occupies between one byte for the values 0 9 and five bytes for values greater than 10000 The selected format allows only a rough estimate of the space required for the individual process data in the process data buffer If the size is exceeded the WebVisu no longer works as expected The number of modules 512 default The total size of the PLC program is determined among other things by the maximum number of modules This value can be configured in the target system settings Computing power processor time The 750 841 is based on a real time operating system with pre emptive multitasking High priority processes such as the PLC program will eliminate low priority processes The web server supplies process data and applets for the web visualization Make sure when configuring tasks that there is sufficient processor time available for all processes The freewheeling task call option is not suitable in conjunction with the WebVisu as in this case the high priority PLC program suppresses the web server Instead of this use the cyclic task call option with a realistic value The PLC browser provides an overview of the real execution times for all Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM
94. This function writes the value of one single output register to a slave device in word format Request The request specifies the reference number register address of the first output word to be written The value to be written is specified in the Register Value field The reference number of the request is zero based therefore the first register starts at address 0 Example Write a value of 0x1234 to the second output register Table 111 Request of Function code FC6 Byte Field name Example Byte 0 1 Transaction identifier 0x0000 Byte 2 3 Protocol identifier 0x0000 Byte 4 5 Length field 0x0006 Byte 6 Unit identifier 0x01 not used Byte 7 MODBUS function code _ 0x06 Byte 8 9 Reference number 0x0001 Byte 10 11 Register value 0x1234 Response The reply is an echo of the inquiry Table 112 Response of Function code FC6 Byte Field name Example Byte 7 MODBUS function code _ 0x06 Byte 8 9 Reference number 0x0001 Byte 10 11 Register value 0x1234 Exception Table 113 Exception of Function code FC6 Byte Field name Example Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x85 Byte 8 Exception code 0x01 or 0x02 Manual a o Version 1 4 1 Aen 232 Fieldbus Communication WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 3 3 7 Function Code FC11 Get Comm Event Counter This function returns a status word
95. W Readable plc data DWORD 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 100 1 1 3 wioPlcDataWriteArea R___ Write readable plc data DWORD Manual maco Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 List of Figures 395 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller List of Figures Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGE Fig r l Fieldbus TG Casa csvusvausawancannssenunsgnaaieneasauncnennapvsaiedien aeee Era EEES ia 20 Figure 2 Example of a manufacturing number esssssessesessessesetsessesstsersersrrees 21 Figure 3 Isolation for Standard Couplers Controllers and extended ECO Couplers e E E E E E E ncuaapieddiaes 24 Figure 4 System supply for standard coupler controller and extended ECO COUP I nA E E 25 Figure 5 System voltage for standard couplers controllers and extended ECO COUPLES eee eee E E E E E E ee eee 26 Figure 6 Field supply sensor actuator for standard couplers controllers and extended ECO couplers anosir erae a EERE E EEE RE as 29 Figure 7 Supply module with fuse carrier Example 750 610 ce eeeeeseeeteenee 31 Figure 8 Removing the fuse carrier se sesseseesesseesesseseesessesseesessestestsseseesesserees 32 Figure 9 Opening the fuse Carrer ssicciasssaccassisasvsavsascnasdeatersevncuesasaysaecensssuscaabsaanvanns 32 Fig r 10 gt CAN SBS Gis ssedossviovarasepsalt ioien rene ne E e EA AE TEE AA G 32 Figure 11 Fuse modules for automotive fuses series 282 eesssessesesseseesesseee 33 Figure 12 Fuse
96. address ID638 and the Low Word of the address ID639 etc If instance 128 is read you obtain only the High Word of the address ID765 Instance 0 Class Attributes Table 310 Input Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset AB nex Class Attribute Access Name Datatype Description Default ID value 1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 0x0001 2 Get Max Instance _ UINT Max number of instances 128 0x080 Instance 1 128 Input variable 1 up to 128 Table 311 Input Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset AB nex Instance 1 128 Attribute Access Name Data type Description Default ID value 1 Set Fb_In_ Var UDINT Fieldbus Input variable of the SPS 0 Common Services Table 312 Input Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset AB nex Common service Servicecode Service available Service Name Description Class __ Instance OE hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute 10 hex No Yes Set Attribute Single Modifies an attribute value Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Fieldbus Communication 303 12 4 5 41 Output Fieldbus Variable UDINT AC hex The class enables the exchange of data from a particular PLC output variable For WAGO I O PRO CAA or CoDeSys that means the PLC addresses for output variables QD638 QD
97. address of the fieldbus controller The Webvisu htm page does not have any hyperlinks to other Web sites To deactivate the starting page function again or to go to other pages using hyperlinks enter the IP address for your controller and the address for the original starting page in the URL line of your browser with the following syntax http IP address of your controller webserv Index ss1 b To call up the the HTML page WebVisu in an eternal window default setting use the function WebVisu Open webvisu htm in new window Clicking on the WebVisu link opens a new window that displays the HTML page with visualization of your configured application The links to switch to the other WBM pages are still available with this setting c To call up the HTML page WebVisu on the WBM site directly use the function WebVisu Open webvisu htm in frame Clicking on Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Configuring via the Web Based Management System WBM 171 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Manual the WebVisu link opens the HTML page with visualization of your configured application in a frame in the WBM window directly The links to switch to the other WBM pages are still available with this setting Webvisu Microsoft Internet Explorer 3 ajoj xj Qste Bearbeten Anscht fEsvonten Extres 2 Hans gt OA Gh suchen jtn Ameen F ob fel ue Adresse http 192 168 1 12 p
98. and an event counter from the slave device s communication event counter By reading the current count before and after a series of messages a master can determine whether the messages were handled normally by the slave Following each successful new processing the counter counts up This counting process is not performed in the case of exception replies poll commands or counter inquiries Request Table 114 Request of Function code FC11 Byte Field name Example Byte 0 1 Transaction identifier 0x0000 Byte 2 3 Protocol identifier 0x0000 Byte 4 5 Length field 0x0002 Byte 6 Unit identifier 0x01 not used Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x0B Response The reply contains a 2 byte status word and a 2 byte event counter The status word only contains zeroes Table 115 Response of Function code FC11 Byte Field name Example Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x0B Byte 8 9 Status 0x0000 Byte 10 11 Event count 0x0003 The event counter shows that 3 0x0003 events were counted Exception Table 116 Exception of Function code FC 11 Byte Field name Example Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x85 Byte 8 Exception code 0x01 or 0x02 o Manual WAGE Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 3 3 8 Function Code FC15 Force Multiple Coils Fieldbus Communication 233 This function sets a sequence
99. appropriate containers packaging Thereby the ESD information is to be regarded Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 System Description 23 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 3 5 Assembly Guidelines Standards DIN 60204 Electrical equipping of machines DIN EN 50178 Equipping of high voltage systems with electronic components replacement for VDE 0160 Manual Version 1 4 1 WAEH 24 System Description WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 3 6 3 6 1 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Power Supply Isolation Within the fieldbus node there are three electrically isolated potentials e electrically isolated fieldbus interface via transformer Electronics of the couplers controllers and the bus modules internal bus e All bus modules have an electrical isolation between the electronics internal bus logic and the field electronics Some digital and analog input modules have each channel electrically isolated please see catalog Potential of the system supply neren Electrical isolation to the field level A A per module O90 OO Wi per channel Od DAIS PG 6 00 00 00 00 Wek Sle le ve ewe l L L L Cie Potential Potentials Fieldbus interface in the field l
100. are described in detail in the following individual sections after a brief explanation of the table headings in the object descriptions Table 188 CIP common class Class Name O1 hex Identity 02 hex Message Router 04 hex Assembly 05 hex Connection 06 hex Connection Manager F5 hex TCP IP Interface Object F6 hex Ethernet Link Object Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 263 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Table 189 WAGO specific classes Class Name 64 hex Coupler Controller Configuration Object 65 hex Discrete Input Point 66 hex Discrete Output Point 67 hex Analog Input Point 68 hex Analog Output Point 69 hex Discrete Input Point Extended 1 6A hex Discrete Output Point Extended 1 6B hex Analog Input Point Extended 1 6C hex Analog Output Point Extended 1 6D hex Discrete Input Point Extended 2 6E hex Discrete Output Point Extended 2 6F hex Analog Input Point Extended 2 70 hex Analog Output Point Extended 2 71 hex Discrete Input Point Extended 3 72 hex Discrete Output Point Extended 3 T3 hex Analog Input Point Extended 3 74 hex Analog Output Point Extended 3 80 hex Module Configuration 81 hex Module Configuration Extended 1 AO hex Input fieldbus variable USINT Al hex Input fieldbus variable USINT Extended 1 A2 hex Input fieldbus variable USINT Extended 2
101. bytes of channel data and 2 bytes of control status The two channel values are supplied as 16 bits Each channel has its own control status byte The following table illustrates the Input and Output Process Image which has a total of 4 words mapped into each image Word alignment is applied Table 390 Pulse Width Modules 750 511 xxx xxx Input and Output Process Instance Eee eee Description High Byte Low Byte C0 S0 Control Status byte of Channel 1 D1 DO Data Value of Channel 1 oi Control Status byte of Channel 2 D3 D2 Data Value of Channel 2 The specialty modules represent 2x3 bytes input and output data and seize 2 Instances in Class 0x67 and 2 Instances in Class 0x68 13 3 5 3 Serial Interface Modules with alternative Data Format 750 650 and the variations 000 002 004 006 009 010 011 012 013 750 651 and the variations 000 002 003 750 653 and the variations 000 002 007 753 650 653 Manual Version 1 4 1 wacen 348 I O Modules WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 13 3 5 4 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Note The process image of the 003 000 variants depends on the parameterized operating mode With the freely parametrizable variations 003 000 of the serial interface modules the desired operation mode can be set Dependent on it the process image of these modules is then the same as from the appropria
102. components e g data contacts o Manual waca Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Connect Devices 69 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 6 2 Power Contacts Field Supply Risk of injury due to sharp edged male contacts The male contacts are sharp edged Handle the module carefully to prevent injury Self cleaning power jumper contacts used to supply the field side are located on the right side of both couplers controllers and some of the I O modules These contacts come as touch proof spring contacts As fitting counterparts the I O modules have male contacts on the left side Power jumper contacts Blade 0 lo 3 2 Spring 0 3 3 2 eH Ao AH hoe ee LAJ LAJ LAJ ee lee i eet gt aa f Ho i aa l EE f so CH CH CO aa Oo aa EE 66 OOJ IOO 6 4 Spring contact in the slot for blade contact A XY OO if El Tl Eo Ell Blade contact L amp E S LE S LE LE Figure 33 Example for the arrangement of power contacts Note Field bus node configuration and test via smartDESIGNER With the WAGO ProServe Software smartDESIGNER you can configure the structure of a field bus node You can test the configuration via the integrated accuracy check Manual Version 1 4 1 maco 70 Connect Devices WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 6 3
103. data and seize 1 Instance in Class 0x67 Output Process Image Byte Destination Instance Description High Byte Low Byte C not used Control byte m D1 DO Counter setting word not used And the specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes output data and seize 1 Instance in Class 0x68 750 637 The above Incremental Encoder Interface Module has a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image 4 bytes of encoder data and 2 bytes of control status The following table illustrates the Input and Output Process Image which have 4 words mapped into each image Word alignment is applied Table 398 Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750 637 Input and Output Process Image Instance Byte Dunston Description High Byte Low Byte P C0 S0 Control Status byte of Channel 1 D1 DO Data Value of Channel 1 n l C1 S1 Control Status byte of Channel 2 D3 D2 Data Value of Channel 2 The specialty modules represent 2x3 bytes input and output data and seize 2 Instances in Class 0x67 and 2 Instances in Class 0x68 Version 1 4 1 maco 352 13 3 5 8 maco I O Modules WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 750 635 753 635 The above Digital Pulse Interface module has a total of 4 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image 3 bytes of module data and 1 by
104. electro magnetic interferences Some components in the I O system have a carrier rail contact that dissipates electro magnetic disturbances to the carrier rail Hoy DIN Rail contact Figure 17 Carrier rail contact Ensure sufficient grounding is provided You must take care to ensure the direct electrical connection between the carrier rail contact and the carrier rail The carrier rail must be grounded For information on carrier rail properties please see chapter Carrier Rail Properties page 61 Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 System Description 39 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 3 7 3 Grounding Protection For the field side the ground wire is connected to the lowest connection terminals of the power supply module The ground connection is then connected to the next module via the Power Jumper Contact PJC If the bus module has the lower power jumper contact then the ground wire connection of the field devices can be directly connected to the lower connection terminals of the bus module Note Re establish the ground connection when the connection to the power jumper contacts is disrupted Should the ground conductor connection of the power jumper contacts within the node become disrupted e g due to a 4 channel bus terminal the ground connection will need to be re established The ring feeding of the grounding potential will increa
105. fragment bit was set in the header 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 19 ipFragCreates R Number of generated IP fragment frames 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 20 ipAddrTable Table of all local IP addresses of the coupler controller 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 20 1 ipAddrEntry Address information for an entry 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 20 1 1 ipAdEntAddr R The IP address corresponding to the entry s address information 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 20 1 2 ipAdEntIfIndex R__ Index of the interface 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 20 1 3 ipAdEntNetMask R The entry s associated subnet mask 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 20 1 4 ipAdEntBcastAddr R Value of the last significant bit in the IP broadcast address 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 20 1 5 IpAdEntReasm R The size of the longest IP telegram that can be MaxSize defragmented reassembled again 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 23 ipRoutingDiscards R Number of deleted routing entries Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Appendix 377 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 16 1 4 IpRoute Table Group The IP route table contains information about the routing table in the coupler controller Table 420 MIB II IpRoute Table Group Identifier Entry Access Description 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 21 ipRouteTable IP routing table 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 21 1 ipRouteEntry A routing entry for a particular destination 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 21 1 1 ipRouteDest R W This entry indicates the destination address of the routing entry 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 21 1 2 ipRoutelfIndex R W This entry indica
106. hex Instance S E E 2 E E E T E 293 Table 285 Input fieldbus variable USINT Extended 2 A2 hex Common service Uaioe eet unt E E dg teeaua ee deceased A ad E ecuoee 293 Table 286 Output fieldbus variable USINT A3 hex Class ceccesseeseeeeeeeeees 294 Table 287 Output fieldbus variable USINT A3 nex Instance 1 255 00 00 294 Table 288 Output fieldbus variable USINT A3 nex Common service 294 Table 289 Output Fieldbus variable USINT Extended 1 A4 hex Class 295 Manual Table 290 256 Version 1 4 1 Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 1 A4 nex Instance 404 List of Tables WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Table 291 Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 1 A4 nex Common MS aes A E A E AEA AAE AEA E EAE 295 Table 292 Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 A5 pex Class 296 Table 293 Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 A5 nex Instance Si D e O E E A E E E A 296 Tabelle 294 Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 A5 hex Common RA A EEE E E ANE A E E AA A E 296 Table 295 Input fieldbus variable UINT A6 nex Class uo eeeeeeceeeseeereeeeeees 297 Table 296 Input fieldbus variable UINT A6 hex Instance 1 255 we 297 Table 297 Input fieldbus variable UINT A6 tex Common service 297 Table 298 Input Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 A7 h
107. indicates data error internal data bus e After the second break the third blinking sequence starts approx 1 Hz The I O LED blinks twelve times Error argument 12 means that the internal data bus is interrupted behind the twelfth I O module The thirteenth I O module is either defective or has been pulled out of the assembly Manual ai o Version 1 4 1 ABEB 176 Diagnostics WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Table 53 Blink code table for the I O LED signaling error code 1 Error code 1 Hardware and configuration error Error Error Description Solution Argument Ae j 1 Turn off the power for the node E bpe 2 Reduce the number of I O modules and turn the power 1 memory for the supply onaga ached T O 3 Ifthe error persists replace the fieldbus controller modules 1 Determine the faulty I O module by first turning off the power supply 2 Plug the end module into the middle of the node 3 Turn the power supply on again 4 LED continues to flash Turn off the power supply and plug the end module into the middle of the first half of the node toward the fieldbus controller I O module s with LED not flashing 2 unknown data type Turn off the power and plug the end module into the middle of the second half of the node away from the fieldbus controller 5 Turn the power supply on again 6 Repeat the procedure described in step 4 while hal
108. medium When a message is sent from a station it is broadcast throughout the entire network and is sent to each connected node Only the node with the correct target address processes the message Collisions may occur and messages have to be repeatedly transmitted as a result of the large amount of data traffic The delay time in a Shared ETHERNET cannot be easily calculated or predicted Node Node Node Figure 80 Principle of Shared ETHERNET Version 1 4 1 WAEH 196 Fieldbus Communication WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Deterministic ETHERNET The TCP IP software or the user program in each subscriber can limit transmittable messages to make it possible to determine real time requirements At the same time the maximum medium message rate datagrams per second the maximum medium duration of a message and the minimum time interval between the messages waiting time of the subscriber is limited Therefore the delay time of a message is predictable Switched ETHERNET In the case of Switched Ethernet several fieldbus nodes are connected by a switch When data from a network segment reaches the switch it saves the data and checks for the segment and the node to which this data is to be sent The message is then only sent to the node with the correct target address This reduces the data traffic over
109. module Bit position 2 7 Not used Bit position 8 14 Module size in bits Bit position 15 Designation digital module VU Table 163 Register address 0x2033 Register address 0x2033 8243 with a word count of up to 65 Value Description of the connected I O modules Access Read modules 193 255 Description Length 1 63 words These 63 registers identify the 4th block of I O modules present modules 193 to 255 Each module is represented in a word Because item numbers cannot be read out of digital modules a code is displayed for them as defined below Bit position 0 Input module Bit position 1 Output module Bit position 2 7 Not used Bit position 8 14 Module size in bits Bit position 15 Designation digital module VU Table 164 Register address 0x2040 Register address 0x2040 8256 cc Value Implement a software reset Access Write Write sequence 0xAA55 or 0x55AA Description With Writing OxAA55 or Ox55AA the register will be reset Table 165 Register address 0x2041 Register address 0x2041 8257 cc since Firmware version 3 Value Flash Format Access Write Write sequence 0xAA55 or 0xS5AA Description The file system Flash is again formatted Table 166 Register address 0x2042 Register address 8258 dec since Firmware version 3 Value Extract data files Access Write Write sequence 0xAA55 or 0xS5AA Description
110. modules for automotive fuses series 2006 c ceeeeeeeteeeeeeee 33 Figure 13 Fuse modules with pivotable fuse carrier series 281 00 ee eeeeeeeeee 33 Figure 14 Fuse modules with pivotable fuse carrier series 2002 00 0 0 ceeeeeeeee 33 Figure 15 Power supply concept saccaececsscccereannctanteoande scan sencienenstxaasuabeotavananterendvnaes 34 Figure 16 Supply example for standard couplers controllers and extended ECO OUP SIS saccadic dchaceneaeantanasssacasedemntenancaatsaainyeasseanaemaianonanenntesesnicanaatinas 35 Fig r 17 Carner rail COTACL suxcshaswasssensinceusvanvdeannialesstnvnunenenwtansuereesauimontnetsunensias 38 Figure 18 Ri ng feeding snrncsienisan inersia nn E a 39 Figure 19 Example WAGO Shield Screen Connecting System cece 41 Figure 20 Application of the WAGO Shield Screen Connecting System 41 Figure 21 View ETHERNET TCP IP Fieldbus Controller eee eeeeeeeeeeeeee 44 Figure 22 Device SUPPLY execcavecexeusuasdccsnaasraudcennsecueureaconaasraceveamtesennaeencnveattenceamanst 46 Fig re23 RJA SA OME CIOL mornin e N A 47 Figure 24 Display Elements two manufacturing variations s sssseseeseeseeeee 48 Fig 25 Service interface for programming and configuration closed and open LOOT eE N E TE O E E E E ee es 50 Figure 26 Mode selector switch closed and open damper of the service port 51 Fig re 2 T SPAGNA veicesssusscsshceuncesusunaecpuatancashsnnicussdouesatrtenssuencietanes
111. n o ARSE EEA 242 Table 134 MODBUS registers Continuation cccccccceeseesseceteceeeeeeeeeeaeees 243 Table 135 Register address OX 1000 ccacsasnceccscccacersnensnsessasanaiceonvescenensteavacsnadenuneees 244 Table 136 Register address Ox 100 ssisscsoscs svvssessuunsteitivensdssatunesdsvessutasessdesateraxse 244 Table 137 Register address 0x1002 sisi ssissssssaccsediadcctbezancavesesnccesastatanesancavesesncres 245 Table 138 Register address OX 1003 lt cccsan faxasessncacsncnssineasacenndeecndoncaneatncesnabendeuncens 245 Table 139 Register address 0x1004 soni scatasenceasramvnccauasudesdvennenpusiedeotutaeneennins 245 Table 140 Register address 0x1005 ccccsssssessecssncssasssnccsnsaceecseatosesnseonscoanacnerss 245 Table 141 Register address 0x1006 scusssesssasxessesscnnsteurassas dssndinvestaveseuiasensdswntunzas 245 Table 142 Register address 0x1007 ssnsenessssessssesssessessrssressessrssseesessersseesee 246 Table 143 Register address 0x1008 o csscucasassesacaesncndsincasncaundencndonsensnnntesnctandsnuneens 246 Table 144 Register address 0x1009 x cccssndvussssazsaouvsisareseshacessosneaietrsdarevithadasiuiase 246 Table 145 Register address OX100A ccccceccsssceeseecsseceseceeeeeeseecseeceeeseeeenaees 246 Table 146 Starting Watchdog ceccceccesceesceesseceeceeeeeeceeeseeceuecneeseeeesseecaeens 247 Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 List of Tables 401 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fiel
112. not specified Manual Version 1 4 1 maco 206 Fieldbus Communication WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 12 1 4 2 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller RAW IP Raw IP manages without protocols such as PPP point to point protocol With RAW IP the TCP IP packets are directly exchanged without handshaking thus enabling the connection to be established more quickly However the connection must beforehand have been configured with a fixed IP address The advantages of RAW IP are high data transfer rate and good stability IP Multicast Multicast refers to a method of transmission from a point to a group which is a point to multipoint transfer or multipoint connection The advantage of multicast is that messages are simultaneously transferred to several users or closed user groups via one address IP multicasting at the Internet level is realized with the help of the Internet Group Message Protocol IGMP neighboring routers use this protocol to inform each other on membership to the group For distribution of multicast packets in the sub network IP assumes that the datalink layer supports multicasting In the case of Ethernet you can provide a packet with a multicast address in order to send the packet to several recipients with a single send operation Here the common medium enables packets to be sent simultaneously to several recipients The stations do not have to inform each other on who belongs to a speci
113. now close ETHERNET Settings or make other changes in the Web based Management System as required Click on Call WBM maco 106 Commissioning WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Disable BootP in the Web based Management System 1 Open the Web browser on your client such as the Microsoft Internet Explorer to have the HTML pages displayed 2 Enter the IP address for your fieldbus node in the address line of the browser and press Return A dialog window then appears with a password prompt This is provided for secure access and entails three different user groups admin guest and user 3 As Administrator enter the user name admin and the password wago A start page is then displayed in the browser window with information about your fieldbus controller You can navigate to other information using the hyperlinks in the left navigation bar Dusi Gaetan pakte Ematen Eyre 2 2 Oma O FD poste Sermo FB S Adapa G tees 1217 4 100 120 rntcmrriincien 08 z E Werte urs mago Web based Management a Status information Navigation TCP Pot SNMP Watchdog fe Festures 10 config WebVisu Figure 48 WBM page Information Note Disable the proxy server to display the web based Management System If these pages are not displayed for local access to the fieldbus nodes you must define i
114. object or the repetition frequency of a periodic object is output Service A service is a function supported by an object and or an object class CIP defines a group of common services that are applied to the attributes These services execute specified actions Example Reading variables Behavior The behavior specifies how an object functions The functions result from various occurrences which are determined by the object e g receiving service requests recording internal errors or the sequence of timers Version 1 4 1 maco 262 Fieldbus Communication WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 12 4 5 2 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Class Overview CIP classes are included in the CIP specification of ODVA They describe the properties Volume 1 Common Industrial Protocol of Ethernet and CAN independent of their physical interface The physical interface is described in a separate specification For Ethernet IP this is Volume 2 Ethernet IP Adaptation of CIP which describes the adaption of Ethernet IP to CIP For this purpose WAGO uses classes 01 hex O2hexs O4nexs O5hex O6nex and FA hex which are described in Volume 1 Common Industrial Protocol Classes F5hex and F6nex are supported from Volume 2 Ethernet IP Adaptation of CIP WAGO specific classes listed in the overview table below are also available All CIP Common classes listed and the WAGO specific classes listed below that
115. of the inputs 7 to 0 is shown as byte value 0x12 or binary 0001 0010 Input 7 is the bit having the highest significance of this byte and input 0 the lowest Manual maco Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Manual Version 1 4 1 value The assignment is thus made from 7 to 0 as follows Table 96 Assignment of inputs Fieldbus Communication 225 OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF Bit 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 Coil T 6 5 4 3 2 l 0 Exception Table 97 Exception of Function code FC1 Byte Field name Example Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x81 Byte 8 Exception code 0x01 or 0x02 maco 226 Fieldbus Communication WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 3 3 2 Function Code FC2 Read Input Discretes This function reads the input bits from a slave device Request The request specifies the reference number starting address and the bit count to be read Example Read input bits 0 to 7 Table 98 Request of Function code FC2 Byte Field name Example Byte 0 1 Transaction identifier 0x0000 Byte 2 3 Protocol identifier 0x0000 Byte 4 5 Length field 0x0006 Byte 6 Unit identifier 0x01 not used Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x02 Byte 8 9 Reference number 0x0000 Byte 10 11 Bit count 0x0008 Response The current value of t
116. output modules are also present in the node the digital image data is always appended after the analog data in the Output Process Image grouped into bytes For each 8 bits a subindex is occupied Each output channel occupies one instance in the Discrete Output Point Object Class Ox 66 1 Channel Digital Output Module with Input Process Data 750 523 The digital output modules deliver 1 bit via a process value Bit in the output process image which is illustrated in the input process image This status image shows manual mode Table 372 1 Channel Digital Output Module with Input Process Data Input Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Status bit Manual Operation not used Output Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 controls DO 1 Channel 1 not used And the output modules seize 2 Instances in Class 0x66 maco 338 1 O Modules 13 3 2 2 13 3 2 3 maco WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 2 Channel Digital Output Modules 750 501 502 509 512 513 514 517 535 and all variations 753 501 502 509 512 513 514 517 Table 373 2 Channel Digital Output Modules Output Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 controls controls DO 2 DO 1 Channel 2 Channel 1
117. position Setpoint position 2 D3 D2 MSB 13 2 5 9 Stepper Controller 750 670 The Stepper controller RS422 24 V 20 mA 750 670 provides the fieldbus coupler 12 bytes input and output process image via 1 logical channel The data to be sent and received are stored in up to 7 output bytes DO D6 and 7 input bytes DO D6 depending on the operating mode Output byte DO and input byte DO are reserved and have no function assigned One I O module control and status byte CO S0 and 3 application control and status bytes C1 C3 S1 S3 provide the control of the data flow Switching between the two process images is conducted through bit 5 in the control byte C0 C0 5 Activation of the mailbox is acknowledged by bit 5 of the status byte SO S0 5 Table 354 Stepper Controller RS 422 24 V 20 mA 750 670 Input Process Image Offset A ERL Description High Byte Low Byte 0 reserved SO reserved Status byte SO 1 DI DO 2 D3 D2 Process data Mailbox 3 D5 D4 Status byte S3 Process data a Be reserved 5 Sl S2 Status byte S1 Status byte S2 Cyclic process image Mailbox disabled Mailbox process image Mailbox activated Manual wh o Version 1 4 1 ABEB 326 13 2 5 10 13 2 5 11 maco I O Modules Output Process Image WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller
118. processed 1 3 6 1 2 1 11 17 snmpInSetRequests R Number of SET requests received and processed 1 3 6 1 2 1 11 18 snmpInGetResponses R___ Number of received GET responses 1 3 6 1 2 1 11 19 snmpInTraps R___ Number of received traps 1 3 6 1 2 1 11 20 snmpOutTooBigs R Number of sent SNMP frames that contained the result too Big 1 3 6 1 2 1 11 21 snmpOutNoSuchNames R Number of sent SNMP frames that contained the result noSuchName 1 3 6 1 2 1 11 22 snmpOutBadValues R Number of sent SNMP frames that contained the result bad value 1 3 6 1 2 1 11 24 SnmpOutGenErrs R Number of sent SNMP frames that contained the result genErrs 1 3 6 1 2 1 11 25 snmpOutGetRequests R___ Number of GET requests sent 1 3 6 1 2 1 11 26 SnmpOutGetNexts R___ Number of GET NEXT requests sent 1 3 6 1 2 1 11 27 snmpOutSetRequests R___ Number of SET requests sent 1 3 6 1 2 1 11 28 snmpOutGetResponses R__ Number of GET responses sent 1 3 6 1 2 1 11 29 snmpOutTraps R___ Number of traps sent 1 3 6 1 2 1 11 30 snmpEnableAuthenTraps R W_ Authentification failure traps 1 on 2 off Manual Version 1 4 1 maco 382 Appendix WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 16 2 WAGO MIB Groups 16 2 1 Company Group The company group contains general information about the company WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Table 425 WAGO MIB Company Group Identif
119. programs called SCADA Software from various manufacturers Information Additional Information For a selection of SCADA products look under i e http www abpubs demon co uk scadasites htm SCADA is the abbreviation for Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition It is a user orientated tool used as a production information system in the areas of automation technology process control and production monitoring Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Application Examples 361 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller The use of SCADA systems includes the areas of visualization and monitoring data access trend recording event and alarm processing process analysis and targeted intervention in a process control The WAGO ETHERNET fieldbus node provides the required process input and output values Manual Note SCADA software has to provide a MODBUS device driver and support MODBUS TCP functions When choosing suitable SCADA software ensure that it provides a MODBUS device driver and supports the MODBUS TCP functions in the coupler Visualization programs with MODBUS device drivers are available from i e Wonderware National Instruments Think amp Do or KEPware Inc some of which are available on the Internet as demo versions The operation of these programs is very specific However a few essential steps are described to illustrate the way an application can be developed
120. site independent monitoring Fieldbus communication between master application and programmable fieldbus coupler or controller takes place using the implemented fieldbus specific application protocol e g MODBUS TCP UDP EtherNet IP BACnet KNXNET IP PROFINET Powerlink Sercos II or others Manual Version 1 4 1 WAEH 188 Fieldbus Communication WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 1 1 1 Transmission Media General ETHERNET transmission standards For transmitting data the ETHERNET standard supports numerous technologies with various parameters e g transmission speed medium segment length and type of transmission Table 63 ETHERNET transmission standards 1Base5 Uses a 24 AWG UTP twisted pair cable for a 1Mbps baseband signal for distances up to 500 m 250 m per segment in a physical star topology 10Base2 Uses a 5 mm 50 Ohm coaxial cable for a 10Mbps baseband signal for distances of up to 185 m in a physical bus topology often referred to as Thin ETHERNET or ThinNet 10Base5 Uses a 10 mm 50 Ohm coaxial cable for a 10Mbps baseband signal for distances of up to 500 m in a physical bus topology often referred to as Thick ETHERNET 10Base F Uses a fiber optic cable for a 10Mbps baseband signal for distances of up to 4 km in a physical star topology There are three sub specifications 10Base FL for fiber optic link 10Base FB for fiber optic backbone
121. the I O module has the required approval or is subject to the range of application of the ATEX directive Manual ag Version 1 4 1 ABE 364 Use in Hazardous Environments WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 15 1 Identification 15 1 1 For Europe according to CENELEC and IEC ITEM NO 750 0 201 24V DC 3 0ms Figure 85 Example for lateral labeling of bus modules DEMKO 08 ATEX 142851 X ECEx PTB 07 0064X C 1M2 13 Ex nA IC T4 Figure 86 Printing on text detail in accordance with CENELEC and IEC Table 412 Description of Printing on Printing on Text Description DEMKO 08 ATEX 142851 X IECEx PTB 07 0064X Approval body and or number of the examination certificate IM2 13 GD Explosion protection group and Unit category Ex nA Type of ignition and extended identification IIC Explosion protection group T4 Temperature class maco Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Manual Version 1 4 1 MEMNO 750 484 4 20MA 12 B SE HART Ex Ermen O MIT 5 Cmax sumound ernp Power Supply Ex Only X55 4085 fla A22 IPGX T135 C Figure 87 Example of side marking of Ex i and IEC Ex i approved I O modules TUEV 07 ATEX554086 X I1 3 4 D Ex tD fiaD A22 IP6X T135 C M2 Ex ia Il 3 4 G Ex nA fia IIC T4 TUN 09 0001X Ex tD fiaD A22 IP6X T13
122. the controller The WAGO I O PRO CAA Server is active during online operation The communication parameters can not be called up during this time Depending on whether a program is already present in the controller a window will appear asking whether a new program should be loaded 10 Respond with Yes to load the current program 11 In menu Online click on Create Boot project You compiled project will also be executed by this method if you restart the controller or if there is a power failure o Manual WAGO Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Programming the PFC using WAGO I O PRO CAA 139 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 Once the program has been loaded start program processing in the menu Online menu item Start This command starts the processing of your program in the control system or in the simulation ONLINE and RUNNING will then appear at the right of the status bar 13 To terminate online operation click the menu item Log off in the menu Online Manual wh AGO Version 1 4 1 140 Programming the PFC using WAGO I O PRO CAA WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 9 6 2 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Transfer via ETHERNET The physical link between the PC and the controller is set up via fieldbus An appropriate communication driver is required for data transfer The driver and its parameters must be entered in the WAGO I O PRO CAA in the di
123. the corresponding description of the IO modules Table 25 Data with for I O modules Data width gt 1 word channel Data width 1 bit channel Analog input modules Digital input modules Analog output modules Digital output modules Input modules for thermocouples Digital output modules with diagnostics 2 bits channel Input modules for resistor sensors Supply modules with fuse carrier diagnostics Pulse width output modules Solid state load relays Interface modules Relay output modules Up down counters T O modules for angle and distance measurement 7 3 2 2 Address Ranges Subdivision of the address ranges for word by word addressing in accordance with IEC 61131 3 Table 26 Breakdown of address range Word Data 0 255 Physical I O modules 256 511 MODBUS PFC variables 512 1275 Other physical I O modules 1276 1531 Ethernet IP PFC variables 1532 Reserved for PFC variables with future protocols Word 0 255 First address range for I O module data Table 27 Address range Word 0 255 Data Address width Bit 0 0 0 8 1 0 1 8 254 0 254 8 255 0 255 8 a 0 7 0 15 1 7 1 15 1254 7 254 15 255 7 255 15 Byte 0 1 2 3 1508 509 510 511 Word J0 1 e 254 255 DWord 0 127 Manual Version 1 4 1 WAEH 84 Function Description WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP
124. the interface For example for Ethernet this entry contains a MAC ID 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 7 ifAdmin Status This entry specifies the desired state of the interfaces Possible values are up 1 Ready for operation for transmission and reception down 2 Interface is switched off testing 3 Interface is in test mode 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 8 ifOperStatus This entry indicates the current operational state of the interface 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 9 ifLastChange This entry indicates the value of the sysUpTime when the state was last changed 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 10 if nOctets This entry gives the total number of bytes received via interface 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 11 ifInUcastPkts This entry indicates the number of received unicast packets delivered to a higher layer 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 12 ifInNUcastPkts This entry indicates the number of received broad and multicast packets delivered to a higher layer 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 13 ifInDiscards This entry indicates the number of packets that were discarded even though no errors had been detected 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 14 ifInErrors This entry indicates the number of received packets that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher layer Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Table 418 MIB II Interface Group Appendix 375
125. the network extends the bandwidth and prevents collisions The runtimes can be defined and calculated making the Switched Ethernet deterministic Node Figure 81 Principle of Switched ETHERNET Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 197 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 1 2 12 1 2 1 12 1 2 2 Manual Network Communication ETHERNET Packet The datagram s exchanged on the transmission medium are called ETHERNET packets or just packets Transmission is connectionless i e the sender does not receive any feedback from the receiver The data used is packed in an address information frame The following figure shows the structure of such a packet Table 67 ETHERNET Data packet Preamble ETHERNET Header ETHERNET Data Check sum 8 Byte 14 Byte 46 1500 Byte 4 Byte The preamble serves as synchronization between the transmitting station and the receiving station The ETHERNET header contains the MAC addresses of the transmitter and the receiver and a type field The type field is used to identify the following protocol by way of unambiguous coding e g 0800hex Internet Protocol ETHERNET address MAC ID Each WAGO ETHERNET programmable fieldbus coupler or controller is provided from the fac
126. the process output image Table 364 Binary Space Module 750 622 with behavior like 2 channel digital input Input and Output Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Databit Data bit Data bit DI 8 DI 7 DI 6 DI 5 DI 4 DI3 DI2 DI 1 Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 I O Modules 333 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 13 3 Process Data Architecture for EtherNet IP With some I O modules the structure of the process data is fieldbus specific In the case of a fieldbus controller with EtherNet IP the process image uses a word structure with word alignment The internal mapping method for data greater than one byte conforms to the Intel format The following section describes the process image for various WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 and 753 I O modules when using a fieldbus controller with EtherNet IP For the PFC process image of the programmable fieldbus controller is the structure of the process data mapping identical NOTICE Equipment damage due to incorrect address Depending on the specific position of an I O module in the fieldbus node the process data of all previous byte or bit oriented modules must be taken into account to determine its location in the process data map Manual Version 1 4 1 maco 334 1 O Modules 13 3 1 13 3 1 1 13 3 1 2 mac
127. the supply voltage of the fieldbus controller Connect the communication cable 750 920 to the configuration interface of the fieldbus controller and to a vacant serial port on your computer Switch on the supply voltage of the fieldbus controller Start the WAGO ETHERNET Settings program In the top menu bar select Default and click Yes to confirm A restart of the fieldbus node is implemented automatically The start takes place with the default settings Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Programming the PFC using WAGO I O PRO CAA 117 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 9 Manual Programming the PFC using WAGO I O PRO CAA Using IEC 61131 3 programming the ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 750 841 can also utilize the function of a PLC in addition to the functions of a fieldbus coupler Creation of an application program in line with IEC 61131 3 is performed using the programming tool WAGO I O PRO CAA Note Activate option CoDeSys in the web based Management System for programming Pay attention the IEC 61131 3 programming of the controller via ETHERNET requires that the check box CoDeSys be activated at the Website Port Configuration default You can however also connect the client PC and controller serially for programming using a programming cable A description of programming using WAGO I O PRO CAA is not included in this manual T
128. time of day between a time server NTP and SNTP server Version 3 and 4 are supported and the clock module integrated in the programmable fieldbus coupler or controller The protocol is executed via a UDP port Only unicast addressing is supported Configuration of the SNTP client The configuration of the SNTP client is performed via the web based management system under the Clock link The following parameters must be set Table 84 Meaning of the SNTP Parameters Parameter Meaning Address of the Time Server The address assignment can be made either over an IP address or a hostname Time zone The time zone relative to GMT Greenwich Mean time A range of 12 to 12 hours is acceptable Update Time The update time indicates the interval in seconds in which the synchronization with the time server is to take place Enable Time Client It indicates whether the SNTP Client is to be activated or deactivated FTP Server File Transfer Protocol The file transfer protocol FTP enables files to be exchanged between different network stations regardless of operating system In the case of the ETHERNET coupler controller FTP is used to store and read the HTML pages created by the user the IEC61131 program and the IEC61131 source code in the programmable fieldbus coupler or controller A total memory of 1 5 MB is available for the file system The file system is mapped to RAM disk To permanently st
129. using a WAGO ETHERNET fieldbus node and SCADA software in principle 1 Load the MODBUS ETHERNET driver and select MODBUS ETHERNET 2 Enter the IP address for addressing the fieldbus node At this point some programs allow the user to give the node an alias name i e to call the node Measuring data The node can then be addressed with this name 3 Create a graphic object such as a switch digital or a potentiometer analog This object is displayed on the work area 4 Link the object to the desired data point on the node by entering the following data e Node address IP address or alias name e The desired MODBUS function codes register bit read write e The MODBUS address of the selected channel Entry is program specific Depending on the user software the MODBUS addressing of a bus module can be represented with up to 5 digits Version 1 4 1 WAGE 362 Application Examples WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Example of the MODBUS Addressing In the case of SCADA Software Lookout from National Instruments the MODBUS function codes are used with a 6 digit coding whereby the first digit represents the MODBUS table 0 1 3 or 4 and implicit the function code see following table Table 411 MODBUS table and function codes MODBUS table MODBUS function code 0 FC1 or Reading of input bits or FC15 writing of several output bits
130. v2 Trap Receiver Configuration Entry Value Default Description Trap Receiver 1 0 0 0 0 IP address of 1 used SNMP manager Community Name 1 public 1 Community name of the network community used V1 vl1 v20 Activating Traps Version 1 Trap Version or F V2 O viO v2 Activating Traps Version 2 Trap Receiver 2 0 0 0 0 IP address of 2 used SNMP manager Community Name 2 public 2 Community name of the network community used V1 lvl1 v20 Activating Traps Version 1 Trap Version Mugs F V2 O V10 v2 Activating Traps Version 2 SNMP V3 In SNMP version 3 exchanging messages is user related Each device that knows the passwords set via WBM may read or write values from the controller In SNMPv3 user data from SNMP messages can also be transmitted in encoded form This is why SNMPv3 is often used in safetyrelated networks waco Navigation Clock Security PLC Features IO config WebVisu Web based Management Notficat 3 Nosfication Receiver IP boos vTrap enable Figure 64 WBM page SNMP V3 Version 1 4 1 UNDO sugur maco 154 Configuring via the Web Based Management System WBM maco WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Receiver IP SNMP v3 user based Entry Value Description Example Activati lor2 1
131. visualization programming Table 13 Display Elements Supply Voltage LED Color Meaning A green indicates the status of the operating voltage system BorC green indicates the status of the operating voltage power jumper contacts LED is manufacturing dependent either on position B or C maco Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Device Description 49 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Information More information about the LED Signaling Read the detailed description for the evaluation of the displayed LED Signals in the chapter Diagnostics gt LED Signaling Manual Version 1 4 1 maco 50 Device Description WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 4 4 4 4 1 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Operating Elements Service Interface The Service Interface is to find behind the flap It is used for the communication with WAGO I O CHECK WAGO I O PRO CAA and for downloading firmware Fig 25 Service interface for programming and configuration closed and open door Table 14 Service port Number Description 1 Open the damper 2 Configuration and Programming Interface NOTICE Device must be de energized To prevent damage to the device unplug and plug in the communication cable only when the device is de energized The 750 920 Communication Cable is connected to the 4 pole header Man
132. 0 491 and all variations Table 382 1 Channel Analog Input Modules Input Process Image Instance Byte Destinaton Description High Byte Low Byte n D1 DO Measured Value Up n D3 D2 Measured Value User The input modules represent 2x2 bytes and seize 2 Instances in Class 0x67 o Manual WAEB Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 I O Modules 343 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 13 3 3 2 13 3 3 3 2 Channel Analog Input Modules 750 452 454 456 461 462 465 466 467 469 472 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 483 485 492 and all variations 753 452 454 456 461 465 466 467 469 472 474 475 476 477 478 479 483 492 and all variations Table 383 2 Channel Analog Input Modules Input Process Image Instance Byle Destian Description High Byte Low Byte n D1 DO Measured Value Channel 1 n D3 D2 Measured Value Channel 2 The input modules represent 2x2 bytes and seize 2 Instances in Class 0x67 4 Channel Analog Input Modules 750 453 455 457 459 460 468 and all variations 753 453 455 457 459 Table 384 4 Channel Analog Input Modules Input Process Image Byte Destination eee Instance Description High Byte Low Byte n D1 DO Measured Value Channel 1 n D3 D2 Measured Value Channel 2 n 2 D5 D4 Measured Value Channel 3 n 3 D7 D6
133. 0 920 Communication Cable when energized The fieldbus coupler must be de energized Note Formatting erases data Note that formatting erases all data and configurations Only use this function when the flash file system has not been initialized yet or has been destroyed due to an error 1 Switch off the supply voltage of the fieldbus controller 2 Connect the communication cable 750 920 to the configuration interface of the fieldbus controller and to a vacant serial port on your computer 3 Switch on the supply voltage of the fieldbus controller After the power is switched on the controller is initialized The fieldbus controller determines the I O module configuration and creates a process image During startup the I O LED red will flash After a brief period the I O LED lights up green indicating that the fieldbus controller is operational If an error occurs during start up indicated by the I O LED flashing red evaluate the error code and argument and resolve the error Manual Information More information about LED signaling The exact description for evaluating the LED signal displayed is available in the section Diagnostics LED Signaling 4 Start the WAGO ETHERNET Settings program Version 1 4 1 WAGE 112 Commissioning WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 5 Inthe top menu bar select Format to format the f
134. 00 A0 00 Al 00 A2 00 A6 00 A7 00 AA 00 AB 00 A3 00 A4 00 A5 00 A8 00 A9 00 AC 00 AD 00 2 Get NumberAvailable UINT Maximum 128 0x0080 number of different connections maco Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Common Services Fieldbus Communication 267 Table 196 Message router 02 nex Common service Service code Service available Service Name Description Class Instance 01 hex Yes No Get Attribute All Supplies contents of all attributes OE hex No Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute 12 4 5 6 Assembly Object 04 hex Manual Using the Assembly classe even several diverse objects can be combined These could be for example input and output data status and control information or diagnostic information WAGO uses the manufacturer specific instances in order to provide these objects for you in various arrangements This gives you an efficient way to exchange process data The following is a description of the individual static Assembly instances with their contents and arrangements Instance Class Attributes Table 197 Assembly 04 nex Class Attribute ID Access Name __ Data type Description Default value 1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 2 0x0002 2 Get Max UINT Highest Instance 111 0x006F Instance Ov
135. 023 0x0300 0x03FF IW256 IW511 PFC IN area Volatile PFC input variables 1024 4095 0x0400 0xOFFF MODBUS exception Illegal data address 4096 12287 0x1000 0x2FFF Configuration register see following chapter Configuration Functions 12288 24575 0x3000 0xSFFF MWO0 MW12287 NOVRAM 8 kB retain memory max 24 kB 24576 25340 0x6000 0x62FC IW512 IW1275 Physical input area 2 Additional 764 words physical input data 25341 28671 0x62FD 0x6FFF MODBUS exception Illegal data address 28672 29436 0x7000 0x72FC QW512 QW1275 Physical output area 2 Additional 764 words physical output data 29437 65535 0x72FD 0xFFFF MODBUS exception Illegal data address Manual Version 1 4 1 maco 240 Fieldbus Communication maco WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Register Word Access Writing with FC6 FC16 FC22 and FC23 Table 130 Register word access writing with FC6 FC16 FC22 and FC23 MODBUS address IEC 61131 Memory range dec hex address 0 255 0x0000 0x00FF QWO QW255_ Physical output area 1 First 256 words of physical output data 256 511 0x0100 0xO1FF IW256 IW511 PFC IN area Volatile PFC input variables 512 767 0x0200 0x02FF QWO QW255__ Physical output area 1 First 256 words of physical output
136. 1 FC4 the outputs can be additionally written and read back by adding an offset of 200hex 0x0200 to the MODBUS addresses in the range of Onex FFnex and an offset of 1000hex 0x01000 to the MODBUS addresses in the range of 6000nex 62FChex 12 3 3 1 Function Code FC1 Read Coils This function reads the status of the input and output bits coils in a slave device Request The request specifies the reference number starting address and the bit count to read Example Read output bits 0 to 7 Table 94 Request of Function code FC1 Byte Field name Example Byte 0 1 Transaction identifier 0x0000 Byte 2 3 Protocol identifier 0x0000 Byte 4 5 Length field 0x0006 Byte 6 Unit identifier 0x01 not used Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x01 Byte 8 9 Reference number 0x0000 Byte 10 11 Bit count 0x0008 Response The current values of the response bits are packed in the data field A binary 1 corresponds to the ON status and a 0 to the OFF status The lowest value bit of the first data byte contains the first bit of the request The others follow in ascending order If the number of inputs is not a multiple of 8 the remaining bits of the last data byte are filled with zeroes truncated Table 95 Response of Function code FC1 Byte Field name Example Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x01 Byte 8 Byte count 0x01 Byte 9 Bit values 0x12 The status
137. 1 Bit 0 Data bit Data bit DI2 DI 1 Channel 2 Channel 1 The input modules seize 2 Instances in Class 0x65 Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 I O Modules 335 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 13 3 1 3 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics 750 419 421 424 425 753 421 424 425 Table 367 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics Input Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Diagnostic Diagnostic Data bit Data bit bit S 2 bit S 1 DI 2 DI1 Channel 2 Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 1 The input modules seize 4 Instances in Class 0x65 13 3 1 4 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics and Output Process Data 750 418 753 418 The digital input module supplies a diagnostic and acknowledge bit for each input channel If a fault condition occurs the diagnostic bit is set After the fault condition is cleared an acknowledge bit must be set to re activate the input The diagnostic data and input data bit is mapped in the Input Process Image while the acknowledge bit is in the Output Process Image Table 368 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics and Output Process Data Input Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Diagnostic Diagnostic Data bit Data bit bit S 2 bit S 1 DI 2 DI1 Channel 2 Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 1 The input modules seize 4 Instances in Class 0x65 Output Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit
138. 1 Bit 0 controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls DO 8 DO7 DO 6 DO5 DO 4 DO3 DO2 DO 1 Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1 Manual Version 1 4 1 The input output modules seize 8 Instances in Class 0x66 maco 342 I O Modules WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 13 3 3 Analog Input Modules The hardware of an analog input module has 16 bits of measured analog data per channel and 8 bits of control status However the coupler controller with EtherNet IP does not have access to the 8 control status bits Therefore the coupler controller with MODBUS TCP can only access the 16 bits of analog data per channel which are grouped as words and mapped in Intel format in the Input Process Image When digital input modules are also present in the node the analog input data is always mapped into the Input Process Image in front of the digital data Each input channel seizes one Instance in the Analog Input Point Object Class 0x67 Note Information for the control status byte development Please refer to the corresponding description of the I O modules for the structure of the control status bytes You can find a manual with the relevant I O module description on the WAGO home page at http www wago com 13 3 3 1 1 Channel Analog Input Modules 75
139. 13 8 6 Restoring Factory Settings ss ssesesssesseseessesetsereseesseserssressessrssressesse 116 9 Programming the PFC using WAGO I O PRO CAA ssssssssssoessssssessse 117 9 1 Configuration using the WAGO I O PRO CAA I O Configurator 119 9 1 1 Configuration using the EA config xml File eee eee 121 92 ETHERNET Libraries for WAGO I O PRO CAA uo eecceecceesceetteeeteee 124 9 3 Functional Restrictions and Limits 0 0 0 0 ccceecceecceeseeeteceteeeeeeeeseeeeaeens 126 9 4 General Information about IEC Tasks 0 ccecccccseeeseceseceeeeeeeeeeseenes 129 9 4 1 JEC Task UC Gisin niesi a A E 132 9 4 2 Overview of Most Important Task Priorities ccceeeeeeeeseeteee 132 9 5 SAVAS a 0E AAS o i ES EE E E T 134 9 5 1 Enabling disabling system events ccccccsscecseceteceseceeeeeeaeeeeeeens 134 9 6 Transfer the IEC program to the controller cceeceesseesseeeteeeteeees 136 9 6 1 Transfer via Serial Service Port ss sesesseseseseessessssresseesessressersee 137 9 6 2 Transfer Vid ETHERINE Fs sicciasspsdavsaistcvanneanecuosisrccaniadckarianccunssiecss 140 10 Configuring via the Web Based Management System WBM 142 10 1 AOA STATA GPL o EAE E E E E reaeteare oaenneee eens 143 10 2 ELUIACTINGL ssie aserne E E E SEEE EETA EE 145 10 3 TCP IP ran ne EE R E E REEE 147 104 PO eee E E E E iene sameness 149 10 5 SNMP erenn aan E E E E 151 10 5 1 SNMP VLE NV 2O erne Er EER OTENE ENERG 152 10 5 2
140. 19 Exception of Function code FC15 Byte Field name Example Byte 7 MODBUS function code Ox8F Byte 8 Exception code 0x01 or 0x02 maco Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Fieldbus Communication 235 12 3 3 9 Function Code FC16 Write Multiple Registers This function writes a sequence of registers in a slave device in word format Request The Request specifies the reference number starting register the word count number of registers to write and the register data The data is sent as 2 bytes per register The registers are zero based therefore the first output is at address 0 Example Set data in registers 0 and 1 Table 120 Request of Function code FC16 Byte Field name Example Byte 0 1 Transaction identifier 0x0000 Byte 2 3 Protocol identifier 0x0000 Byte 4 5 Length field 0x000B Byte 6 Unit identifier 0x01 not used Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x10 Byte 8 9 Reference number 0x0000 Byte 10 11 Word count 0x0002 Byte 12 Byte count 0x04 Byte 13 14 Register value 1 0x1234 Byte 15 16 Register value 2 0x2345 Response Table 121 Response of Function code FC16 Byte Field name Example Byte 7 MODBUS function code _ 0x10 Byte 8 9 Reference number 0x0000 Byte 10 11 Word count 0x0002 Exception Table 122 Exception of Function code FC16 By
141. 2 Channel 1 Output Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 controls controls DO 2 DO 1 Channel 2 Channel 1 750 506 753 506 The digital output module has 2 bits of diagnostic information for each output channel The 2 bit diagnostic information can then be decoded to determine the exact fault condition of the module 1 e overload a short circuit or a broken wire The 4 bits of diagnostic data are mapped into the Input Process Image while the output control bits are in the Output Process Image Table 329 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data 75x 506 Input Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic bit S3 bit S 2 bit S 1 bit S 0 Channel 2 Channel 2 Channel 1 Channel 1 Diagnostic bits 1 S0 S3 S2 00 standard mode Diagnostic bits S1 S0 S3 S2 01 no connected load short circuit against 24 V Diagnostic bits S1 S0 S3 S2 10 Short circuit to ground overload Output Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 controls controls not used not used DO 2 DO 1 Channel 2 Channel 1 Manual Version 1 4 1 maco 312 13 2 2 5 13 2 2 6 maco I O Modules 750 504 516 519 531 753 504 516 531 540 Table 330 4 Channel Digital Output Modules WAGO I O SYSTEM 750
142. 2 9 D15 D14 Data byte 15 Data byte 14 10 D17 D16 Data byte 17 Data byte 16 11 D19 D18 Data byte 19 Data byte 18 Output Process Image Offset Byte Desiinatidn Description High Byte Low Byte 0 CO not used Control byte extended 1 Cl OP Cantal byis Opcode 2 D1 DO Data byte 1 Data byte 0 3 D3 D2 Data byte 3 Data byte 2 4 D5 D4 Data byte 5 Data byte 4 5 D7 D6 Data byte 7 Data byte 6 6 D9 D8 Data byte 9 Data byte 8 7 D11 D10 Data byte 11 Data byte 10 8 D13 D12 Data byte 13 Data byte 12 9 D15 D14 Data byte 15 Data byte 14 10 D17 D16 Data byte 17 Data byte 16 11 D19 D18 Data byte 19 Data byte 18 13 2 5 17 AS interface Master Module 750 655 The length of the process image of the AS interface master module can be set to fixed sizes of 12 20 24 32 40 or 48 bytes It consists of a control or status byte a mailbox with a size of 0 6 10 12 or 18 bytes and the AS interface process data which can range from 0 to 32 bytes The AS interface master module has a total of 6 to maximally 24 words data in both the Input and Output Process Image Word alignment is applied The first Input and output word which is assigned to an AS interface master module contains the status control byte and one empty byte Subsequently the mailbox data are mapped when the mailbox is permanently superimposed Mode 1 maco Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller I O Modules 331
143. 2013 82114 with a word count of 1 Value Major sub item code INFO MAJOR Access Read Description Firmware version Major Revision Table 172 Register address 0x2014 Register address 0x2014 8212 with a word count of 1 Value Minor sub item code INFO _ MINOR Access Read Description Firmware version Minor Revision Table 173 Register address 0x2020 Register address 0x2020 8224 with a word count of up to 16 Value Description INFO DESCRIPTION Access Read Description Information on the controller 16 words Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 255 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Table 174 Register address 0x2021 Register address 0x2021 8225 with a word count of up to 8 Value Description INFO DESCRIPTION Access Read Description Time of the firmware version 8 words Table 175 Register address 0x2022 Register address 0x2022 82264 with a word count of up to 8 Value Description INFO DATE Access Read Description Date of the firmware version 8 words Table 176 Register address 0x2023 Register address 0x2023 82274ec with a word count of up to 32 Value Description INFO LOADER INFO Access Read Description Information to the programming of the firmware 32 words Manual maco Version 1 4 1 256 Fi
144. 26 Programming the PFC using WAGO I O PRO CAA WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 9 3 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Functional Restrictions and Limits The basis of WAGO I O PRO CAA the standard programming system CoDeSys by 3S has an integrated visualization Dependend on the target this visualization can be used in the variants HMI TargetVisu and WebVisu The fieldbus controller supports the process variants HMI and WebVisu Depending on the version there are technological limitations Several options for complex visualization objects Alarm and Trend are only provided by the HMI version This applies for example to sending emails as a response to an alarm or for navigating through and generating historical trend data Compared with HMI the WebVisu on the fieldbus controller is executed within considerably tighter physical limits Whereas the HMI can call upon the resources of a PC the WebVisu operate within the following restrictions Filesystem 1 4 MB The overall size of the PLC program visualization files bitmaps log files configuration files etc must fit into the file system The PLC browser delivers the amount of free disk space in response to the command fds FreeDiscSpace Process data buffer 16 kB The WebVisu uses its own protocol for exchanging process data between applet and control system In doing so the process data is transmitted with ASCII coding
145. 3 2 5 16 KNX EIB TP1 Module Manual 753 646 The KNX TP1 module appears in router and device mode with a total of 24 byte user data within the input and output area of the process image 20 data bytes and 2 control status bytes Even though the additional bytes S1 or C1 are transferred as data bytes they are used as extended status and control bytes The opcode is used for the read write command of data and the triggering of specific functions of the KNX EIB TP1 module Word alignment is used to assign 12 words in the process image Access to the process image is not possible in router mode Telegrams can only be tunneled In device mode access to the KNX data can only be performed via special function blocks of the IEC application Configuration using the ETS engineering tool software is required for KNX Version 1 4 1 maco 330 I O Modules Table 361 KNX EIB TP1 Module 753 646 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Input Process Image Offset Byte estimation Description High Byte Low Byte 0 SO not used Status byte extended 1 S1 OP Status byte Opcode 2 D1 DO Data byte 1 Data byte 0 3 D3 D2 Data byte 3 Data byte 2 4 D5 D4 Data byte 5 Data byte 4 5 D7 D6 Data byte 7 Data byte 6 6 D9 D8 Data byte 9 Data byte 8 7 D11 D10 Data byte 11 Data byte 10 8 D13 D12 Data byte 13 Data byte 1
146. 4 gt Highbyie Lowbyie Process input image Word MODBUS addresses 0x0200 QW0 Word1 0x0201 QW1 Word2 0x0202 QW2 Wordi lt 0x0203 QW3 Word2 0x0204 QW4 lt Highbyte Lowbyte Process output image Bit MODBUS addresses 0x0000 0x0200 QX4 0 gt 0x0001 0x0201 QX4 1 i Process input image Bit MODBUS addresses 0x0200 QX4 0 lt 0x0201 QX4 1 DO Digital Output AO Analog Output Figure 37 Example of process image for output data Manual maco Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Function Description 77 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 7 2 4 Process Data MODBUS TCP and EtherNet IP For some I O modules and their variations the structure of the process data depends on the fieldbus For the fieldbus controller with MODBUS and Ethernet IP the process image is built up word by word with word alignment The internal mapping method for data greater than one byte conforms to Intel formats Information Additional Information For the respective fieldbus specific structure of the process values of any I O module within the 750 or 753 Series of the WAGO I O SYSTEM refer to Section Structure of Process Data for MODBUS TCP or Structure of Pro
147. 4 wioRtcHourMode Hour mode 0 12h mode 1 24h mode Default value 0 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 11 5 wioRtcBatteryStatus RTC battery status 0 ok 1 battery empty Default value 1 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 11 6 wioRtcDayLightSaving Time offset of 1 hour 0 not offset 1 offset 1 hour DayLightSaving Default value 0 Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Appendix 385 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 16 2 5 Ethernet Group The Ethernet group contains the settings for the controller on the Ethernet Table 429 WAGO MIB Ethernet Group Identifier Entry Access Description 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 12 1 wioEthernetMode R W IP configuration of Ethernet connection 0 fix Ip address 1 dynamic IP address over Bootp 2 dynamic IP address over DHCP Default value 1 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 12 2 wiolp R W __ Actual IP address of coupler 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 12 3 wioSubnetMask R W__ Actual subnet mask of coupler 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 12 4 wioGateway R W Actual gateway IP of coupler 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 12 5 wioHostname R W Actual host name of coupler 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 12 6 wioDomainName R W Actual domain name of coupler 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 12 7 wioDnsServer1 R W IP address of first DNS server 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 12 8 wioDnsServer2 R W _ IP address of sec
148. 4 wioEthemetIp Variables R W PlcInputCount 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 7 5 wioEthemetlp Variables R W PlcInputOffset 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 7 6 wioEthernetIpVariables R W PlcOutputCount 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 7 7 wioEthemetIpVariables R W PlcOutputOffset 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 7 8 wioEthernetIpRunldle R W HeaderOrginatorToTarget 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 7 9 wioEthernetIpRunldle R W HeaderTargetToOrginator 16 2 18 Process Image Group The process image group contains a list of information about the terminals connected to the controller Table 442 WAGO MIB Process Image Group Identifier Entry Access Description 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 50 1 wioModulCount R__ Count of modules 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 50 2 wioAnalogOutLength R__ Length of analog output process datas 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 50 3 wioAnalogInLength R Length of analog input process datas 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 50 4 wioDigitalOutLength R Length of digital output process datas 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 50 5 wioDigitalInLength R Length of digital input process datas 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 50 6 wioDigitalOutOffset R___ Offset of digital output process datas 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 50 7 wioDigitalInOffset R___ Offset of digital input process datas 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 50 8 wioModuleTable 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 50 8 1 wioModuleEntry 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 50 8 1 1 wioModuleNumber R___ Number of module sl
149. 5 C Ex ia Ex nA ia IIC T4 Figure 88 Inscription text detail acc CENELEC and IEC Use in Hazardous Environments 365 maco 366 Use in Hazardous Environments WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Table 413 Description of the inscription Inscription text Description T V 07 ATEX 554086 X Approving authority or TUN 09 0001X certificate numbers Dust II Device group All except mining 3 1 D Device category Zone 22 device Zone 20 subunit Ex Explosion protection mark tD Protection by enclosure iaD Approved in accordance with Dust intrinsic safety standard A22 Surface temperature determined according to Procedure A use in Zone 22 IP6X Dust tight totally protected against dust T 135 C Max surface temp of the enclosure no dust bin Mining I Device group Mining M2 Device category High degree of safety Ex ia Explosion protection Mark with category of type of protection intrinsic safety Even safe when two errors occur I Device group Mining Gases II Device group All except mining 3 1 G Device category Zone 2 device Zone 0 subunit Ex Explosion protection mark nA Type of protection Non sparking operating equipment ia Category of type of protection intrinsic safety Even safe when two errors occur IIC Explosion Group T4 Temperature class Max surface temperatur
150. 5 26 maco Common Services WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Table 267 Analog Output Point Extended 2 70 nex Common service Service Service available Service name Description code Class Instance OE hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute 10 hex No Yes Set Attribute Single Modifies an attribute value Analog Output Point Extended 3 74 hex The extension of the Analog Output Point class enables the exchange of data from a fieldbus node that contains over 765 analog output points AOPs The instance scope of the Discrete Output Point Extended 3 class covers AOPs from 766 to 1020 in the fieldbus node Instance 0 Class Attributes Table 268 Analog Output Point Extended 3 74 nex Class Attribute Access Name Data type Description Default ID value 1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 0x0001 2 Get Max Instance UINT Max number of instances Instance 766 1020 Analog output value 766 up to 1020 Table 269 Analog Output Point Extended 3 74 nex Instance 766 1020 Attribute Access Name Data type Description Default ID value 1 Get AopObj Value ARRAY Analog Output of BYTE 2 Get AopObj_Value USINT Length of the output data Length AopObj_Value in byte Common Services Table 270 A
151. 5 Message Router 02 hex The Message Router Object provides connection points in the form of classes or instances which can use a client for addressing services reading writing These messages can be transmitted both when connected and when unconnected from the client to the fieldbus coupler Instance 0 Class Attributes Table 194 Message router 02 nex Class Attribute ID _ Access Name Data type Description Default value 1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 0x0001 2 Get Number of Attributes UINT Number of attributes 0 0x0000 3 Get Number of Services UINT Number of services 0 0x0000 4 Get Max ID Number of UINT Maximum number of class 0 0x0000 Class Attributes attributes 5 Get Max ID Number of UINT Maximum number of 0 0x0000 Instance Attributes instance attributes Note Get_Attribute_All service can only be used The class attributes are only accessible with the Get_Attribute_All service Instance 1 Table 195 Message router 02 nex Instance 1 Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default value 1 Get ObjectList STRUCT of Number UINT Number of 40 0x0028 implemente d classes Classes UINT Implemente 01 00 02 00 04 00 06 00 F4 d classes 00 F5 00 F6 00 64 00 65 0066 0067 00 68 00 69 00 6A 00 6B 00 6C 00 6D 00 6E 00 6F 00 70 00 71 00 72 00 73 00 74 00 80 00 81
152. 6 1 2 1 11 2 snmpOutPkts R___ Number of sent SNMP frames 1 3 6 1 2 1 11 3 snmpInBadVersions R Number of received SNMP frames with an invalid version number 1 3 6 1 2 1 11 4 snmpInBadCommunity R Numter of received SNMP frames with an Names invalid community 1 3 6 1 2 1 11 5 snmpInBadCommunity R Number of received SNMP frames whose Uses community did not have sufficient authorization for the actions that it tried to execute 1 3 6 1 2 1 11 6 snmpInASNParseErrs R Number of received SNMP frames with an incorrect structure 1 3 6 1 2 1 11 8 snmpInTooBigs R Number of received SNMP frames that acknowledged the result too Big 1 3 6 1 2 1 11 9 snmpInNoSuchNames R Number of received SNMP frames that acknowledged the result noSuchName 1 3 6 1 2 1 11 10 snmpInBadValues R Number of received SNMP frames that acknowledged the result bad value 1 3 6 1 2 1 11 11 snmpInReadOnlys R Number of received SNMP frames that acknowledged the result readOnly 1 3 6 1 2 1 11 12 snmpInGenErrs R Number of received SNMP frames that acknowledged the result genError 1 3 6 1 2 1 11 13 snmpInTotalReqVars R Number of received SNMP frames with valid GET or GET NEXT requests 1 3 6 1 2 1 11 14 snmpInTotalSetVars R Number of received SNMP frames with valid SET requests 1 3 6 1 2 1 11 15 snmpInGetRequests R___ Number of GET requests received and processed 1 3 6 1 2 1 11 16 snmpInGetNexts R Number of GET NEXT requests received and
153. 6E nex The extension of the Discrete Output Point class enables the exchange of data from a fieldbus node that contains over 510 digital output points DOPs This instance cope of the Discrete Output Point Extended 1 class covers the DOPs from 511 to 765 in the fieldbus node Instance 0 Class Attributes Table 241 Discrete Output Point Extended 2 6E hex Class Attribute Access Name Data type Description Default ID value 1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 0x0001 2 Get Max Instance _ UINT Max number of instances Instance 511 765 Digital output value 511 up to 765 Table 242 Discrete Output Point Extended 2 6E pex Instance 511 765 Attribute Access Name Data type Description Default ID value 1 Get DopObj_ Value BYTE Digital Output only Bit 0 valid Common Services Table 243 Discrete Output Point Extended 2 6E nex Common service Service Service available Service Name Description code Class _ Instance OE hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute 10 hex No Yes Set Attribute Single Modifies an attribute value Discrete Output Point Extended 3 72 hex The extension of the Discrete Output Point class enables the exchange of data from a fieldbus node that contains over 765 digital output points DOPs The instance scope of the Discrete Output Po
154. 750 419 421 424 425 753 421 424 425 Table 321 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics Input Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Diagnostic Diagnostic Data bit Data bit bit S 2 bit S 1 DI2 DI1 Channel 2 Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 1 Manual a o Version 1 4 1 ABg 308 I O Modules WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 13 2 1 4 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics and Output Process 13 2 1 5 13 2 1 6 maco Data 750 418 753 418 The digital input module supplies a diagnostic and acknowledge bit for each input channel If a fault condition occurs the diagnostic bit is set After the fault condition is cleared an acknowledge bit must be set to re activate the input The diagnostic data and input data bit is mapped in the Input Process Image while the acknowledge bit is in the Output Process Image Table 322 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics and Output Process Data Input Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Diagnostic Diagnostic Data bit Data bit bit S 2 bit S 1 DI 2 DI 1 Channel 2 Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 1 Output Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Acknowledge Acknowledge ment bit Q 2 ment bit Q 1 0 0 Channel 2 Channel 1 4 Channel Digital Input Modules 750 402 403
155. 750 600 onto the end of the fieldbus node You must always use a bus end module at all fieldbus nodes with the WAGO I O System 750 fieldbus couplers controllers to guarantee proper data transfer Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGE 64 Assembly WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 5 6 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Inserting and Removing Devices Use caution when interrupting the PE Make sure that people or equipment are not placed at risk when removing an I O module and the associated PE interruption To prevent interruptions provide ring feeding of the ground conductor see section Grounding Ground Conductor in manual System Description WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 NOTICE Perform work on devices only if the system is de energized Working on devices when the system is energized can damage the devices Therefore turn off the power supply before working on the devices Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Assembly 65 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 5 6 1 5 6 2 Manual Inserting the Fieldbus Coupler Controller 1 When replacing the fieldbus coupler controller for an already available fieldbus coupler controller position the new fieldbus coupler controller so that the tongue and groove joints to the subsequent I O module are engaged 2 Snap the fieldbus coupler controller onto the carrier rail 3 Use a screwdriver blade to turn the locking disc until the n
156. 765 Instance 0 Class Attributes Table 313 Input fieldbus variable UDINT AA nex Class Attribute ID_ Access Name Data type Description Default value 1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 0x0001 2 Get Max Instance UINT Max number of instances 128 0x080 Instance 1 128 Output variable 1 up to 128 Table 314 Input fieldbus variable UDINT AA nex Instance 1 128 Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default value 1 Set Fb_Out Var UDINT Fieldbus output variable of the PLC 0 Common Services Table 315 Input fieldbus variable UDINT AA hex Common service Service code Service available Service name Description Class Instance OE hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute Manual wh o Version 1 4 1 ABE 304 Fieldbus Communication WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 4 5 42 Output Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset AD hex maco The class enables the exchange of data from a particular PLC output variable With an offset of 2 bytes to the addresses of the Output Fieldbus Variable UDINT AC tex class that means for WAGO I O PRO CAA or CoDeSys the PLC addresses for QD638 QD765 Information Information about Using the Offset Offset of 2 bytes means If instance 1 of this cla
157. 8 12 1 1 2 Network Topologies sccsiisacsssdcsacsssusnccntonsnasanciasersbvaatere iiae 190 12 1 1 3 Coupler Modules scsinisctcvnnnsnerssangratvnnenasgeranptaessaavretarenenatonniaceswures 192 12 1 1 4 ETHERNET Transmission Mode cccssssssccssrcssscesenseees 193 12 1 1 5 Important Terns sisses irreais peii rE E AEE EEEE EE 195 12 1 2 Network Communication sso Scresasesdonedestsisntavensnseaseocapsevee ewatastenntine 197 12 1 2 1 ETHERNET Packetocssciinurnanmein an a 197 12 1 2 2 ETHERNET address MAC ID ccccccccssecesscecsseeecsseeeeseeeens 197 12 1 2 3 Channel ACCESS mEthodssssiseiiosiirasiisteiisnsrsiit 198 12 1 3 Protocol layer model Example c cccccssecsseceseeeeeeeeseeeeeeesaeenes 199 12 1 4 Communication Protocols ccceecceesseesseceseceeeeeeeeeeseeceaeeneeeeeeeensees 202 12 1 4 1 IP Internet Protocol cscs uminccivasnandanunneicnnanies 202 12 1 4 2 TCP Transmission Control Protocol ss sesssseseesesseesseseessesee 206 12 1 4 3 UDP User Datagram Protocol cc ssisvsssssscastdsencesennsstevssvsatsiwstiness 207 12 1 4 4 ARP Address Resolution Protocol cccccccssceceseeeesseeeesseeees 207 12 1 5 Configuration and Diagnostics Protocols ccecceeeeeseeeteeneeeeeeesees 207 12 1 5 1 Booth Bootstrap Protocol ssesseeseseesesessesseesessseesesresseeseesressee 207 12 1 5 2 HTTP Hypertext Transfer Protocol ceecesceseeneeereeeeeeneeees 209 12 1 5 3 DHCP Dynamic Host Con
158. 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 40 Code 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 Hex 8 2 0 2 Table 161 Register address 0x203 1 Register address 0x2031 8241 with a word count of up to 64 Value Description of the connected I O modules Access Read modules 65 128 Description Length 1 64 words These 64 registers identify the 2nd block of I O modules present modules 65 to 128 Each module is represented in a word Because item numbers cannot be read out of digital modules a code is displayed for them as defined below Bit position 0 Input module Bit position 1 Output module Bit position 2 7 Not used Bit position 8 14 Module size in bits Bit position 15 VV Designation digital module Version 1 4 1 maco 252 Fieldbus Communication maco WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Table 162 Register address 0x2032 Register address 0x2032 82424e with a word count of up to 64 Value Description of the connected I O modules Access Read modules 129 192 Description Length 1 64 words These 64 registers identify the 3rd block of I O modules present modules 129 to 192 Each module is represented in a word Because item numbers cannot be read out of digital modules a code is displayed for them as defined below Bit position 0 Input module Bit position 1 Output
159. 84 the following shall be considered The interface circuits shall be limited to overvoltage category I II III non mains mains circuits as defined in IEC 60664 1 For the type 750 601 the following shall be considered Do not remove or replace the fuse when the apparatus is energized The ambient temperature range is 0 C lt T lt 55 C for extended details please note certificate maco 372 Use in Hazardous Environments WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 15 2 4 ANSI ISA 12 12 01 This equipment is suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D or non hazardous locations only NOTICE Explosion hazard Explosion hazard substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Div 2 NOTICE Disconnect device when power is off and only in a non hazardous area Do not disconnect equipment unless power has been switched off or the area is known to be non hazardous When a fuse is provided the following marking shall be provided A switch suitable for the location where the equipment is installed shall be provided to remove the power from the fuse The switch need not be integrated in the equipment For devices with Ethernet connectors Only for use in LAN not for connection to telecommunication circuits NOTICE Use only with antenna module 758 910 Use Module 750 642 only with antenna module 758 910 Information
160. 89 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Wiring of the fieldbus nodes Maybe a crossover cable is required for direct connection of a fieldbus node to the network card of the PC TD TD fa TD TD Node RD RD L RD a ii RD Figure 76 Direct Connection of a Node with Crossover Cable If several fieldbus nodes are to be connected to a network card the fieldbus nodes can be connected via an ETHERNET switch or hub with straight through parallel cables p TD AD TD Node RD SRD RD Figure 77 Connection of a Node by means of a Hub with Parallel cables WAGO recommends using a switch rather then a hub this will allow for a more deterministic architecture An ETHERNET switch is a device that allows all connected devices to transmit and receive data with each other The switch can also be viewed as a data traffic cop where the hub polices the data coming in and going out of the individual ports so the data will only be transmitted to the required node N ote Consider maximum Cable length The cable length between the node and the hub cannot be longer than 100 m 328 ft without adding signal conditioning systems i e repeaters Various possibilities are described in the ETHERNET standard for networks covering larger distances Manual Version 1 4 1 maco 1
161. 9 Stepper Controller isien een a ES 325 13 2 5 10 RTE Mod le ss spncretsiressisin sanasesuenaananseniasaninssaernabiaddeonanetoeaceamuaiania 326 13 2 5 11 DALI DSI Master Module cisccesunsccannansatesesnidcanenanianedes 326 13 2 5 12 EnOcean Radio ROCCWVEL descecacssescnnassctecesacacanensrecanncssacenenteacssouees 327 13 2 5 13 MP B s Master Modulesssssisiinsoioinosiiiisrrisiiss i 327 13 2 5 14 Bluetooth RE Transceiver csccsscsscssssssessessesseesesssessesssseessnesseens 328 13 2 5 15 Vibration Velocity Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I O 329 13 2 5 16 KNX EIB TPI Module vscccasteniiciensaciincem eccrine aueeees 329 13 2 5 17 AS interface Master Module o 3 10 5 ccsesescsssssscnnsioncassderserscatesssesaees 330 13 2 6 System IVIQGUIES ssssccstesscacvunasdarsbansasanssunddeulasdoddveavbbsvabarbesssasaadeuwtauinesd 332 13 2 6 1 System Modules with Diagnostics ccccccsscesseceteceseeeeeeeeeeees 332 13 2 6 2 Binary Space Module sacs cczacvssetsnvuseannncenscdencenandencanencensectahuntencntens 332 13 3 Process Data Architecture for EtherNet IP snnssseseseeseeseeeseesseserssesee 333 13 3 1 Digital Input Modules cscsiiocsscasssivncesedsnctaarasdussaeaciepantesascatisasiuatem 334 13 3 1 1 1 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics eee 334 13 3 1 2 2 Channel Digital Input Modules siccisisessicsstestecessteniasasetadexwsenegaree 334 13 3 1 3 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics 00 335 13 3
162. 90 Fieldbus Communication WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 12 1 1 2 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Network Topologies In the case of 10Base T or 100BaseTX several stations nodes are connected using a star topology according to the 10Base T ETHERNET Standard Therefore this manual only deals with the star topology and the tree topology for larger networks in more detail Star Topology A star topology consists of a network in which all nodes are connected to a central point via individual cables Node Node Nous z EEES Node Node Figure 78 Star Topology A star topology offers the advantage of allowing the extension of an existing network Stations can be added or removed without network interruption Moreover in the event of a defective cable only the network segment and the node connected to this segment is impaired This considerably increases the fail safe of the entire network Tree Topology The tree topology combines characteristics of linear bus and star topologies It consists of groups of star configured workstations connected to a linear bus backbone cable Tree topologies allow for the expansion of an existing network and enables schools etc to configure a network to meet their needs Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 191 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Field
163. AR E Hardware configuration E Reszoucen b tcouasrtg Baseparsmete Modupaamete Bexchestung BG Bibothek Standard i 22 Gy Bibothek SYSLIBCALLA O p BE Owe G P E Godske Variabien ATA B F Abirhcetiguation t AT x41 B JD Aibetebereich 4 AT XX4 B Bibbothek sverwalter t AT RINE TB PAASssignment Logbuch 0750 0600 0025 0 TIPLE Browser a F T eskkcntiguestion A Tracesutzeichnung Q Watch und Rezepturvert OF Zrkynemersebngen Abbildung 53 Write access via module parameters After completing these settings you can begin the IEC 61131 3 programming An EA config xml configuration file is automatically generated and stored in the fieldbus controller when you transfer the project Menu project gt transfer transfer all and download it in the fieldbus controller Note Set fieldbus1 when directly writing to a hardware address via MODBUS Set fieldbus 1 if you wish to write directly to a hardware address via MODBUS Otherwise the modules will be allocated to the PLC making writing from a different location impossible Information ie Additional Information For a detailed description of using the software refer to the manual for the WAGO I O PRO CAA This manual is located at http www wago com under Documentation gt WAGO I O SYSTEM759 gt WAGO I O PRO gt 759 333 9 1 1 Configuration using the EA config xml File You can also create the file EA config xml using an editor and store it in
164. AR Kamata Zire Karelia 2010C0000s ewe sgag Has t Gre 16 Delat dere BB Fiatatus vasann sff D Figure 40 WAGO I O Configurator The I O Configurator is started from the WAGO I O PRO CAA For more details refer to Section Configuration using the WAGO I O PRO CAA T O Configurator Addressing of I O Modules Addressing first references complex modules modules that occupy several bytes in accordance with their physical order downstream of the fieldbus coupler controller i e they occupy addresses starting from word 0 Following these is the data for the remaining modules compiled in bytes modules that occupy less than one byte In this process byte by byte is filled with this data in the physical order As soon a complete byte is occupied by the bit oriented modules the process begins automatically with the next byte Note Hardware changes can result in changes of the process image I f the hardware configuration is changed and or expanded this may result in a new process image structure In this case the process data addresses also change If adding modules the process data of all previous modules has to be taken into account Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Function Description 83 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Note Observe process data quantity For the number of input and output bits or bytes of the individual IO modules please refer to
165. Access Name Data type Description Default value 1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 0x0001 2 Get Max Instance _ UINT Max number of instances 128 0x080 Instance 1 128 Input variable 1 up to 128 Table 308 Input fieldbus variable UDINT AA nex Instance 1 128 Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default value 1 Set Fb In Var UDINT Fieldbus input variable of the PLC 0 Common Services Table 309 Input fieldbus variable UDINT AA hex Common service Manual Version 1 4 1 Service code Service available Service name Description Class Instance OE hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_ Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute 10 hex No Yes Set Attribute Single Modifies an attribute value waco 302 Fieldbus Communication WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 4 5 40 Input Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset AB hex maco This class allows the reading of data from a particular PLC input variable With an offset of 2 bytes to the addresses of the Input Fieldbus Variable UDINT AA hex class that means for WAGO I O PRO CAA or CoDeSys the PLC addresses for the input variables ID638 ID765 Information Information about Using the Offset Offset of 2 bytes means If instance 1 of this class is read you obtain High Word of the
166. Activate or deactivate the connection to CoDeSys with the Plc connection group Table 439 WAGO MIB Plc Connection Group Identifier Entry Access Description 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 5 1 wioCoDeSysEnable R W Enable disable the port of the CoDeSys server 0 port of CoDeSys server disable 1 port of CoDeSys server enable Default value 1 Manual Version 1 4 1 maco 392 Appendix 16 2 16 maco WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Modbus Group The Modbus group contains information and settings about the controller s modbus server Table 440 WAGO MIB Modbus Group Identifier Entry Access Description 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 6 1 wioModbusTcp R W Enable disable the port of the Modbus Enable TCP server 0 port of Modbus TCP server disable 1 port of Modbus TCP server enable Default value 1 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 6 2 wioModbusUdb R W Enable disable the port of the Modbus Enable UDP server 0 port of Modbus UDP server disable 1 port of Modbus UDP server enable Default value 1 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 6 3 wioMax R W The maximal count of modbus Connections connections Default value 15 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 6 4 wioConnection R W Timeout of the modbus connection Timeout Default value 600 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 6 5 wioModb
167. C 60068 2 6 vibration 5Hz lt f lt 9Hz 1 75 mm amplitude permanent 3 5 mm amplitude short term 9Hz lt f lt 150Hz 0 5 g permanent 1 g short term Note on vibration test a Frequency change max octave minute b Vibration direction 3 axes IEC 60068 2 27 shock 15g Note on shock test a A Type of shock half sine b Shock duration 11 ms c Shock direction 3x in positive and 3x in negative direction for each of the three mutually perpendicular axes of the test specimen IEC 60068 2 32 free fall 1 m module in original packing QP Quasi Peak Manual Version 1 4 1 maco 56 Device Description WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 4 6 Approvals Information F More Information about Approvals Detailed references to the approvals are listed in the document Overview Approvals WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 which you can find on the DVD AUTOMATION Tools and Docs Item No 0888 0412 or via the internet under www wago com gt Service gt Documentation gt WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 gt System Description The following approvals have been granted to 750 841 fieldbus coupler controller E Conformity Marking Ls cULus UL508 The following Ex approvals have been granted to 750 841 fieldbus coupler controller IM2 ExdI Ex T V 07 ATEX 554086 X II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 II 3 D Ex tD A22 IP6X T135 C Permissible operation tempe
168. C variables NOVRAM To execute a desired function specify the respective function code and the address of the selected input or output data Manual Note Note the number system when addressing The examples listed use the hexadecimal system i e 0x000 as their numerical format Addressing begins with 0 The format and beginning of the addressing may vary according to the software and the control system All addresses then need to be converted accordingly Version 1 4 1 maco 222 Fieldbus Communication 12 3 2 Use of the MODBUS Functions WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller The example below uses a graphical view of a fieldbus node to show which MODBUS functions can be used to access data of the process image FC 3 Read Multiple Registers FC 4 Read Input Registers ey DI Al DI DI Al Eingangsklemmen 750 0x0000 0x0001 0x0002 0x0003 0x0004 0x0005 0x0006 0x0007 0x0008 MODBUS Adressen Word1 ki sisisisis ss sisis TERRE e s elels sitisisis sis eisie sizisisis ss sisis 400 400 467 467 400 467 400 400 467 Word2 Word1 lord2 Word1 Word2 Word1 Word2 Highbyte Towbyte FC 2 Read Input Discretes FC 1 Read Coils
169. Controller Table 137 Register address 0x 1002 Register address 0x1002 4098 Value Watchdog function coding mask function code 17 32 WD FCM_ 17 32 Access Read write Default 0x0000 Description Same function as above however with the function codes 17 to 32 These codes are currently not supported for this reason the default value should not be changed It is not possible to modify this value while the watchdog is running Table 138 Register address 0x1003 Register address 0x1003 40994 72 Value Watchdog Trigger WD_TRIGGER Access Read write Standard 0x0000 Description This register is used for an alternative trigger method The watchdog is triggered by writing different values in this register Values following each other must differ in size Writing of a value not equal to zero starts the watchdog A watchdog fault is reset and writing process data is possible again Table 139 Register address 0x 1004 Register address 0x1004 4100 Value Minimum current trigger time WD _AC_TRG TIME Access Read write Standard OxFFFF Description This register saves the minimum current watchdog trigger time If the watchdog is triggered the saved value is compared with the current value If the current value is smaller than the saved value this is replaced by the current value The unit is 100 ms digit The saved value is changed
170. D Access Name Data type Description Default value 3 Get Set Data ARRAY of BYTE Only analog and digital output data as well as possible fieldbus input variables are contained in the process image 4 Get Data UNIT Number of Bytes in the Size process data image Instance 102 66 nex This assembly instance contains digital output data and fieldbus input variables only Table 200 Static assembly instances Instance 102 66 hex Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default value 3 Get Set Data ARRAY of BYTE Digital output data and fieldbus input variables are contained in the process image 4 Get Data UNIT Number of Bytes in the Size process data image Instance 103 67 hex This assembly instance contains analog output data and fieldbus input variables only Table 201 Static assembly instances Instance 103 67 hex Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default value 3 Get Set Data ARRAY of BYTE Analog output data and fieldbus input variables are contained in the process image 4 Get Data UNIT Number of Bytes in the Size process data image Instance 104 68 hex This assembly instance contains analog and digital input data status value from class 100 instance 1 attribute 5 and fieldbus output variables Table 202 Static assembly instances Instance 104 68 hex
171. DI 5 DI 4 DI 3 DI 2 DI 1 Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1 Output Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls DO 8 DO7 DO 6 DO5 DO 4 DO 3 DO 2 DO 1 Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1 Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 I O Modules 315 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 13 2 3 Analog Input Modules The hardware of an analog input module has 16 bits of measured analog data per channel and 8 bits of control status However the coupler controller with MODBUS TCP does not have access to the 8 control status bits Therefore the coupler controller with MODBUS TCP can only access the 16 bits of analog data per channel which are grouped as words and mapped in Intel format in the Input Process Image When digital input modules are also present in the node the analog input data is always mapped into the Input Process Image in front of the digital data Information i Information to the structure of the Control Status byte For detailed information about the structure of a particular module s control status byte please refer to that module s manual Manuals for each module can be found on the Internet under http www wago com 13 2 3 1 1 Channel Analog Input Modules 750 491 and all variation
172. DINT AA nex Common service 303 Table 316 Output Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset AD pex Class 0 304 Table 317 Output Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset AD nex Instance 1 128 sistas E E Haan enela is E Rom buchninaGe 304 Table 318 Output Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset AD nex Common service sacha aces cece ian E E E 304 Table 319 1 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics cece 307 Table 320 2 Channel Digital Input Modules c cee ecceescecetecceteceeeeeeeeeeaeees 307 Table 321 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics 0 0 0 ee eeeeeeeee 307 Table 322 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics and Output Process AE MPA E E EEE E sy hacemeun 308 Table 323 4 Channel Digital Input Modules cceeeceeseeeseeeseeeeneeesteeeseeeees 308 Table 324 8 Channel Digital Input Modules eceeceecceccceceteeeeteceeeeeeeeeeaeees 308 Table 325 16 Channel Digital Input Modules cssccssssssecsstsessseserncenstesscensdsesncois 309 Table 326 1 Channel Digital Output Module with Input Process Data 310 Table 327 2 Channel Digital Output Modules 0 cece ceseeeteeneeeeeeeeeeeeeneeneeens 310 Table 328 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Me E Cece ee ete E cece cede nce ndeene cae eine eaceaattics 311 Table 329 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Dated 7 SS ace nce tian ce sd cece cates dese
173. EM 750 Commissioning 97 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller ES WAGO Ethernet Settings aloj x BE WAGO Ethernet Settings wale i Version 4 5 Sil GO A gt oH i gt te D Exit Read Write Restart Default Extract Format COM1 750 XXX WAGO XXXXXXXXXXXXX Common TCP IP Real Time Clock O Addresses from BootP Server X Use following addresses IP Address 192 168 1 5 Call WBM Subnet Mask 25 o a n 2550 0 Gateway Co 0 5 0 Prefered DNS Server o 2 8 4 2 6 8 Alternative DNS Server OE tae FO nie OG ripe 10 Connected device successfully identified O0O20000000 Figure 44 Setting IP addresses in WAGO ETHERNET Settings 7 To assign a fixed address select the Use following addresses option for address assignment BootP is the default 8 Enter the required IP Address and if applicable the address of the subnet mask and gateway 9 Click on the Write button to apply the address in the fieldbus node 10 You can now close ETHERNET Settings or make other changes in the Web based Management System as required Click on Call WBM Manual o Version 1 4 1 WAEH 98 Commissioning WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 8 2 2 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Assigning IP Address via WAGO BOOTP Server The controller must be assigned an IP address before it can communica
174. Elements Connect Devices gt Data 4 Pees Contacts Internal Bus Connect Devices gt 5 24V 0V CAGE CLAMP Connections System Supply Connecting a conductor to the CAGE CLAMP CAGE CLAMP Connections Field Supply DO Comect Devices gt 6 F 24V Connecting a conductor to the CAGE CLAMP Connect Devices gt 7 Power Jumper Contact 24 V DC Power Contacts Field Supply Assembly gt 8 Unlocking Lug Inserting and Removing Devices Connect Devices gt 9 CAGE CLAMP Connections Field Supply 0 V Connecting a conductor to the CAGE CLAMP Connect Devices gt 10 Power Jumper Contact 0 V Power Contacts Field Supply CAGE CLAMP Connections Field Supply Connect Devices gt 11 Earth Earth Connecting a conductor to the CAGE CLAMP Connect Devices gt 12 Power Jumper Contact Earth Power Contacts Field Supply s 4 4 gt 13 Service Interface open flap Peu e ar Assembly gt Plugging 14 m Bovine Dige and Removal of the Device 15 Fieldbus connection RJ 45 aore ri j Connectors Manual Version 1 4 1 maco 46 Device Description WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 4 2 Connectors 4 2 1 Device Supply The device is powered via terminal blocks with CAGE CLAMP connections The device supply generates the necessary voltage to power the electronics of the device and the internal electronics of th
175. EtherNet IP stands for Ethernet Industrial Protocol and defines an open industry standard that extends the classic Ethernet with an industrial protocol This standard was jointly developed by ControlNet International CI and the Open DeviceNet Vendor Association ODVA with the help of the Industrial Ethernet Association IEA This communication system enables devices to exchange time critical application data in an industrial environment The spectrum of devices ranges from simple 1 O devices e g sensors through to complex controllers e g robots EtherNet IP is based on the TCP IP protocol family and consequently uses the bottom 4 layers of the OSI layer model in unaltered form so that all standard Ethernet communication modules such as PC interface cards cables connectors hubs and switches can also be used with EtherNet IP Positioned above the transport layer is the encapsulation protocol which enables use of the Control amp Information Protocol CIP on TCP IP and UDP IP maco 258 Fieldbus Communication WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller CIP as a major network independent standard is already used with ControlNet and DeviceNet Therefore converting from one of these protocols to EtherNet IP is easy to do Data exchange takes place with the help of an object model In this way ControlNet DeviceNet and EtherNet IP have the same application protocol a
176. Fi Additional Information Proof of certification is available on request Also take note of the information given on the module technical information sheet The Instruction Manual containing these special conditions for safe use must be readily available to the user o Manual WABE Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Appendix 373 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 16 Appendix 16 1 MIB II Groups 16 1 1 System Group The system group contains general information about the coupler controller Table 417 MIB II System group Identifier Entry Access Description 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 1 sysDescr R This entry contains the device identification The object has a fixed code e g WAGO 750 841 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 2 sysObjectID R___ This entry contains the manufacturer s authorization identification 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 3 sysUpTime R This entry contains the time in hundredths of a second since the management unit has been last reset 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 4 sysContakt R W This entry contains the identification and contact information for the system contact person 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 5 sysName R W This entry contains the administration assigned device name 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 6 sysLocation R W__ This entry contains the node s physical location 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 7 sysServices R This entry designates the quantity of services that this coupler controller contains Manual Version 1 4 1 maco
177. Ftp Group Identifier Entry Access Description 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 2 1 wioFtpEnable Enable disable the port of the ftp server 0 port of ftp server disable 1 port of ftp server enable Default value 1 Manual Version 1 4 1 maco 388 Appendix WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 16 2 11 Sntp Group The Sntp group contains information and settings for the controller s Sntp server Table 435 WAGO MIB Sntp Group Identifier Entry Access Description 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 3 1 wioSntpEnable R W Enable disable the port of the SNTP server 0 port of SNTP server disable 1 port of SNTP server enable Default value 1 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 3 2 wioSntpServer R W IP address of SNTP server Address Default value 0 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 3 3 wioSntpClient R W Interval to pool SNTP manager Intervall Default value 0 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 3 4 wioSntpClient R W Timeout to corrupt SNTP answer Timeout Default value 2000 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 3 5 wioSntpClient R W Time offset of 1 hour DayLightSaving 0 not offset 1 offset 1 hour DayLightSaving Default value 0 16 2 12 Snmp Group The Snmp group contains information and settings for the controller s SNMP agent Table 436 WAGO MIB Snmp Group Iden
178. Function code FC23 Byte Field name Example Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x97 Byte 8 Exception code 0x01 or 0x02 Version 1 4 1 maco 238 Fieldbus Communication WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Note gt Note that if the register ranges overlap the results are undefined If register areas for read and write overlap the results are undefined Manual maco Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 3 4 MODBUS Register Mapping Fieldbus Communication 239 The following tables display the MODBUS addressing and the corresponding IEC61131 addressing for the process image the PFC variables the NOVRAM data and the internal variables is represented Via the register services the states of the complex and digital I O modules can be determined or changed Register Word Access Reading with FC3 FC4 and FC23 Table 129 Register word access reading with FC3 FC4 and FC23 MODBUS address IEC 61131 Memory range dec hex address 0 255 0x0000 0xO0FF IWO0 IW255 Physical input area 1 First 256 words of physical input data 256 511 0x0100 0x01FF QW256 QW511 PFC OUT area Volatile PFC output variables 512 767 0x0200 0x02FF QWO0 QW255_ Physical output area 1 First 256 words of physical output data 768 1
179. However this does not make data transmission reliable enough for industrial requirements To ensure that communication and data transmission via ETHERNET is reliable various communication protocols are required Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 199 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 1 3 Manual Version 1 4 1 Protocol layer model Example The protocol layer model helps with an example MODBUS and EtherNet IP to explain the classification and interrelationships between the communication and application protocols In this example the fieldbus communication can take place using either the MODBUS protocol or EtherNet IP 1 ETHERNET The Ethernet hardware forms the basis for the physical exchange of data The exchanged data signals and the bus access procedure CSMA CD are defined in a standard Table 68 Physical Layer ETHERNET physical interface CSMA CD 2 IP For the communication the Internet Protocol IP is positioned above the Ethernet hardware This bundles the data to be transmitted in packets along with sender and receiver address and passes these packets down to the Ethernet layer for physical transmission At the receiver end IP accepts the packets from the Ethernet layer and unpacks them Table 69 Network Layer Kon IP 1 ETHERNET physical interface CSMA CD 3 TCP UDP TCP Transmission Control Protocol
180. INT General type 12 0x000C designation of the product 3 Get Product Code UINT Designation z B 841 0x0349 of the 873 0x0369 341 0x0155 etc coupler controller 4 Get Revision STRUCT Revision of Depending on the firmware of the identity Major Revision UINT objects Minor Revision UINT 5 Get Status WORD Current status Bit 0 Assignment to a of the device master Bit 1 0 reserved Bit 2 configured Configuration is unchanged 1 Configuration is different to the manufacturers parameters Bit3 0 reserved Bit 4 7 Extended Device Status 0010 at least one faulted I O connection 0011 no I O connection established Bit 8 11 not used Bit 12 reserved 15 0 6 Get Serial Number UINT Serial number The last 4 digits of MAC ID 7 Get Product Name SHORT_ Product name STRING Common Services Table 193 Identity 01 nex Common service Service code Service available Service name Description Class Instance OL hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_All Supplies contents of all attributes 05 hex No Yes Reset Implements the reset service Service parameter 0 Emulates a Power On reset 1 Emulates a Power On reset and re establishes factory settings OE hex No Yes Get_Attribute Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute Manual w o Version 1 4 1 ABEB 266 Fieldbus Communication WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 4 5
181. IP link with the communication parameters drivers 7 Under Online click the menu item Login to log in to the controller Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Programming the PFC using WAGO I O PRO CAA 141 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Manual The WAGO I O PRO CAA Server is active during online operation The communication parameters can not be called up during this time Depending on whether a program is already present in the controller a window will appear asking whether a new program should be loaded 8 Respond with Yes to load the current program 9 In menu Online click on Create Boot project You compiled project will also be executed by this method if you restart the controller or if there is a power failure 10 Once the program has been loaded start program processing in the menu Online menu item Start This command starts the processing of your program in the control system or in the simulation ONLINE and RUNNING will then appear at the right of the status bar 11 To terminate online operation click the menu item Log off in the menu Online Version 1 4 1 maco 142 Configuring via the Web Based Management System WBM WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 10 Configuring via the Web Based Management System WBM An internal file system and an integrated Web server can be used for configuration and administration of the s
182. Manual WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 750 841 10 100 Mbit s digital and analog signals WAGE INNOVATIVE ag Version 1 4 1 2 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 2011 by WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG All rights reserved WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG HansastraBe 27 D 32423 Minden Phone 49 0 571 8 87 0 Fax 49 0 571 8 87 1 69 E Mail info wago com Web http www wago com Technical Support Phone 49 0 571 8 87 5 55 Fax 49 0 571 8 87 85 55 E Mail support wago com Every conceivable measure has been taken to ensure the accuracy and completeness of this documentation However as errors can never be fully excluded we always appreciate any information or suggestions for improving the documentation E Mail documentation wago com We wish to point out that the software and hardware terms as well as the trademarks of companies used and or mentioned in the present manual are generally protected by trademark or patent Manual maco Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Table of Contents 3 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Table of Contents Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGE 1 Notes about this Documentation sccssccsssccssscsssssssscsssssssssscessscssseees 12 1 1 Validity of this Documentation cceccceecceeeeeeeseeececeeeceeeeeeeeeeseeesaeene
183. Measured Value Channel 4 Manual Version 1 4 1 The input modules represent 4x2 bytes and seize 4 Instances in Class 0x67 maco 344 I O Modules WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 13 3 4 13 3 4 1 13 3 4 2 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Analog Output Modules The hardware of an analog output module has 16 bits of measured analog data per channel and 8 bits of control status However the coupler controller with EtherNet IP does not have access to the 8 control status bits Therefore the coupler controller with EtherNet IP can only access the 16 bits of analog data per channel which are grouped as words and mapped in Intel format in the Output Process Image When digital output modules are also present in the node the analog output data is always mapped into the Output Process Image in front of the digital data Each output channel seizes one Instance in the Analog Output Point Object Class 0x68 Information Information to the structure of the Control Status byte For detailed information about the structure of a particular module s control status byte please refer to that module s manual Manuals for each module can be found on the Internet under http www wago com 2 Channel Analog Output Modules 750 550 552 554 556 560 562 563 585 and all variations 753 550 552 554 556 Table 385 2 Channel Analog Output Modules Ou
184. O I O PRO CAA 135 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Information Additional Information Allocation of the system events to the specific modules to be called up is clarified in the manual for the programming tool WAGO I O PRO CAA at http www wago com under Documentation gt WAGO I O SYSTEM 759 gt WAGO I O PRO gt 759 333 Manual Version 1 4 1 WAEH 136 Programming the PFC using WAGO I O PRO CAA WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 9 6 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Transfer the IEC program to the controller Transfer from the PC to the controller of the program for the created IEC 61131 3 application can be performed two ways see following sections Direct transfer via serial RS 232 port e Transfer by means of TCP IP via fieldbus Suitable communication drivers are required for transfer these can be loaded and configured using WAGO I O PRO CAA Note Check adjust communications parameters of the driver When selecting the desired driver watch for the proper settings and adjustments of the communications parameters see the following description Note Reset and Start are required to set the physical outputs The initialization values for the physical outputs are not set immediately after downloading Select Online gt Reset and subsequently Online gt Start in the menu bar of WAGO I O
185. O I O SYSTEM 750 I O Modules 357 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Table 406 Bluetooth RF Transceiver 750 644 Input and Output Process Image Instance Byte Pesunation Description High Byte Low Byte _ CO S0 anise Control status byte D1 DO D3 D2 B DS D4 Mailbox 0 3 6 or 9 words and Process data 2 23 words D45 D44 The 750 644 constitutes a special module whose process data 12 24 or 48 bytes occupy on instances in classes 0x67 and 0x68 750 645 13 3 5 15 Vibration Velocity Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I O The Vibration Velocity Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I O has a total of 12 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image 8 bytes of module data and 4 bytes of control status The following table illustrates the Input and Output Process Image which have 8 words mapped into each image Word alignment is applied Table 407 Vibration Velocity Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I O 750 645 Input and Output Process Image Instance ae ie Description r CSO notysed log a 1 m DO log w ae input 1 ntl GUSI not yssd log aoe ae a 2 as D2 log du input 2 nt Capa nob yset log Se e A 1 Pe li log ce ie input 3 13 ki ae log eeyo 2 a De log Sent input 2 The specialty modules represent 4x3 bytes input and output data and seize 4 Instances in Class 0x67 an
186. O I O SYSTEM 750 I O Modules 327 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Output Process Image Offset i Description High Byte Low Byte DALI command z Hp j DSI dimming value Cotiol baie 1 D2 D1 Parameter 2 DALI Address 2 D4 D3 Command extension Parameter 1 13 2 5 12 EnOcean Radio Receiver 750 642 The EnOcean radio receiver has a total of 4 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image 3 bytes of module data and 1 byte of control status The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image which have 2 words mapped into each image Word alignment is applied Table 357 EnOcean Radio Receiver 750 642 Input Process Image Offset i Byte Pestiiatun Description High Byte Low Byte 0 DO S Data byte Status byte 1 D2 D1 Data bytes Output Process Image Offset Byte Destination Description High Byte Low Byte 0 C not used Control byte 1 not used 13 2 5 13 MP Bus Master Module 750 643 The MP Bus Master Module has a total of 8 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image 6 bytes of module data and 2 bytes of control status The following table illustrates the Input and Output Process Image which have 4 words mapped into each image Word alignment is applied Table 358 MP Bus Master Module 750 643 Input and Output Process Image Offset Byte eskinan Description
187. O MIB Gr0up sisass scccaatssaccsaassdecandeiocsvedsiccaaustiearngesiecasinentedoasancces 216 Standard Traps asc vat esieessannacanciaseneeasceeancucauraxeontanentencacencennteantiacnenaactabes 217 Manufacturer specific traps sincccsssistccsseeaceseenattenauonccaienacanuntes 218 MODBUS TCP Header iisi inisieer neia 219 Basic data types of MODBUS protocol ssssessseeseesesessesessressessrssees 220 List of the MODBUS functions in the fieldbus controller 221 Exception Od S ee ee ee eee ee ere eres 223 Request of Function code FC1 cis sayseucsasuastenatsessiossseeanssaneustetestunctne 224 Response of Function code FC1 ist cccscsasesachsniusesssacassatinecsedessiavasbantess 224 Assignment of MPLS sa cesuystecnesercvedeveseccenasantanuenceesesseacpnnedeetoraeceesanene 225 400 List of Tables maco WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Table 97 Exception of Function code FC1 ssssessssssessessseesseserssessessrssressesee 225 Table 98 Request of Function code FC2 s sseseesessseesseseressessessrssressessssresseese 226 Table 99 Response of Function code FC2 sacs ccsccciscccsvsdedacesnsntarivaniaceuieecsanniates 226 Table 100 Assignment Of Inputs cciscccssssssssaasssacsnnisssccanessecconsessccsoussascnasesncdenesaness 226 Table 101 Exception of Function code FC2 esssssssesssessessessreseessssessresseesres 227 Table 102 Request of Function code PC 3c syccciciccsiecccv
188. Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 A5 hex maco The extension of the Output Fieldbus Variable USINT class enables the exchange of PLC output variable data The instance scope of the Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 class covers the PLC output variable data from 511 to 512 For WAGO I O PRO CAA or CoDeSys that means the PLC addresses for output variables QB3062 QB3063 Instance 0 Class Attributes Table 292 Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 A5 nex Class Attribute Access Name Datatype Description Default ID value 1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 0x0001 2 Get Max Instance _ UINT Max number of instances 2 0x0002 Instance 511 512 Output variable 511 up to 512 Table 293 Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 A5 nex Instance 511 512 Attribute Access Name Data type Description Default ID value 1 Get Fb Out Var USINT Fieldbus Output variable of SPS 0 Common Services Tabelle 294 Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 A5 nex Common service attribute Servicecode Service available Service Name Description Class Instance OE hex Ja Ja Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 4 5 35 Input Fieldbus Variable UINT A6 he
189. P Programmable Fieldbus Controller 9 2 ETHERNET Libraries for WAGO I O PRO CAA Various libraries are available in WAGO I O PRO CAA for different IEC 61131 3 programming tasks These libraries contain function blocks that can be used universally to facilitate and accelerate the creation of programs Information il Additional Information All libraries are included on the installation CD for the software WAGO I O PRO CAA in the folder directory CoDeSys V2 3 Targets WAGO Libraries Some libraries such as standard lib and IECsfc lib are normally incorporated the ones described below however are specific to ETHERNET projects with WAGO I O PRO CAA These libraries are included on the WAGO I O PRO CAA CD Once the libraries have been integrated function blocks functions and data types will be available that you can use the same as ones you have specifically defined Table 37 ETHERNET libraries for WAGO I O PRO CAA Library Description Ethernet lib Function blocks for communication via ETHERNET WAGOLIibEthernet_01 lib Function blocks that can set up a link to a remote server or client via TCP protocol to exchange data with any potential UDP server or client via UDP protocol WAGOLibModbus IP_01 lib Function blocks that set up links with one or more slaves ModbusEthernet_04 lib Function blocks for data exchange with several MODBUS TCP UDP slaves Also a function block that p
190. P address is retained even after an extended loss of power or when the controller is removed You can disable BootP in two ways e Disable BootP in WAGO ETHERNET Settings e Disable BootP in the Web based Management System Disable BootP in WAGO ETHERNET Settings NOTICE Do not connect 750 920 Communication Cable when energized To prevent damage to the communications interface do not connect or disconnect 750 920 Communication Cable when energized The fieldbus controller must be de energized 1 Switch off the supply voltage of the fieldbus controller 2 Connect the communication cable 750 920 to the configuration interface of the fieldbus controller and to a vacant serial port on your computer 3 Switch on the supply voltage of the fieldbus controller After the power is switched on the controller is initialized The fieldbus controller determines the I O module configuration and creates a process image During startup the I O LED red will flash After a brief period the I O LED lights up green indicating that the fieldbus controller is operational Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Commissioning 105 If an error occurs during start up indicated by the I O LED flashing red evaluate the error code and argument and resolve the error Information il More information about LED signaling The exact description for evaluatin
191. P requests with the exception code 0x0004 Slave Device Failure In the controller special registers are used to setup the watchdog by the master Register addresses 0x1000 to 0x1008 By default the watchdog is not enabled when you turn the controller on To activate it the first step is to set verify the desired time out value of the Watchdog Time register 0x1000 Second the function code mask must be specified in the mask register 0x1001 which defines the function code s that will reset the timer Finally the Watchdog Trigger register 0x1003 must be changed to a non zero value to start the timer Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGE 244 Fieldbus Communication WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Reading the Minimum Trigger time Register 0x 1004 reveals whether a watchdog fault occurred If this time value is 0 a fieldbus failure is assumed The timer of watchdog can manually be reset if it is not timed out by writing a value of 0x1 to the Restart Watchdog register 0x1007 After the watchdog is started it can be stopped by the user via the Watchdog Stop register 0x1005 or the Simply Stop Watchdog register 0x1008 The watchdog registers can be addressed in the same way as described with the MODBUS read and write function codes Specify the respective register address in place of the reference number Table 135 Register address 0x 1000 Register address 0x1000 4096ccc
192. PRO CAA to set the values Note Stop application before generating large boot projects Stop the WAGO I O PRO CAA application via Online gt Stop before generating a very large boot project since this may otherwise cause stopping the internal bus You can restart the application after creating the boot project Note Handling persistent data affects the program start Depending on the variable type the number and sizes of the persistent data and their combination such as in function modules handling with persistent data can delay the program start by an extended initialization phase Information Additional Information The following description is used for fast access For details on installing missing communication drivers and using the software refer to WAGO I O PRO CAA available at http www wago com gt Service gt Downloads gt Documentation gt WAGO Software 759 gt WAGO I O PRO CoDeSys Programming Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Programming the PFC using WAGO I O PRO CAA 137 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 9 6 1 Transfer via Serial Service Port Manual Note Watch the position of the mode selector switch when accessing the controller Prerequisite for the access to the fieldbus controller is that the operating mode switch of the controller which is located behind the cover of the fieldbus controller next to the service interface i
193. ParmProbs R _ Number of sent ICMP parameter problem messages 1 3 6 1 2 1 5 19 icmpOutSrcQuenchs R___ Number of sent ICMP source quench messages 1 3 6 1 2 1 5 20 icmpOutRedirects R__ Number of sent ICMP redirection messages 1 3 6 1 2 1 5 21 icmpOutEchos R___ Number of sent ICMP echo request messages 1 3 6 1 2 1 5 22 icmpOutEchoReps R Number of sent ICMP echo reply messages 1 3 6 1 2 1 5 23 icmpOutTimestamps R Number of sent ICMP timestamp request messages 1 3 6 1 2 1 5 24 icmpOutTimestampReps R___ Number of sent ICMP timestamp reply messages 1 3 6 1 2 1 5 25 icmpOutAddrMasks R _ Number of sent ICMP address mask request messages 1 3 6 1 2 1 5 26 icmpOutAddrMaskReps R _ Number of sent ICMP address mask reply messages Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 16 1 6 TCP Group Appendix 379 Table 422 MIB II TCP Group Identifier Entry Access Description 1 3 6 1 2 1 6 1 tcpRtoAlgorithm R Retransmission time 1 other 2 constant 3 RSRE 4 VANJ 1 3 6 1 2 1 6 2 tcpRtoMin R Minimum value for the retransmission timer 1 3 6 1 2 1 6 3 tcpRtoMax R Maximum value for the retransmission timer 1 3 6 1 2 1 6 4 tcpMaxConn R Number of maximum TCP connections that can exist simultaneously 1 3 6 1 2 1 6 5 tcpActiveOpens R Number of existing active TCP co
194. Pv1 and for notifications in SNMPv2c v3 by particular events and sent automatically The traps all have a unique enterprise number For legible evaluation a unique string is also attached The strings can be changed via SNMP or adapted in the language For these changes the WAGO specific object Snmp Trap String Group is defined see section WAGO MIB Groups in the appendix Manual Version 1 4 1 WAEH 218 Fieldbus Communication 12 2 4 maco WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Table 89 Manufacturer specific traps Enterprise Attached MIB object Triggering event number 1 wioTrapKbusError Trap if KBus state change to error 2 wioTrapPlcStart Trap if PLC programm start 3 wioTrapPlcStop Trap if PLC programm stop 4 wioTrapPlcReset Trap if PLC programm reset 5 wioTrapPlcSoftwareWatchdog Trap if PLC software watchdog is detected 6 wioTrapPlcDivideByZero Trap if PLC software detect a division by zero 7 wioTrapPlcOnlineChange Trap if PLC programm change online 8 wioTrapPlcDownload Trap if PLC new programm is downloading 9 wioTrapPlcLogout Trap if someone logout to PLC 10 wioTrapPlcLogin Trap if someone login to PLC Application Protocols If fieldbus specific application protocols are implemented then the appropriate fieldbus specific communication is possible with the respective coupler controller Thus the user is abl
195. RNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller to a memory area with the address offset 0x0200 and 0x1000 This allows output values to be read back in by adding 0x0200 or 0x1000 to the MODBUS address Other memory areas are also provided in the controller some of which cannot be accessed by the fieldbus side however Data memory 256 kByte The data memory is a volatile RAM memory for creating variables that are not required for communication with the interfaces but rather for internal processing procedures such as calculation of results Program memory 512 kByte The IEC 61131 3 program is stored in the program memory The code memory is a Flash ROM When power is switched on the program is transferred from the flash to the RAM memory After error free run up the PFC cycle starts with the mode selector switch at the top position or on the Start command from the WAGO I O PRO CAA NOVRAM Remanent memory 24 kByte The remanent memory is a non volatile memory i e all values of flags and variables that are explicitly defined by var retain are retained even after a loss of power Memory management is performed automatically The 24 kByte memory area is normally divided into an 8 kByte addressable range for flags MWO MW 4095 and a 16 kByte retain area for variables without memory area addressing that are defined by var retain Note gt Markers are only remanent under var retain Please not
196. RTE Mod le cscs sa oy cd te teatocake EEA EEE EEEE ENE SRT 354 13 3 5 11 DALI DSI Master Modulle ccsccssscsseccssccssssessccsscesscesnacsnes 355 13 3 5 12 EnOc an Radio RECEIVES prccscerenesuwescedlinasvsscstontecssenieesnwnnidoenwases 355 13 3 5 13 MP Bus Master Modul eis ccssassncssndisiacanssiaxendanncnnsiatccansctemsoionncces 356 13 3 5 14 Bluetooth RE Transceivet cccceccssssssessesssessesssesseseessessesssesnesseess 356 13 3 5 15 Vibration Velocity Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I O 357 13 3 5 16 AS interface Master Module nsonsnseeseesesssesseserssessessresresseese 358 13 3 6 System Mod l Sssrisisdssineriroirreriosrd irkinin ri ar eE ieii 359 13 3 6 1 System Modules with Diagnostics ccecccesseesseceteeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 359 13 3 6 2 Binary Space Module scissccacsssnvsncaseaencenscdancanandanctnencsnasneaheneancnsvne 359 14 Application Examples e ssoessoessoesssesssoossoossossessesssesssocsssoessosssosssssssssese 360 14 1 Test of MODBUS protocol and fieldbus nodes eecceesceesseeeteeees 360 14 2 Visualization and Control using SCADA Software eee 360 15 Usein Hazardous Environments cccssccsssccssccscsscsssessseosssesseesees 363 15 1 Identific tio ficsean a E E EAEN AE 364 15 1 1 For Europe according to CENELEC and IEC eee eeeeneeeeeeee 364 15 1 2 For America according to NEC 500 0 cceccecssecsteceseceeeeeeseeeseeeees 367 15 2 Installation Ke Quan vassisccsss
197. S UDP protocol Modbus TCP Port 502 WAGO Services Port 6626 Enabled Enabled activating MODBUS TCP protocol deactivating MODBUS TCDP protocol activating WAGO services e g WAGO 1 O CHECK via Ethernet de activating WAGO services CoDeSys Port 2455 Enabled activating WAGO I O PRO CAA deactivating WAGO I O PRO CAA BootP Port 68 Enabled activating Boots Trap Protocol deactivating Boots Trap Protocol DHCP Port 68 Enabled activating Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol O KORKORO QONOINOIN OF KOR ONO deactivating Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol Note DHCP disables BootP Note that when you enable DHCP and BootP at the same time BootP is then automatically disabled Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Configuring via the Web Based Management System WBM 151 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 10 5 Manual SNMP On the HTML page SNMP you can perform the settings for the Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP is a standard for device management within a TCP IP network The Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP is responsible for transporting the control data that allows the exchange of management information the status and statistic data between individual network components and a management system The fieldbus coupler controll
198. SNMP Vo reno e E E E E 153 10 6 Wat hdo troiar sruni iaaa ETE RE eee 155 10 7 RTO asa cee e er a a e A A E 157 10 8 SECUTI asieran renina N E E EE TEE EA AETR 160 10 9 PEC rennene R E E REEE 163 10 10 FeatUt Suiiscnsm ienie iaa ai aeia 166 1011 TOC Gini essiensa a a A R R R 168 6 Table of Contents WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 10 412 WebVisussert nianna o a E A E E EER 170 i E OE DENA OEA E E EEEE E E 172 11 1 LED Signal aeniei en A E ERE EEA ERSE 172 11 1 1 Evaluating Fieldbus Status asd ccxmnesssxoeseenaresesssasnoneeserutedsuauisvastaunexes 173 11 1 2 Evaluating Node Status I O LED Blink Code Table 174 11 1 2 1 USR LEED cesta czech ce panes A A E oateieea 182 11 1 3 Evaluating Power Supply Status siccisscsssdisstssacsssssssoasdensaieanssntecssaasans 182 11 2 Fault Behavior s casevscksautsantsncaseslangonsacsiassstaantesesssadasesin lens ETN ERE EAER 183 11 2 1 Loss of Fieldbus csrreckcruacsacencacneeesanreeruneaaratercsedeeceatraasieataeannern 183 11 2 2 Internal Data Bus Failure sneneensensseeseeeeesseeseesesssesseseresressessessees 184 12 Fieldbus Communication eeesooesosessseossesssooesoosssosssoesssesssocssoossosssssssssese 185 12 1 General ETHERNET Information jssscccpsasccscentatessssniccxisnindesedianiiannans 185 12 1 1 Network Architecture Principles and Regulations 06 187 12 1 1 1 Transmission M dias eio RE 18
199. SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 247 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Setting the watchdog for a timeout of more than 1 second 1 Write 0x000A in the register for time overrun 0x1000 Register 0x1000 works with a multiple of 100 ms 1 s 1000 ms 1000 ms 100 ms 10gec Anex 2 Use the function code 5 to write 0x0010 2 5 1 in the coding mask register 0x1001 Table 146 Starting Watchdog FC13 FC12 Function code 5 writing a digital output bit continuously triggers the watchdog to restart the watchdog timer again and again within the specified time If time between requests exceeds 1 second a watchdog timeout error occurs 3 To stop the watchdog write the value 0x0AA55 or OX55AA into 0x1008 Simply Stop Watchdog register WD_AC_ STOP SIMPLE Setting the watchdog for a timeout of 10 minutes or more 1 Write 0x1770 10 60 1000 ms 100 ms in the register for time overrun 0x1000 Register 0x1000 works with a multiple of 100 ms 10 min 600 000 ms 600 000 ms 100 ms 6000dec 1770hex 2 Write 0x0001 in the watchdog trigger register 0x1003 to start the watchdog 3 Write different values e g counter values 0x0000 0x0001 in the watchdog to trigger register 0x1003 Values following each other must differ in size Writing of a value not equal to zero starts the watchdog Watchdog faults are reset and writing process data is
200. SYSTEM 750 List of Figures 397 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Figure 88 Inscription text detail acc CENELEC and IEC eee eeeeeeeeeeeeees 365 Figure 89 Example for lateral labeling of bus modules ceeeeeseeeeeeeeeee 367 Figure 90 Printing on text detail in accordance with NEC 1 00 ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 367 Manual wh o Version 1 4 1 ABE 398 List of Tables WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller List of Tables Table 1 Number Nott ottiasiyssaaccaceniesncniivaccuntenaeestonsennndaaiivaesoeacauivoamundones 15 Table 2 Font Conventions seis dscacesuavessavenaceienasvasceruaveasensnsancuresscatancuneseaseasnaceneatnnes 15 Table 3 A ONMEM cceuscisccsuncessesweniecsstsuastemswencweaspasdsanneesstsedsdeaawutslbcxenndnatiousess 26 Table 4 Power supply modules sssssiccssassscssnsisnivansssacesassdccnaestonisediatecaniacnseisissaneass 31 Table 5 Filter modules for 24 volt SUppLY cccceescceeceeceeseecseceeeeeeeeeeseeesaeeees 34 Table 6 WAGO Power Supply Unit sssiecstinnccinveruserditrnentaeodieaninentaeeceeiacaeys 36 Table 7 WAGO ground wire terminal Ss saieicssssassscsssecsaicaterssssdausssavseesedesnccianisniecess 37 Table 8 COMPA IILy sex acessswerecswomnevanesesncaunusbecrerepsacsaseenceunsssedecwuldesaxendtduatousest 43 Table 9 Legend to the View ETHERNET TCP IP Fieldbus Controller 45 Table 10 RJ 45 Connector and RJ 45 Connector Configura
201. System Modules For detailed information on the I O modules and the module variations please refer to the manuals for the I O modules You will find these manuals on DVD ROM AUTOMATION Tools and Docs Item no 0888 0412 or on the WAGO web pages under www wago com gt Service gt Download gt Documentation H Information More Information about the WAGO I O SYSTEM Current information on the modular WAGO I O SYSTEM is available in the Internet under http www wago com Manual Version 1 4 1 WAEH 306 I O Modules WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 13 2 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Process Data Architecture for MODBUS TCP With some I O modules the structure of the process data is fieldbus specific In the case of a fieldbus controller with MODBUS TCP the process image uses a word structure with word alignment The internal mapping method for data greater than one byte conforms to the Intel format The following section describes the process image for various WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 and 753 I O modules when using a fieldbus controller with MODBUS TCP For the PFC process image of the programmable fieldbus controller is the structure of the process data mapping identical NOTICE Equipment damage due to incorrect address Depending on the specific position of an I O module in the fieldbus node the process data of all previous byte or bit oriented modules must be taken into accou
202. The TCP protocol which is positioned above the IP layer monitors the transport of the data packets sorts their sequence and sends repeat requests for missing packets TCP is a connection oriented transport protocol The TCP and IP protocol layers are also jointly described as the TCP IP protocol stack or TCP IP stack UDP User Datagram Protocol The UDP layer is also a transport protocol like TCP and is arranged above the IP layer In contrast to the TCP protocol UDP is not connection oriented That means there are no monitoring mechanisms for data exchange between sender and receiver The advantage of this protocol is in the efficiency of the transmitted data and the resultant increase in processing speed Many programs use both protocols Important status information is sent via the reliable TCP connection while the main stream of data is sent via UDP maco 200 Fieldbus Communication WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Table 70 Transport Layer 3 TCP UDP d IP 1 ETHERNET physical interface CSMA CD 4 Management Diagnostic and Application Protocols Positioned above the TCP IP stack or UDP IP layer are correspondingly implemented management diagnostic and application protocols that provide services that are appropriate for the application For the management and diagnostic these are for example SMTP Simple Mail Transport Protocol for e mails HTTP H
203. The input modules seize 8 Instances in Class 0x65 16 Channel Digital Input Modules 750 1400 1402 1405 1406 1407 Table 371 16 Channel Digital Input Modules Input Process Image Bit 15 Bit 14Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Data Data Data Data Data Data Data Data Data Data Data Data Data Data Data Data bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit DI bit bit bit bit bit bit bit DI 16 DI 15 DI 14 DI 13 DI 12 DI 11 DI 10 DI9 8 DI7 DI6 DI5 DI4 DI3 DI2 DI1 Chann Chan Chan Chan Chan Chan Chann Chan Chan Chan Chan Chan Chan Chan Chan Chan el 16 nel 15inel 14nel 13inel 12nel 11 el 10 nel 9 nel 8 nel 7 nel 6 nel 5 nel 4 nel 3 nel 2 Inel 1 Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 I O Modules 337 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 13 3 2 13 3 2 1 Manual Version 1 4 1 Digital Output Modules Digital output modules use one bit of data per channel to control the output of the corresponding channel These bits are mapped into the Output Process Image Some digital modules have an additional diagnostic bit per channel in the Input Process Image The diagnostic bit is used for detecting faults that occur e g wire breaks and or short circuits With some I O modules with set diagnostic bit additionally the data bits must be evaluated When analog
204. The standard files HTML pages of the Controller are extracted and written into the Flash Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Table 167 Register address 0x2043 Fieldbus Communication 253 Register address 8259 acc since Firmware version 9 Value OxSSAA Access Write Description Factory Settings Manual wh o Version 1 4 1 ABE WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 254 Fieldbus Communication 12 3 5 5 Firmware Information Registers The following registers contain information on the firmware of the controller Table 168 Register address 0x2010 Register address 0x2010 8208 with a word count of 1 Value Revision INFO REVISION Access Read Description Firmware index e g 0005 for version 5 Table 169 Register address 0x2011 Register address 0x2011 8209 with a word count of 1 Value Series code INFO_SERIES Access Read Description WAGO serial number e g 0750 for WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Table 170 Register address 0x2012 Register address 0x2012 8210 with a word count of 1 Value Item number INFO ITEM Access Read Description WAGO item number e g 841 for the controller 750 841 or 341 for the coupler 750 341 etc Table 171 Register address 0x2013 Register address 0x
205. User 2 User activate Ti MI Ac at me O Deactivating user 1 or 2 None MDS SHAI O NO encryption oe News O authentication ARa ADS None O MDS SHA1 Encryption of the Type authentication with MD5 SHA1 O E Fh ncryption of the None O MDS O SHAI authentication with SHA1 Security i p te Authentification Sesurity Name Enter the name if the authentification type MDS or SHA1 has been selected Name Authentification Ke Authentification Enter the password with at least 8 characters if y Key authentification type MD5 or SHA1 has been selected Activate the DES ti f the data Privacy Enable DES Vv Ac ali seed a zl LI Deactivate the DES encryption of the data Enter the password of at least 8 characters in the Privacy Key Privacy Key encryption with DES M Activate the notification traps of the SNMP version 3 Notification vw Trap enable V3 LI Deactivate the notification traps of the SNMP version 3 Nouticauen 192 168 1 10 IP address of the notification manager Two independent SNMPv3 users can be defined and activated via the html page user and user 2 Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Configuring via the Web Based Management System WBM 155 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 10 6 Watchdog Click the link Watchdog to go to a Web site where you can specify the settings for the connection and MODBUS watchdog Adrese hito 217 6 107 120 mebser
206. V ee AC 230 V Fuse m Diagnosis a ae Field supply BE z Be 24V i s ae HL ELORO in S z ES Ee Protective Md oe f OO conductor O POULO p ES eS eo ES YH uo Power jumper lt _ contacts Potential distribution to adjacent I O modules Figure 6 Field supply sensor actuator for standard couplers controllers and extended ECO couplers The supply voltage for the field side is automatically passed to the next module via the power jumper contacts when assembling the bus modules The current load of the power contacts must not exceed 10 A on a continual basis The current load capacity between two connection terminals is identical to the load capacity of the connection wires By inserting an additional power supply module the field supply via the power contacts is disrupted From there a new power supply occurs which may also contain a new voltage potential Version 1 4 1 WAGH 30 System Description WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Note Re establish the ground connection when the connection to the power jumper contacts is disrupted Some bus modules have no or very few power contacts depending on the I O function Due to this the passing through of the relevant potential is disrupted If you require a field supply for subsequent bus modules then you must use a power supply module Note the d
207. Value in byte Common Services Table 261 Analog Output Point 68 nex Common service Service Service available Service name Description code Class _ Instance OE hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute 10 hex No Yes Set_Attribute Single Modifies an attribute value 12 4 5 24 Analog Output Point Extended 1 6C hex The extension of the Analog Output Point class enables the exchange of data from a fieldbus node that contains over 255 analog output points AOPs The instance scope of the Discrete Output Point Extended 1 class covers AOPs from 256 to 510 in the fieldbus node Instance 0 Class Attributes Table 262 Analog Output Point Extended 1 6C nex Class Attribute Access Name Data type Description Default ID value 1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 0x0001 2 Get Max Instance UINT Max number of instances o Manual WAGo Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 287 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Instance 256 510 Analog output value 256 up to 510 Table 263 Analog Output Point Extended 1 6C nex Instance 256 510 Attribute Access Name Data type Description Default ID value 1 Get AopObj Value ARRAY Analog Output of BYTE 2 Get AopObj_Value USINT Length of the output data Length AopObj_Value in byte
208. Value Channel 2 2 D5 D4 Output Value Channel 3 3 D7 D6 Output Value Channel 4 Manual Version 1 4 1 Aca 318 I O Modules WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 13 2 5 13 2 5 1 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Specialty Modules WAGO has a host of Specialty I O modules that perform various functions With individual modules beside the data bytes also the control status byte is mapped in the process image The control status byte is required for the bidirectional data exchange of the module with the higher ranking control system The control byte is transmitted from the control system to the module and the status byte from the module to the control system This allows for example setting of a counter with the control byte or displaying of overshooting or undershooting of the range with the status byte The control status byte always is in the process image in the Low byte Information Information to the structure of the Control Status byte For detailed information about the structure of a particular module s control status byte please refer to that module s manual Manuals for each module can be found on the Internet under http www wago com Counter Modules 750 404 and all variations except of 000 005 753 404 and variation 000 003 The above Counter Modules have a total of 5 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image 4 bytes of cou
209. XXX XXX XXX IP address 2 Eingabeaufforderung Microsoft R gt Windows NT lt TM gt lt C gt Copyright 1985 1996 Microsoft Corp C gt ping 192 168 1 16 Figure 50 Example for the Function test of a Fieldbus Node 5 When the Enter key has been pressed your PC will receive a query from the coupler which will then be displayed in the DOS window Version 1 4 1 WAGE 110 Commissioning WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller If the error message Timeout appears please compare your entries again to the allocated IP address and check all connections 6 When the test has been performed successfully you can close the DOS prompt The fieldbus node is now ready for communication Manual maco Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Commissioning 111 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 8 4 Preparing the Flash File System The flash file system must be prepared in order to use the Web interface of the fieldbus controller to make all configurations The flash file system is already prepared when delivered However if the flash file system has not been initialized on your fieldbus controller or it has been destroyed due to an error you must first extract it to the flash memory to access it NOTICE Do not connect 750 920 Communication Cable when energized To prevent damage to the communications interface do not connect or disconnect 75
210. _Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute Input Fieldbus Variable USINT AO nex The class enables the reading of data from a particular PLC input variable For WAGO I O PRO CAA or CoDeSys that means the PLC addresses for output variables QB2552 QB2806 Instance 0 Class Attributes Table 277 Input fieldbus variable USINT AO nex Class Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default value 1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 0x0001 2 Get Max Instance UINT Max number of instances 255 0x0FF Instance 1 255 Input variable 1 up to 255 Table 278 Input fieldbus variable USINT AO nex Instance 1 255 Attribute ID_ Access Name Data type Description Default value 1 Set Fb_In Var USINT Fieldbus input variable of the PLC 0 Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Common Services Fieldbus Communication 291 Table 279 Input fieldbus variable USINT AO nex Common service Service code Service available Class _ Instance Service name Description le OE hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Sing Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute le 10 hex No Yes Set_Attribute_ Sing Modifies an attribute value Manual Version 1 4 1 maco 292 Fieldbus Communication WAGO I O SYSTEM 750
211. a sufficient protection according to EN 60079 0 and EN 60079 1 and the degree of protection IP64 The compliance of these requirements and the correct installation into an enclosure or a control cabinet of the devices shall be certified by an ExNB 2 Ifthe interface circuits are operated without the fieldbus coupler station type 750 3 DEMKO 08 ATEX 142851 X measures must be taken outside of the device so that the rating voltage is not being exceeded of more than 40 because of transient disturbances 3 DIP switches binary switches and potentiometers connected to the module may only be actuated when explosive atmosphere can be excluded 4 The connecting and disconnecting of the non intrinsically safe circuits is only permitted during installation for maintenance or for repair purposes The temporal coincidence of explosion hazardous atmosphere and installation maintenance resp repair purposes shall be excluded 5 For the types 750 606 750 625 000 001 750 487 003 000 750 484 the following shall be considered The interface circuits shall be limited to overvoltage category I I III non mains mains circuits as defined in IEC 60664 1 6 For the type 750 601 the following shall be considered Do not remove or replace the fuse when the apparatus is energized 7 The ambient temperature range is 0 C lt Ta lt 55 C for extended details please note certificate Manual maco Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 U
212. able 268 Analog Output Point Extended 3 74 hex Class 0 eeeeseeeseereeeeeees 288 Table 269 Analog Output Point Extended 3 74 nex Instance 766 1020 288 Table 270 Analog Output Point Extended 3 74 hex Common service 288 Table 271 Module Configuration 80 hex Class ecceccccesceseeeeeeeeteeeseeeteeenes 289 Table 272 Module Configuration 80 hex Instance 1 255 eee eeeeeeeeeeees 289 Table 273 Module Configuration 80 hex COMMON service ee eeeeeeeeeeees 289 Table 274 Module Configuration Extended 81 hex Class eeceeeeeseeeeeeeee 289 Table 275 Module Configuration Extended 81 hex Instance 256 290 Table 276 Module Configuration Extended 81 hex Common service 290 Table 277 Input fieldbus variable USINT AO hex Class ceceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeteees 290 Table 278 Input fieldbus variable USINT AO hex Instance 1 255 we 290 Table 279 Input fieldbus variable USINT AO hex Common service 291 Table 280 Input Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 1 A1 hex Class 292 Table 281 Input fieldbus variable USINT Extended 1 A1 hex Instance Pc LY ccaetsinscs snap AA E E GEEA 292 Table 282 Input fieldbus variable USINT Extended 1 A1 hex Common service E eats E E E A eae 292 Table 283 Input Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 A2 hex Class 293 Table 284 Input Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 A2
213. able Fieldbus Controller 8 3 Testing the Function of the Fieldbus Node Information More information about reading the IP address You can use WAGO ETHERNET Settings to read the IP address currently assigned Proceed as described in the section Assigning IP Address via WAGO ETHERNET Settings 1 To ensure that the IP address is correct and to test communication with the fieldbus node first turn off the operating voltage of the fieldbus node 2 Create a non serial connection between your client PC and the fieldbus node After the power is switched on the controller is initialized The fieldbus controller determines the I O module configuration and creates a process image During startup the I O LED red will flash After a brief period the I O LED lights up green indicating that the fieldbus controller is operational If an error occurs during start up indicated by the I O LED flashing red evaluate the error code and argument and resolve the error Manual Information More information about LED signaling The exact description for evaluating the LED signal displayed is available in the section Diagnostics LED Signaling 3 To test the coupler s newly assigned I P address start a DOS window by clicking on the Start menu item Programs MS DOS Prompt 4 In the DOS window enter the command ping followed by the IP address of your coupler in the following format ping space XXX
214. ages 1 3 6 1 2 1 5 2 icmpInErrors R Number of received ICMP errors containing ICMP specific errors 1 3 6 1 2 1 5 3 icmpInDestUnreachs R Number of received ICMP destination unreachable messages 1 3 6 1 2 1 5 4 icmpInTimeExcds R Number of received ICMP time exceeded messages 1 3 6 1 2 1 5 5 icmpInParmProbs R Number of received ICMP parameter problem messages 1 3 6 1 2 1 5 6 icmpInSrcQuenchs R Number of received ICMP source quench messages 1 3 6 1 2 1 5 7 _ icmpInRedirects R___ Number of received ICMP redirect messages 1 3 6 1 2 1 5 8 icmpInEchos R Number of received ICMP echo request messages Ping 1 3 6 1 2 1 5 9 icmpInEchoReps R Numter of received ICMP echo reply messages Ping 1 3 6 1 2 1 5 10 icmpInTimestamps R Number of received ICMP timestamp request messages 1 3 6 1 2 1 5 11 icmpInTimestampReps R Numter of received ICMP timestamp reply messages 1 3 6 1 2 1 5 12 icmpInAddrMasks R _ Number of received ICMP address mask request messages 1 3 6 1 2 1 5 13 icmpInAddrMaskReps R _ Number of received ICMP address mask reply messages 1 3 6 1 2 1 5 14 icmpOutMsgs R___ Number of sent ICMP messages 1 3 6 1 2 1 5 15 icmpOutErrors R Number of sent ICMP messages that could not be sent due to errors 1 3 6 1 2 1 5 16 icmpOutDestUnreachs R Number of sent ICMP destination unreachable messages 1 3 6 1 2 1 5 17 icmpOutTimeExcds R Number of sent ICMP time exceeded messages 1 3 6 1 2 1 5 18 icmpOut
215. al connections for the data contacts and power contacts if any to the fieldbus coupler controller or to the previous or possibly subsequent I O module are established Manual maco Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Assembly 67 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 5 6 4 Removing the I O Module 1 Remove the I O module from the assembly by pulling the release tab a n Figure 31 Removing the I O module Electrical connections for data or power contacts are disconnected when removing the I O module Manual Version 1 4 1 WAEH 68 Connect Devices WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 6 Connect Devices 6 1 Data Contacts Internal Bus Communication between the coupler controller and the bus modules as well as the system supply of the bus modules is carried out via the internal bus It is comprised of 6 data contacts which are available as self cleaning gold spring contacts Figure 32 Data contacts NOTICE Do not place the I O modules on the gold spring contacts Do not place the I O modules on the gold spring contacts in order to avoid soiling or scratching A Ensure that the environment is well grounded The modules are equipped with electronic components that may be destroyed by electrostatic discharge When handling the modules ensure that the environment persons workplace and packing is well grounded Avoid touching conductive
216. alog window Communication parameters Note Controller needs IP address for access The controller must have an IP address before it can be accessed The operating mode switch which is located behind the cover of the fieldbus controller next to the service interface must be in the center or top position 1 Start the WAGO I O PRO CAA software under Start Programs WAGO Software gt CoDeSys for Automation Alliance gt CoDeSys V2 3 or other version 2 In the menu Online select the item Communication parameters The dialog window Communication parameters then appears The channels of the currently connected gateway servers are shown on the left side of the dialogue and the already installed communications drivers are shown below This window is empty in its default settings 3 Click New to set up a connection and then specify a name e g TcpIp connection 4 Mark the required TCP IP driver in the right side of the dialog window to configure the link between the PC and the controller via ETHERNET Select the new driver version Tep Ip 3S Tcp Ip driver If you want to choose between TCP and UDP use the Ethernet_TCP_IP driver WAGO Ethernet TCP IP driver The following standard entries are shown in the center dialog window e IP address IP address of your controller e Port number 2455 e Motorolabyteorder No 5 Change any entries as you may require 6 Confirm with OK You have now configured the TCP
217. amming system serves as the basis of WAGO I O PRO CAA which was expanded specifically with the target files for all WAGO controllers The fieldbus controller has 512 KB program memory 256 KB data memory and 24 KB retentive memory available for the IEC 61131 3 programming The user can access all fieldbus and I O data In order to send process data via ETHERNET the controller supports a series of network protocols The MODBUS TCP UDP protocol and the ETHERNET IP protocol are implemented for exchanging process data Both of these communication protocols can be used either together or separately For this the write access to the I O modules access via PFC MODBUS TCP or EtherNet IP is specified in an xml file Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Device Description 43 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller For the configuration and diagnosis of the system the BootP HTTP DHCP DNS SNTP FTP SNMP and SMTP protocols are available The user can program clients and servers via an internal socket API for all transport protocols TCP UDP etc with functional modules Library functions are available for function expansion With the IEC 61131 3 library SysLibRTC lib for example a buffered real time clock with date time 1 second resolution alarm functions and a timer is incorporated This clock is supplied with auxiliary power during a power failure This controller is based on a 32 bit CPU with mu
218. and 10Base FP for fiber optic passive 10Base T Uses a 24 AWG UTP or STP UTP twisted pair cable for a 1OMbps baseband signal for distances up to 100 m in a physical star topology 10Broad36 Uses a 75 Ohm coaxial cable for a 10Mbps baseband signal for distances of up to 1800 m or 3600 m with double cables in a physical bus topology 100BaseTX Specifies a 100 Mbps transmission with a twisted pair cable of Category 5 and RJ45 connectors A maximum segment of 100 meters may be used Beyond that there are still further transmission standards for example 100Base T4 Fast ETHERNET over twisted conductors 100Base FX Fast ETHERNET over fiber optic cables or P802 11 Wireless LAN for a wireless transmission 10Base T 100BaseTX Either the 10BaseT standard or 100BaseTX can be used for the WAGO ETHERNET fieldbus node The network architecture is very easy and inexpensive to assemble with S UTP cable as transmission medium or with cables of STP type Both types of cable can be obtained from any computer dealer S UTP cable screened unshielded twisted pair is single shielded cable of Category 5 with overall shield surrounding all twisted unshielded conductor pairs and an impedance of 100 ohm STP cable shielded twisted pair is cable of Category 5 with stranded and individually shielded conductor pairs no overall shield is provided o Manual WAEB Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 1
219. anted always and everywhere Therefore regulated power supply units should be used in order to guarantee the quality of the supply voltage The supply capacity of the coupler controller or the internal system supply module 750 613 can be taken from the technical data of the components Table 3 Alignment Internal current Current consumption via system voltage consumption 5 V for electronics of bus modules and coupler controller Residual current Available current for the bus modules Provided by the bus for bus terminals power supply unit See coupler controller and internal system supply module 750 613 See current catalog manuals Internet o Manual MAGO Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 System Description 27 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Example Calculating the current consumption on a 750 301 PROFIBUS DP FMS Fieldbus Coupler Internal current consumption 350 mA at 5 V Residual current for bus modules 1650 mA at 5 V Sum Is V total 2000 mA at 5V The internal current consumption is indicated in the technical data for each bus terminal In order to determine the overall requirement add together the values of all bus modules in the node Note Observe total current of I O modules re feed the potential if required If the sum of the internal current consumption exceeds the residual current for bus modules then an internal system suppl
220. any Modbus TCP telegram Watchdog Timeout Value 100 Monitoring period for Modbus links After the 100 ms completion of this period without receiving a Modbus telegram the physical outputs are set to 0 Watchdog Trigger Mask OxFFFF Coding mask for certain Modbus telegrams F 1 to F16 Function Code FC1 FC16 Watchdog Trigger Mask OxFFFF Coding mask for certain Modbus telegrams F17 to F32 Function Code FC17 FC32 Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Configuring via the Web Based Management System WBM 157 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 10 7 Clock Specify the settings for the internal real time clock on the Clock HTML page Here enter the current time and date and also select standard or daylight saving time Note Reset the internal clock after 6 days without power supply The internal clock must be reset on initial startup or after 6 days without power If the clock is not set the clock begins with the date 01 01 2000 around 0 00 clock with time measurement Note Integrate the function block for converting from winter summer time Switch over between standard and daylight saving time via Web based management system is required when synchronizing the controllers in your network using a time server The controller itself does not automatically execute a change over between standard and daylight saving time The change over is resolved via function block
221. ard 0x0000 Description This register stops the watchdog by writing the value 0x0AA55 or 0X55AA into it The watchdog timeout fault is deactivated and it is possible to write in the watchdog register again If there is an existing watchdog fault it is reset Table 144 Register address 0x 1009 Register address 0x1009 4105 Value Close MODBUS socket after watchdog timeout Access Read write Description 0 MODBUS socket is not closed 1 MODBUS socket is closed Table 145 Register address 0x100A Register address 0x100A 4106 7 Value Alternative watchdog Access Read write Standard 0x0000 Description This register provides an alternate way to activate the watchdog timer Procedure Write a time value in register 0x1000 then write a 0x0001 into register 0x100A With the first MODBUS request the watchdog is started The watchdog timer is reset with each MODBUS TCP instruction If the watchdog times out all outputs are set to zero The outputs will become operational again after communications are re established Register 0x00A is non volatile including register 0x1000 It is not possible to modify the time value in register 0x1000 while the watchdog is running The length of each register is 1 word i e with each access only one word can be written or read Following are two examples of how to set the value for a time overrun Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O
222. are retained The control system program can also be processed independently FBUS_ ERROR INFORMATION FBUS_ERROR ERROR Figure 75 Function block for determining loss of fieldbus independently of protocol FBUS_ERROR BOOL FALSE no fault TRUE loss of field bus ERROR WORD 0 no fault loss of field bus The node can be put into a safe status in the event of a fieldbus failure with the aid of these function block outputs and an appropriately programmed control system program Version 1 4 1 maco 184 Diagnostics WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 11 2 2 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Information Loss of fieldbus detection through MODBUS protocol For detailed information about the watchdog register refer to Section MODBUS Functions in particular Section Watchdog Fieldbus failure Protocol independent detection of loss of fieldbus The library Mod_com lib with function block FBUS_ ERROR INFORMATION is normally included in the setup for the WAGO I O PRO CAA You can integrate the library via register Resources at the bottom on the left of the workspace Click Insert and then Other libraries The Mod_com lib is located in folder C Programme WAGO Software CoDeSys V2 3 Targets WAGO Libraries 32_ Bit Internal Data Bus Failure T O LED indicates an internal bus failure 1 O LED flashed red When an internal data bus failure occurs the fieldbus cont
223. area Volatile PFC input variables 8192 12287 0x2000 0x2FFF IX256 0 IX511 15 PFC IN area Volatile PFC input variables 12288 32767 0x3000 0x7FFF MX0 MX1279 15 NOVRAM 8 kB retain memory max 24 kB 32768 34295 0x8000 0x85F7 Physical output area 2 Starts with the 5 13 and ends with the 2039 digital input 34296 36863 Ox85F8 0x8FFF MODBUS exception Illegal data address 36864 38391 0x9000 0x95F7 Physical output area 2 Starts with the 513 and ends with the 2039 digital output 38392 65535 Ox95F8 0XFFFF MODBUS exception Illegal data address Manual Version 1 4 1 maco 242 Fieldbus Communication WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 3 5 MODBUS Registers maco Table 133 MODBUS registers Register Access Length Description address Word 0x1000 R W l Watchdog time read write 0x1001 R W 1 Watchdog coding mask 1 16 0x1002 R W 1 Watchdog coding mask 17 32 0x1003 R W 1 Watchdog trigger 0x1004 R 1 Minimum trigger time 0x1005 R W 1 Watchdog stop Write sequence OxAAAA 0x5555 0x1006 R 1 Watchdog status 0x1007 R W 1 Restart watchdog Write sequence 0x1 0x1008 R W 1 Stop watchdog Write sequence 0x55AA or 0xAA55 0x1009 R W l MODBUS and HTTP close at watchdog time out 0x100A
224. arrier rails with a height of 7 5 mm mounting points are to be riveted under the node in the carrier rail slotted head captive screws or blind rivets e The medal springs on the bottom of the housing must have low impedance contact with the DIN rail wide contact surface is possible Manual Version 1 4 1 Aca 62 Assembly WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 5 3 2 WAGO DIN Rail WAGO carrier rails meet the electrical and mechanical requirements shown in the table below Table 24 WAGO DIN Rail Item Number Description 210 113 112 35x 7 5 1mm steel yellow chromated slotted unslotted 210 114 197 35x 15 1 5mm steel yellow chromated slotted unslotted 210 118 35x 15 2 3 mm steel yellow chromated unslotted 210 198 35x 15 2 3 mm copper unslotted 210 196 35 x 7 5 1 mm aluminum unslotted 5 4 Spacing The spacing between adjacent components cable conduits casing and frame sides must be maintained for the complete fieldbus node The spacing creates room for heat transfer installation or wiring The spacing to cable conduits also prevents conducted electromagnetic interferences from influencing the operation Figure 27 Spacing o Manual waca Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Assembly 63 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 5 5 Assembly Sequence All system components can be snapped directly on a carrier rail in ac
225. asswords Press the Software Reset button to restart the software for the setting changes to take effect Note Note password restrictions The following restrictions apply for passwords e Max 16 characters e Letters and numbers only e No special characters or umlauts Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Configuring via the Web Based Management System WBM 161 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Qae gebeten Arsht Favoriten Extras 2 Ld Qara x 2 ste eran O U 3 Arere hetp 217 6 107 120 Mwebserv index ssi Web based Management Navigation Security Information This page is intended to disable the basic authentication Additionally you can set new passwords for the existing user TCPIIP The new values are stored in an EEPROM and changes v ll take effect after the next software or hardware reset Webserver Security Webserver authentification enabled F Webserver and FTP User configuration User quest Password Confirm Password Attention You v ll lose the connection to the webserver after the software reset if the IP configuration was changed Please load the webpage with the proper address in thes case again Figure 67 WBM page Security Table 46 WBM page Security Webserver Security Entry Default Description Enable password protection to access the Web Webserver authentification vw interface enabl
226. ata sheets of the bus modules Note Use a spacer module when setting up a node with different potentials In the case of a node setup with different potentials e g the alteration from DC 24 V to AC 230 V you should use a spacer module The optical separation of the potentials acts as a warning to heed caution in the case of wiring and maintenance works Thus you can prevent the results of wiring errors Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 System Description 31 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 3 6 3 2 Fusing Internal fusing of the field supply is possible for various field voltages via an appropriate power supply module Table 4 Power supply modules Item No Field Voltage 750 601 24 V DC Supply Fuse 750 609 230 V AC Supply Fuse 750 615 120 V AC Supply Fuse 750 610 24 V DC Supply Fuse Diagnosis 750 611 230 V AC Supply Fuse Diagnosis No Lo al aa Supply via M m power jumper contacts 4 d ov ay 4 C H Power jumper contacts 750 610 Ba Figure 7 Supply module with fuse carrier Example 750 610 NOTICE Observe the maximum power dissipation and if required UL requirements In the case of power supply modules with fuse holders you must only use fuses with a maximum dissipation of 1 6 W IEC 127 For UL approved systems only use UL approved fuses In order to insert or
227. atchdog can be enabled that monitors the execution time of a task If the task runtime exceeds the specified watchdog time e g t 200 ms then the watchdog event has occurred The runtime system stops the IEC program and reports an error Watchdog Call interval of task Task runtime Task Task m E t Event Figure 55 Watchdog runtime is less than the task runtime If the watchdog time set is greater than the call interval of the task then the watchdog is restarted for each task call interval Re start of watchdog at the wW end of call interval of task Watchdog Figure 56 Watchdog runtime is greater than the task call interval Recommendation Set the watchdog time greater than the task runtime and less than the task call interval Manual Version 1 4 1 WAH 132 Programming the PFC using WAGO I O PRO CAA WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 9 4 1 9 4 2 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller To cyclic tasks applies Note Cyclic tasks with gt 30 min call intervals not possible Cyclic tasks with a call interval of more than 30 minutes are not possible IEC Task Sequence 1 Determine the system time tStart 2 Ifno full internal bus cycle has run since the last time the outputs were written gt Wait until the next internal bus cycle is completed 3 Reading of inputs and reading back of the outputs from the process image
228. ats 40 3 8 4 WAGO Shield Screen Connecting System cceccceesceeeteeeteeeeeee 41 4 Device Description e ssessoessesseesoesoosseesoossoesoessoesossseesoeeoossoesoesoossoesoesoossoesose 42 4 1 VIEW eers a R Er ees 44 4 2 CONnNECtOTS si e aesae aa cs dea a ed ee E AE ia aE eani aE 46 4 2 1 Device SUpPly ssnourtesarrncdciostincsunnesucseernedcnmpioesseerandeienoiiesbuncdawestnomen 46 4 Table of Contents WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 4 2 2 Fieldb s On me tl OM fst es sak sac cancaneete setncentatanesancsasceiapevntvde ti 47 4 3 Display BCCI Sa cysnccnsceeseietaccnsanaaceresntacesanercaseantatenseiaeosadreatmenanwaanees 48 4 4 Operating Elements 9352265 iisaxevanadacachahaceientansaelaaeniiteeesteicemnaen 50 4 4 1 Service InterfaCE ss ienien tirrin e E E R ET AEE 50 4 4 2 Mode Sel ctor SWitehsseorsesi nanai RE 51 4 5 Technical Data serensistini inar E EEE ANR 53 4 5 1 Device Data erennere eE E E E AEE 53 4 5 2 Systemi Data sccsuucsatcusenwntdsatiienanuisaeduranwustdsucwipes seiudesammiaidaumsmntsganmeacnuars 53 4 5 3 BUDDY ij cvasatancsandaanccanesiaceseassdcenataaaciannianerensienteupdbsdivsansineansilanecamestniuae 54 4 5 4 Fieldbus MOD BUST CP 5 ccxcsancesasatiassintescutsaatateccesascoscansneueuateneatcaneres 54 4 5 5 PROCESS OIC Sais cranes vests onedivnensaunevndtnumnteeatuaecedeedgo an EAE TEET 54 4 5 6 Witre Connecti OM eerun e A a E E REE EREE 54 4 5 7 Climatic environme
229. ax number of instances 1 0x0001 3 Get Num Instances UINT Number of current ports 1 0x0001 8 Get Entry Port UINT Instance of the port object 1 0x0001 where the request arrived 9 Get All Ports Array of Array with instance attributes 0 0x0000 Struct 1 and 2 of all instances 0 0x0000 UINT 4 0x0004 2 0x0002 Manual o Version 1 4 1 Aca 272 Fieldbus Communication maco Instance 1 Table 212 Port class F4 nex Instance 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Attribute ID Access NV Name Data type Description Default value 1 Get V Port Type UINT 4 0x0004 2 Get V Port Number UINT CIP port number 2 0x0002 EtherNet IP 3 Get V Port Object UINT Number of 16 bit 2 0x0002 words in the following path Padded Object which 0x20 OxFS5 EPATH manages this port 0x24 0x01 equals TCP IP Interface Object 4 Get V Port Name SHORT_ Port name ee STRING 7 Get V_ Node Address Padded Port segment IP Depends on IP address EPATH _ address Common Services Table 213 Port class F4 nex Common service Service code Service available Service Name Description Class Instance Ol hex Yes Yes Get Attribute All Supplies contents of all attributes OE hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_ Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute Manual Version 1 4
230. ay both requested values and values to be written cannot be easily decoded by others via ETHERNET This is why SNMPv3 is often used in safety related networks The device data that can be accessed or modified by an SNMP agent is called SNMP object The sets of SNMP objects are stored in a logical database called Management Information Base MIB this is why these objects are typically known as MIB objects The SNMP of the ETHERNET controller includes both the general MIB acc to RFC1213 MIB I and a special WAGO MIB SNMP is processed via port 161 The port number for SNMP traps agent messages is 161 Both ports must be enabled to use SNMP Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 215 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 2 1 MIB II Description MIB II acc to RFC1213 is divided into the following groups Table 86 MIB II groups Group Identifier System Group 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 Interface Group 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 IP Group 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 IpRoute Table Group 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 21 ICMP Group 1 3 6 1 2 1 5 TCP Group 1 3 6 1 2 1 6 UDP Group 1 3 6 1 2 1 7 SNMP Group 1 3 6 1 2 1 11 Information il Additional Information Please find detailed information on these individual groups in section MIB II groups of the manual appendix Manual o Version 1 4 1 WAEH 216 Fieldbus Communication 12 2 2 Information Additional information
231. between the two process images is conducted through bit 5 in the control byte C0 C0 5 Activation of the mailbox is acknowledged by bit 5 of the status byte SO S0 5 Table 401 Steppercontroller RS 422 24 V 20 mA 750 670 Input Process Image Instance Byte Desunauon Description High Byte Low Byte reserved SO reserved Status byte SO DI DO D3 D2 Process data Mailbox n D5 D4 Status byte S3 Process data a PS reserved Sl S2 Status byte S1 Status byte S2 Cyclic process image Mailbox disabled Mailbox process image Mailbox activated Manual u Version 1 4 1 AGH 354 I O Modules 13 3 5 10 maco WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Output Process Image Instance Byte Desunaton Description High Byte Low Byte reserved CO reserved Control byte C0 D1 DO D3 D2 Process data Mailbox n D5 D4 C3 D6 Control byte C3 pene f Cl C2 Control byte C1 Control byte C2 Cyclic process image Mailbox disabled me Mailbox process image Mailbox activated The specialty modules represent 1x12 bytes input and output data and seize 1 Instance in Class 0x67 and 1 Instance in Class 0x68 RTC Module 750 640 The RTC Module has a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image 4 bytes of module data and 1 byte of control status and 1 byte ID for command The following table illustrate
232. bles the reading of PLC input variable data The instance scope of the Input Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 class covers the PLC input variable data from the PLC input variable 256 For WAGO I O PRO CAA or CoDeSys that means the PLC addresses for input variable IW1531 Instanz 0 Class Attributes Table 298 Input Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 A7 hex Class Attribute ID Access Name Datatype Description Default value 1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 0x0001 2 Get Max Instance UINT Max number of instances 1 0x0001 Instanz 256 Input variable 256 Table 299 Input Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 A7 nex Instance 256 Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default value 1 Set Fb_In Var UINT Fieldbus Input variable of the PLC 0 Common Services Table 300 Input Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 A7 nex Common service Service Service available Service Name Description code Class _ Instance OE hex Ja Ja Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute 10 hex Nein Ja Set Attribute Single Modifies an attribute value Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 299 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 4 5 37 Output Fieldbus Variable UINT A8 hex The class enables the exchange of data from a particular PLC ou
233. bus Controller lt gt A A A Nod Nod Node Node a i mam b eee ee Node Node Node Nod m I m E Nod Nod d men e EE s a naa Node Node Node Node i m o fl y Nod Node e ooo 6 E manan TE i m Noae Node Vv Nod Nod E es y d nnnm nnnm kS y Nod my Figure 79 Tree Topology Table 64 Legend Tree Topology Caption Description A Primary range B Secondary range C Tertiary range 1 Building panel board 2 Building panel board 3 Floor panel board 5 4 3 Rule A consideration in setting up a tree topology using ETHERNET protocol is the 5 4 3 rule One aspect of the ETHERNET protocol requires that a signal sent out on the network cable must reach every part of the network within a specified length of time Each concentrator or repeater that a signal goes through adds a small amount of time This leads to the rule that between any two nodes on the network there can only be a maximum of 5 segments connected through 4 repeators concentrators In addition only 3 of the seg
234. by writing new values which does not affect the watchdog 0x000 is not permissible Table 140 Register address 0x1005 Register address 0x1005 4101 Value Stop watchdog WD AC STOP MASK Access Read write Standard 0x0000 Description The watchdog is stopped if here the value OxAAAA is written first followed by 0x5555 The watchdog fault reaction is blocked A watchdog fault is reset and writing on the process data is possible again Table 141 Register address 0x 1006 Register address 0x1006 4102 Value While watchdog is running WD_ RUNNING Access Read Standard 0x0000 Description Current watchdog status at 0x0000 Watchdog not active at 0x0001 Watchdog active at 0x0002 Watchdog exhausted Manual Version 1 4 1 maco 246 Fieldbus Communication maco WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Table 142 Register address 0x1007 Register address 0x1007 41034e2 Value Restart watchdog WD_RESTART Access Read write Standard 0x0001 Description This register restarts the watchdog timer by writing a value of 0x1 into it If the watchdog was stopped before the overrun it is not restarted Table 143 Register address 0x1008 Register address 0x1008 410442 Value Simply stop watchdog WD_AC STOP SIMPLE Access Read write Stand
235. casstsssxenssecasnccencenentarcesaanencanentonaeseciandenndans 315 13 2 3 1 1 Channel Analog Input Modules cccccceecceeseesteeeteeeteeeeees 315 13 2 3 2 2 Channel Analog Input Modules cccecceeseceseceeeeeeneeeseees 315 13 2 3 3 4 Channel Analog Input Modules cc cecceesceeeeeeeeeetseeeseeees 316 13 2 4 Analog Output Modules csssshsus ccnesdeccadbalacateataeasahtiesadbalaciaenaiaeiianss 317 13 2 4 1 2 Channel Analog Output Modules 0 c cc eccceseeseeeeeeeseeeeeeees 317 13 2 4 2 4 Channel Analog Output Modules 0 0 c ce eccceeceeeceseeeeneeeeeeeees 317 13 2 5 Specialty Mod leSisrnesnrnpnenniri nanain aaa 318 13 2 5 1 Counter Modules cocsvstsnesenreaassiattaceanavaneesdetterussureseeseatavencnvaneesees 318 13 2 5 2 POISE Width MG CULES ca cssncesesinedisasreonseuadiataeseoninssadiancauunsnvetstuness 320 13 253 Serial Interface Modules with alternative Data Format 320 13 2 5 4 Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format 321 13 2 5 5 Data Exchange Mode i t cdvsnsccesrceassvotinuniessin wailantinee 321 Manual maco Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Table of Contents 9 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 13 2 5 6 SSI Transmitter Interface Modules cccecccesseeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeees 321 13 2 5 7 Incremental Encoder Interface Modules ccccesceesseeeteeees 322 13 2 5 8 DC Drive Controller ois icaccacovsinlacond nanara 324 13 2 5
236. ceceeeeee 293 12 4 5 32 Output Fieldbus Variable USINT A3 hex escseeseeseeseesteeeteeeees 294 12 4 5 33 Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 1 A4 hex eeeeeee 295 12 4 5 34 Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 A5 pex eeeeeeeee 296 12 4 5 35 Input Fieldbus Variable UINT A6 pex escecsseseseceseceeeeeesceeseeenes 297 12 4 5 36 Input Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 A7 hex cescesceeseeeteenes 298 12 4 5 37 Output Fieldbus Variable UINT A8 hex ccescceeseeeseeeseesteeeteeeees 299 12 4 5 38 Output Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 A9 hex eseeeeeeeee 300 12 4 5 39 Input Fieldbus Variable UDINT AA bhex c cescccsseeeseeeeeeeeeeesseenee 301 12 4 5 40 Input Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset AB hex ee ceesceesteeeteeees 302 12 4 5 41 Output Fieldbus Variable UDINT AC pex escceecceesseesteeeteeeteeeeeee 303 12 4 5 42 Output Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset AD hex cceeeeeeeeeeee 304 13 WO Modules seessesooeseesoessoesoessecsoesosssessoesoosseesoesooesoesoesoossossoeesossosssessoesossse 305 13 1 OVVIE W asorin cree ar TEE aA 305 13 2 Process Data Architecture for MODBUS T TOP s ssssssssessseeseeseesseesee 306 13 2 1 Digital Input Modules ss ccascsstavsszstecssacsieasassaiacmaisneasobiacccamioumeiiness 307 13 2 1 1 1 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics eee 307 13 2 1 2 2 Channel Digital Input Modules siccicssssiccsssesssccsnsescenssstedecvassenanes 307 13 2 1 3 2 Channel Digital In
237. cess Data for Ethernet IP Manual Version 1 4 1 maco 78 Function Description WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 7 3 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Data Exchange With the fieldbus controller data is exchanged via the MODBUS TCP protocol and or the MODBUS UDP protocol or Ethernet IP MODBUS TCP works according to the master slave principle The master controller can be a PC or a PLC The fieldbus controllers of the WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 are usually slave devices Thanks to the programming with IEC 61131 3 however these controllers can also assume the master function The master requests communication This request can be directed to certain nodes by addressing The nodes receive the request and depending on the request type send a reply to the master A controller can set up a defined number of simultaneous connections socket connections to other network subscribers 3 connections for HTTP to read HTML pages from the controller e 15 connections via MODBUS TCP to read or write input and output data of the controller e 128 connections for Ethernet IP 5 connections via PFC available in the PLC function for IEC 61131 3 application programs e 2 connections for WAGO I O PRO CAA these connections are reserved for debugging the application program via ETHERNET WAGO I O PRO CAA needs 2 connections at the same time for the debugging However only one programming tool can have ac
238. cess to the controller 10 connections for FTP e 2 connections for SNMP The maximum number of simultaneous connections can not be exceeded Existing connections must first be terminated before new ones can be set up The ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller is essentially equipped with three interfaces for data exchange e the interface to the fieldbus Master the PLC function of the PFC CPU and the interface to the I O modules Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Function Description 79 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Data exchange takes place between the fieldbus master and the I O modules between the PLC function of the PFC CPU and the I O modules and between the fieldbus master and the PLC function of the PFC CPU If MODBUS is used as the fieldbus the MODBUS master accesses the date using the MODBUS functions implemented in the controller Ethernet IP in contrast uses an object model for data access Data access is carried out with the aid of an IEC 61131 3 application program Data addressing varies greatly here 7 3 1 Memory Areas Programmable Fieldbus Controller memory area for input data word 0 input modules word 255 word 256 MODBUS FC IN variables word word 512 input I O modules modules word 1275 word 1276 Ethernet IP ee ee FC IN variables ia word 1531 N g X yy ee
239. change a fuse or to switch off the voltage in succeeding bus modules the fuse holder may be pulled out In order to do this use a screwdriver for example to reach into one of the slits one on both sides and pull out the holder Manual Version 1 4 1 WAEH 32 System Description WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Figure 8 Removing the fuse carrier Lifting the cover to the side opens the fuse carrier Figure 10 Change fuse After changing the fuse the fuse carrier is pushed back into its original position Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 System Description 33 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Alternatively fusing can be done externally The fuse modules of the WAGO series 281 and 282 are suitable for this purpose Figure 11 Fuse modules for automotive fuses series 282 Figure 12 Fuse modules for automotive fuses series 2006 Figure 13 Fuse modules with pivotable fuse carrier series 281 es Figure 14 Fuse modules with pivotable fuse carrier series 2002 Manual wh Aco Version 1 4 1 34 System Description WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 3 6 4 Supplementary Power Supply Regulations The WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 can also be used in shipbuilding or offshore and onshore areas of work e g working platforms loading plants This is demonstrated by complying wi
240. configuration of the network protocols The configuration is stored in an EEPROM and changes will take TCPIIP effect after the next software or hardware reset Port Settings _ Protocot Pot Enab HTTP 80 F Ethernet IP 44818 TCP 2222 UDE m Modbus UDP 502 F Modbus TCP 502 F WAGO Services 6626 Ga CoDeSys 2455 F BootP 68 mj DHCP 68 r Warning Enabling DHCP and BootP will deactivate BootP UNDO SUBMIT ere tenet E Figure 62 WBM page Port Version 1 4 1 WAGH 150 Configuring via the Web Based Management System WBM maco WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Table 42 WBM page Port Port Settings Entry Entry Entry FTP Port 21 Enabled M activating File Transfer Protocol deactivating File Transfer Protocol SNTP Port 123 Enabled activating Simple Network Time Protocol M deactivating Simple Network Time Protocol HTTP Port 80 Enabled activating Hypertext Transfer Protocol deactivating Hypertext Transfer Protocol SNMP Port 161 162 Enabled activating Simple Network Management Protocol deactivating Simple Network Management Protocol Ethernet IP TCP Port 44818 UDP Port 2222 Enabled activating Ethernet IP protocol deactivating Ethernet IP protocol Modbus UDP Port 502 Enabled activating MODBUS UDP protocol deactivating MODBU
241. cordance with the European standard EN 50022 DIN 35 The reliable positioning and connection is made using a tongue and groove system Due to the automatic locking the individual components are securely seated on the rail after installation Starting with the coupler controller the bus modules are assembled adjacent to each other according to the project design Errors in the design of the node in terms of the potential groups connection via the power contacts are recognized as the bus modules with power contacts male contacts cannot be linked to bus modules with fewer power contacts Risk of injury due to sharp edged male contacts The male contacts are sharp edged Handle the module carefully to prevent injury NOTICE Connect the I O modules in the required order Never plug bus modules from the direction of the end terminal A ground wire power contact which is inserted into a terminal without contacts e g a 4 channel digital input module has a decreased air and creepage distance to the neighboring contact in the example DI4 NOTICE Assemble the I O modules in rows only if the grooves are open Please take into consideration that some bus modules have no or only a few power jumper contacts The design of some modules does not allow them to be physically assembled in rows as the grooves for the male contacts are closed at the top Note Don t forget the bus end module Always plug a bus end module
242. ctasccsasoancinensanateasineencarencuiasadcobantaxeasauves 250 Register address 0x1030 cz nncscaspenctvanidacuaniedueanedanaeets 250 Register address OX103 l cssissetiscosstesssdientesanisacassarundeseaiacbindioaussarintens 250 Re gister address Ox 1050 3 sssesscastasdnnsscavsdsevtardesssoaniieptarieviasdetdsosvibend 251 Register address UK OI csahacesasiaiiansstoacacqunbdeanivanhiesasiuacaisioeaivonhinss 251 Register address UK 2035 1 wiscenccsunccntnraneinientenstsdahuntencarentanntancqneabentencncene 251 R gister address UK 2052 rsss a a 252 Register address 0X2033 lt c shsetussncuaeasetaantevascsadiessiva lose biaebiahesatisostantens 252 Register address OX2040 oo eeeccecssecsseceseceeeceseeceseceeeeeeeeneeeesseecaeenes 252 Register address Un 04 1 cssnscoscteepecnpstnncacaashadantennietaumeuataatonness 252 Register address x 2042 ciissssscccsasancasnsisdedanssssucensinacasearsncuasessucensasecss 252 Register address OX2 043 csi vsuseissnernaneduebunssavanexcansaonmvabseeascanumeseasaonnisess 253 Register address 0x2010 ssssesssnssseessssesssessseserssressesersssersrsseessesseese 254 Register address 0X201 1 so sepsssnscenunyesstnnnssninscuntavaseuerseasensseuecentavensaevss 254 Register address OK 2012 s sssscuistesonssucduieesuudenecdoomeetestaieceutucecseomecsead 254 Register address UK 2005 cisssssccssazandespoisnccaanesducspasabecstalantenesoucapanibecss 254 Register address UK 20 14 2 1 csnedsseceuvvoxcanenrantentadencssentensamanenne
243. d 4 Instances in Class 0x68 Version 1 4 1 maco 358 I O Modules WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 13 3 5 16 AS interface Master Module 750 655 The length of the process image of the AS interface master module can be set to fixed sizes of 12 20 24 32 40 or 48 bytes It consists of a control or status byte a mailbox with a size of 0 6 10 12 or 18 bytes and the AS interface process data which can range from 0 to 32 bytes The AS interface master module has a total of 6 to maximally 24 words data in both the Input and Output Process Image Word alignment is applied The first Input and output word which is assigned to an AS interface master module contains the status control byte and one empty byte Subsequently the mailbox data are mapped when the mailbox is permanently superimposed Mode 1 In the operating mode with suppressible mailbox Mode 2 the mailbox and the cyclical process data are mapped next The following words contain the remaining process dat The mailbox and the process image sizes are set with the startup tool WAGO I O CHECK Table 408 AS interface Master module 750 655 Input and Output Process Image Instance Byte Deshnadon Description High Byte Low Byte i Co S0 rer Control status byte D1 DO D D2 i i z D4 Mailbox 0 3 5 6 or 9 words Process data 0 16 words D45 D44 The specialty mod
244. d Supply ccssccssscsseccssccssetssessessccesscessncesnnseess 69 6 3 Connecting a conductor to the CAGE CLAMP ccscssccssssseeseseeseesseees 70 7 Function Description ssisseccscssceccssensiecaioscoceacsnenvecevansesasvasoenedobandeceunsnenacasenans 71 7 1 Operating System rresia r E EE 71 7 1 1 RUND renee E E A 71 741 2 PRCC YCIE cecer E E O ANE E 71 T 2 Process Data Arete sisivatocases sas eain a T i 73 7 2 1 Basic 158 15 ee nee ene ee 73 1 22 Example of an Input Process mage assc5escaacacatsoicrnisndescedaeesisbaieeies 75 7 2 3 Example of an Output Data Process Image eeeesceesseeeteeeteeeeees 76 7 2 4 Process Data MODBUS TCP and EtherNet IP ccceeeceeseeteeeees 77 7 3 D ta Exchange cnrs onin iE R ET ER NR RNE 78 7 3 1 Memory ATeaS eere sesse enteses ecco eet eisaciveacecasecencnamvacee eresscerenetaaueaeenct 79 7 3 2 PLOUEOS SING reenn iioa E a E 81 7 3 2 1 Addressing of I O Modules cccccecssccsseceseeeeeeeeeeceneceeaeenteensees 82 7 3 2 2 Address Ranges jazssantacancaicescenntibiey sunt exeuseaaentensetences tuner iecatanneonabines 83 7 3 2 3 Absolute Fi An SSSI 1 yo 2 isirnecsivselen teaser idea venuyaaciehaneiespusuctesinvvacsuuaneieies 85 Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Table of Contents 5 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Manual Version 1 4 1 7 3 3 Data Exchange between MODBUS TCP Master and I O Modules 87 7 3 3 1 Data Exchange between EtherNet IP Mast
245. d into each image Word alignment is applied Table 345 Serial Interface Modules with alternative Data Format Input and Output Process Image Offset Ei a Description High Byte Low Byte Control status 0 DO C S Data byte byte 1 D2 D1 Data bytes Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller I O Modules 321 13 2 5 4 Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format 13 2 5 5 13 2 5 6 Manual Version 1 4 1 750 650 000 001 014 015 016 750 653 000 001 006 The above Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format have a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image 5 bytes of serial data and 1 byte of control status The following table illustrates the Input and Output Process Image which have a total of 3 words mapped into each image Word alignment is applied Table 346 Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format Input and Output Process Image Offset Pye Destination Description High Byte Low Byte Control status 0 DO C S Data byte byte l L n Data bytes 2 D4 D3 Data Exchange Module 750 654 and the variation 000 001 The Data Exchange modules have a total of 4 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image which has a total of 2 words mapped into
246. data 768 1023 0x0300 0x03FF IW256 IW511 PFC IN area Volatile PFC input variables 1024 4095 0x0400 0xOFFF MODBUS exception Illegal data address 4096 12287 0x1000 0x2FFF Configuration register see following chapter Configuration Functions 12288 24575 0x3000 0xSFFF MWO0 MW12287 NOVRAM 8 kB retain memory max 24 kB 24576 25340 0x6000 0x62FC QW512 QW1275 Physical output area 2 Additional 764 words physical output data 25341 28671 0x62FD 0x6FFF MODBUS exception Illegal data address 28672 29436 0x7000 0x72FC QW512 QW1275 Physical output area 2 Additional 764 words physical output data 29437 65535 Ox72FD 0xFFFF MODBUS exception Illegal data address The digital MODBUS services coil services are bit accesses with which only the states of digital I O modules can be determined or changed Complex I O modules are not attainable with these services and so they are ignored Because of this the addressing of the digital channels begins again with 0 so that the MODBUS address is always identical to the channel number i e the digital input no 47 has the MODBUS address 46 Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Bit Access Reading with FC1 and FC2 Table 131 Bit access reading with FC1 and FC2 Fieldbus Communication 241
247. dbus Controller Table 147 Table 148 Table 149 Table 150 Table 151 Table 152 Table 153 Table 154 Table 155 Table 156 Table 157 Table 158 Table 159 Table 160 Table 161 Table 162 Table 163 Table 164 Table 165 Table 166 Table 167 Table 168 Table 169 Table 170 Table 171 Table 172 Table 173 Table 174 Table 175 Table 176 Table 177 Table 178 Table 179 Table 180 Table 181 Table 182 Table 183 Table 184 Table 185 Table 186 Table 187 Table 188 Table 189 Table 190 Table 191 Table 192 Table 193 Table 194 Table 195 Table 196 Manual Version 1 4 1 Register address Ux 1LOOB sasisssecisscssncesnnnanteiads tadeadesineseauneiaeiacnteiwens 247 Register address 0X1020 eeccecsccceseceseceeeeeeeecsseceeeeeeeeeeseeeseeesaeenes 248 Register address 0X102 cspsserateeiiasyatentecasnbecavoniieeshaaceaateunerhines 248 Register address OX1022 scsissssisssissnesseivsiccaaseseacsadsnadiosavancaateseuseatenocnss 249 R gister address 0x 1023 ss iusisessvsansseswabvonesnastsantyssnnscnseuscanaateontyesenndias 249 Register address OK 1 024s cn scnssetenvanieacuernadanasneanenantaionss 249 Register address OX1025 o eeccecsscceseceseceeeceeeeceseceeeseeeeneeeenseeesaeenes 249 Register address 0 1028 s ssrsscsntsvantssswncatsiiavscssuatinentuiisetarscusuatoncse 249 Register address x 1029 ciizssscssassancssasasdecansasauassdsndiconasdseangsouasstnanes 250 Register address x 102A x5 casc
248. de table for the I O LED signaling error code 4 Error code 4 Physical error internal bus Error Error Description Solution Argument 1 Turn off the power supply to the node 2 Plug in an end module behind the fieldbus controller 3 Turn the power supply on 4 Observe the error argument signaled Is no error argument indicated by the I O LED 5 Replace the fieldbus controller Is an error argument indicated by the I O LED 5 Identify the faulty I O module by turning off the power supply Internal bus data 6 Plug the end module into the middle of the node transmission error or 7 Turn the power supply on again interruption of the 8 LED continues to flash internal data bus at Turn off the power and plug the end module into the the fieldbus middle of the first half of the node toward the fieldbus controller controller LED not flashing Turn off the power and plug the end module into the middle of the second half of the node away from the fieldbus controller Turn the power supply on again 10 Repeat the procedure described in step 6 while halving the step size until the faulty I O module is detected 11 Replace the faulty I O module 12 If there is only one I O module on the fieldbus controller and the LED is flashing either the I O module or fieldbus controller is defective Replace the defective component Interruption of the internal data bus n behind the nth bus modul
249. defaults of the IEC61131 2 standard The electrical requirement for the field supply is to be determined individually for each power supply point Thereby all loads through the field devices and bus modules should be considered The field supply as well influences the bus modules as the inputs and outputs of some bus modules require the voltage of the field supply Note System and field supply shall be isolated from the power supply You should isolate the system supply and the field supply from the power supplies in order to ensure bus operation in the event of short circuits on the actuator side Table 6 WAGO Power Supply Unit WAGO Power Description Supply Unit 787 612 Primary switched mode DC 24 V 2 5 A Input nominal voltage AC 230 V 787 622 Primary switched mode DC 24 V 5 A Input nominal voltage AC 230 V 787 632 Primary switched mode DC 24 V 10 A Input nominal voltage AC 230 115 V Rail mounted modules with universal mounting carrier 288 809 AC 115 V DC 24 V 0 5 A 288 810 AC 230 V DC 24 V 0 5 A 288 812 AC 230 V DC 24V 2A 288 813 AC 115 V DC 24V 2A Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 System Description 37 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 3 7 3 7 1 3 7 1 1 A 3 7 1 2 Manual Grounding Grounding the DIN Rail Framework Assembly When setting up the framework the carrier rail must be screwed together with the electricall
250. e When the function I O configuration Insert monitoring entries into ea config xml is also activated at the Web site PLC the current process values will also be shown for the data channels that are displayed Table 49 WBM page I O configuration Configuration details Entry Value Example Description Number of modules on terminalbus 5 Number of I O modules hardware Number of modules in I O 5 Number of I O modules in the hardware configuration configuration of the I O Configurator see the following note T O configuration file Entry Value Example Description Pos 1 Position of the I O module in the hardware Module 750 4xx Product number of the integrated I O module MO001Ch1 M module 001 position 1 Chl channel 1 MO001Ch2 M module 002 position 2 Ch2 channel 2 Type 2DI T O module type e g 2 DI 2 Channel Digital Input Module Mapping Fieldbus 3 Mapping via PLC fieldbus etc Entries depend on the coupler controller see WAGO I O PRO CAA under control parameters module parameters Note Enter I O modules in the I O Configurator Enter the I O modules used in the I O configurator of WAGO I O PRO CAA Here open the Control Configuration in the Resources register and add your T O modules to the I O module figure The added I O modules must match the hardware in sequence and quantity The entries Number of modules on terminalbus and N
251. e Plc Login 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 4 10 wioTrapPlc R W String for 10th SNMP trap Logout Default value Plc Logout Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 16 2 14 Snmp User Trap String Group Appendix 391 The Snmp user trap string group contains strings that can be attached to user specific traps These strings can be changed via SNMP or Wago_SNMP lib in CoDeSys Table 438 WAGO MIB Snmp User Trap String Group Identifier Entry Access Description 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 5 1 wioUserTrapMsg1 R W _ String for lst SNMP trap 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 5 2 wioUserTrapMsg2 R W ___ String for 2nd SNMP trap 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 5 3 wioUserTrapMsg3 R W String for 3rd SNMP trap 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 5 4 wioUserTrapMsg4 R W String for 4th SNMP trap 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 5 5 wioUserTrapMsg5 R W _ String for Sth SNMP trap 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 5 6 wioUserTrapMsg6 R W _ String for 6th SNMP trap 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 5 7_ wioUserTrapMsg7 R W___ String for 7th SNMP trap 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 5 8 wioUserTrapMsg8 R W___ String for 8th SNMP trap 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 5 9 wioUserTrapMsg9 R W___ String for 9th SNMP trap 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 5 10 wioUserTrapMsg10 R W___ String for 10th SNMP trap 16 2 15 Plc Connection Group
252. e 135 C maco Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Use in Hazardous Environments 367 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 15 1 2 Manual Version 1 4 1 For America according to NEC 500 ITEM NO 750 201 24V DC 3 0ms 0 08 2 5nm 4 ov 24v DN i D2 Figure 89 Example for lateral labeling of bus modules ai N Gp ABCD MD op temp code T4 USTED 277A AND 2004 Figure 90 Printing on text detail in accordance with NEC Table 414 Description of Printing on Printing on Text Description CL 1 Explosion protection group condition of use category DIV 2 Area of application zone Grp ABCD Explosion group gas group Optemp code T4 Temperature class maco 368 Use in Hazardous Environments WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 15 2 Installation Regulations In the Federal Republic of Germany various national regulations for the installation in explosive areas must be taken into consideration The basis for this forms the working reliability regulation which is the national conversion of the European guideline 99 92 E6 They are complemented by the installation regulation EN 60079 14 The following are excerpts from additional VDE regulations Table 415 VDE Installation Regulations in Germany DIN VDE 0100 Installation in power plants with rated voltages up to 1000 V DIN VDE 0101 Installation
253. e 214 TCP IP interface F5y x Class Attribute Access Name Datatype Description Default ID value 1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 0x0001 2 Get Max Instance UINT Max number of instances 1 0x0001 3 Get Num Instances UINT Number of the current 1 0x0001 instanced connections maco 274 Fieldbus Communication WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Instance 1 Table 215 TCP IP interface F5 Instance 1 Attribute ID Access NV Name Data type Description Default value 1 Get V Status DWORD Interface state 2 Get V _ Configuration DWORD Interface flags for possible 0x00000017 Capability kinds of configuration 3 Set NV Configuration DWORD Specifies how the device gets 0x00000011 Control is TCP IP configuration after the first Power On 4 Get V Physical Link STRUCT Object of Path size UINT Number of 16 Bit words in 0x0002 the following path Path Padded Logical path which points to 0x20 OxF6 EPATH the physical Link object 0x24 0x03 equates to the Ethernet Link Object 5 Set NV Interface STRUCT Configuration of IP Address UDINT IP address 0 Network UDINT Net work mask 0 Mask Gateway UDINT IP address of default gateway 0 Address Name Server UDINT IP address of the primary 0 name of the server Name Server UDINT IP address of the secondary 0
254. e HTML pages saved in the coupler controller The HTML pages provide information about the coupler controller state configuration the network and the process image On some HTML pages programmable fieldbus coupler or controller settings can also be defined and altered via the web based management system e g whether IP configuration of the coupler controller is to be performed via the DHCP protocol the BootP protocol or from the data stored in the EEPROM The HTTP server uses port number 80 12 1 5 3 DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol The fieldbus coupler controller internal HTML page opened via the Port link provides the option to configure the network using the data saved in the EEPROM or via DHCP instead of via the BootP protocol DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol is a further development of BootP and is backwards compatible with BootP Both BOOTP and DHCP assign an IP address to the fieldbus node Client when starting the sequence is the same as for BootP Manual Version 1 4 1 WAEH 210 Fieldbus Communication WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller For configuration of the network parameters via DHCP the fieldbus coupler controller sends a client request to the DHCP server e g on the connected PC A broadcast request is transmitted to Port 67 DHCP server via the protocol that contains the hardware address MAC ID for the fieldbus c
255. e address 1 byte 2 x word address 2 byte 2 x word address 1 DWord address Word address even number 2 or Word address uneven number 2 rounded down 7 3 3 Data Exchange between MODBUS TCP Master and I O Modules Data exchange between the MODBUS TCP Master and the I O modules is conducted using the MODBUS functions implemented in the controller by means of bit by bit or word by word reading and writing routines There are 4 different types of process data in the controller e Input words Output words e Input bits Output bits Access by word to the digital I O modules is carried out in accordance with the following table Table 35 Allocation of digital inputs and outputs to process data words in accordance with the Intel format Digital inputs 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 1716 5 4 3 2 1 outputs Process data Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Sard is i4 i3 i2 1 10 9 8 7le6 5l4 3 2111 0 Boe High byte D1 Low byte DO Output can be read back in by adding an offset of 200hex 0x0200 to the MODBUS address Note Data gt 256 words can be read back by using the cumulative offset All output data greater than 256 words and therefore located in the memory range 0x6000 to 0x62FC can be read back by adding an offset of 1000h x 0x 1000 to the MODBUS address
256. e client does not log in the address is released and can be reassigned to another or the same client The time defined by the administrator is called Lease Time Some DHCP servers also assign IP addresses based on the MAC address i e a client receives the same IP address as before after longer network absence and elapse of the Lease Time unless the IP address has been assigned otherwise in the mean time The DHCP Client assists in the dynamic network configuration of the fieldbus coupler controller by setting the following parameters Table 83 Meaning of the DHCP arameters Parameter Meaning IP address of the client Network address of the fieldbus coupler controller IP address of the router If communication takes place outside the local network the IP address of the router gateway is given in this parameter Subnet mask The subnet mask makes it possible for the fieldbus coupler controller to distinguish which parts of the IP address identify the network and which identify the network stations IP addresses of the DNS server The IP addresses from a maximum of 2 DNS servers can be specified here Lease time The maximum duration i e how long the fieldbus coupler controller maintains the assigned IP address can be defined here The maximum lease time for an ETHERNET controller is 24 8 days This is due to the internal timer resolution Renewing time The renewing time indicate
257. e connected I O modules The fieldbus interface is galvanically separated from the electrical potential of the device via the transducer in 24V 0V q c 24V 24V TTL ov i OV 10 nF FIELDBUS INTERFACE ELECTRONIC i IE 0 750 841 U l Figure 22 Device Supply o Manual WAGO Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Device Description 47 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 4 2 2 Manual Fieldbus Connection Connection to the fieldbus is by one RJ 45 connector The RJ 45 socket on the fieldbus couplers are wired per the 100BaseTX standard The specification for the connecting cable is a twisted pair cable of Category 5 Cables of type SUTP Screened Unshielded Twisted Pair and STP Shielded Twisted Pair with a maximum segment length of 100 meters may be used The RJ 45 socket is physically lower allowing the coupler to fit in an 80 mm high enclosure once connected Table 10 RJ 45 Connector and RJ 45 Connector Configuration View Contact Signal 1 TD Transmit D 2 TD Transmit 3 RD Receive A 4 free p 5 free Figure 23 6 RD Receive RJ 45 Connector 7 free 8 free NOTICE Not for use in telecommunication circuits Only use devices equipped with ETHERNET or RJ 45 connectors in LANs Never connect these devices with telecommunication networks
258. e controller Manual maco Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Manual Version 1 4 1 Table 427 WAGO MIB Versions Group Appendix 383 Identifier Entry Access Description 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 10 1 wioFirmwareIndex R Index of firmware version 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 10 2 wioHardwareIndex R Index of hardware version 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 10 3 wioFwlIndex R Index of software version from firmware loader 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 10 4 wioFirmwareVersion R Complete firmware string maco 384 Appendix 16 2 4 maco WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Real Time Clock Group The real time clock group contains information about the system s real time clock Table 428 WAGO MIB Real Time Clock Group Identifier Entry Access Description 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 11 1 wioRtcDateTime R W Date time of coupler in UTC as string For writing date time use the following string time 11 22 33 date 13 1 2007 Default value time xx xx xx date xx xx xxxx UTC 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 11 2 wioRtcTime Date time of coupler in UTC as integer in seconds from 1970 01 01 Default value 0 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 11 3 wioTimezone Actual time zone of article in hours 12 12 Default value 0 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 11
259. e of an analog output module has 16 bits of measured analog data per channel and 8 bits of control status However the coupler controller with MODBUS TCP does not have access to the 8 control status bits Therefore the coupler controller with MODBUS TCP can only access the 16 bits of analog data per channel which are grouped as words and mapped in Intel format in the Output Process Image When digital output modules are also present in the node the analog output data is always mapped into the Output Process Image in front of the digital data Information E Information to the structure of the Control Status byte For detailed information about the structure of a particular module s control status byte please refer to that module s manual Manuals for each module can be found on the Internet under http www wago com 13 2 4 1 2 Channel Analog Output Modules 750 550 552 554 556 560 562 563 585 and all variations 753 550 552 554 556 Table 339 2 Channel Analog Output Modules Output Process Image Offset Bere ON Description High Byte Low Byte 0 D1 DO Output Value Channel 1 1 D3 D2 Output Value Channel 2 13 2 4 2 4 Channel Analog Output Modules 750 553 555 557 559 753 553 555 557 559 Table 340 4 Channel Analog Output Modules Output Process Image Offset E unaion Description High Byte Low Byte 0 D1 DO Output Value Channel 1 1 D3 D2 Output
260. e that the bit memory is only retentive if you have declared it as such under var retain maco Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Function Description 81 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Fie Edit Project Insert Extras Online windon Help aisle Sloioeieia LEIN 0004 VAR_GLOBAL RETAIN 3 Resources a Bibliothek Standard lib 22 11 04 10 21 12 iMesh_feed_speed AT MyV999 INT 6 Bibliothek SYSLIBCALLBACK LIB 20 4 05 xMesh_holder AT Mx55 14 BOOL j 3 Global Variables i 9 Globale_Variablen 8 wSubtotal WORD Globale_Variablen_Retain RETAIN wAunillary_Flag_Subtotal BOOL Vatiablen_Konfiguration VAR_CONFI A Alarm configuration 12 Compile Context 10 Library Manager END_VAR E Log 8 EV PLC Browser 6 4 G PLC Configuration 0 A Sampling Trace 2 Aie Target Settings 32 ZB Task configuration 3 A R Watch and Recipe Manager 5 SW Workspace 7 Figure 39 Example declaration of remanent flags by var retain This breakdown can be varied see following explanation Note NOVRAM memory allocation can be changed in WAGO I O PRO CAA The breakdown of the NOVRAM can be modified when required in the programming software WAGO I O PRO CAA Register Resources Dialog window Target system settings The start address for the flag area is fixed at 16430000000 The area sizes and the start address for the r
261. e to have a simple access from the respective fieldbus on the fieldbus node The implemented fieldbus specific application protocols these protocols are individual described in the following chapters Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 219 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 3 12 3 1 Manual MODBUS Functions General MODBUS is a manufacturer independent open fieldbus standard for diverse applications in manufacturing and process automation The MODBUS protocol is implemented according to the current Internet Draft of the IETF Internet Engineering Task Force and performs the following functions e Transmission of the process image e Transmission of the fieldbus variables e Transmission of different settings and information on the coupler controller The data transmission in the fieldside takes place via TCP and via UDP The MODBUS TCP protocol is a variation of the MODBUS protocol which was optimized for communication via TCP IP connections This protocol was designed for data exchange in the field level i e for the ex change of I O data in the process image All data packets are sent via a TCP connection with the port number 502 MODBUS TCP segment The general MODBUS TCP header is as follows Table 90 MODBUS TCP header Byte 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 n Identifier Protocol Length field Unit identifier MODBUS Data
262. e transported the IP data packets contain a range of address information and additional information in the packet header Table 72 IP Packet IP Header IP Data The most important information in the IP header is the IP address of the transmitter and the receiver and the transport protocol used IP Addresses To allow communication over the network each fieldbus node requires a 32 bit Internet address IP address Note IP Address must be unique For error free operation the IP address must be unique within the network As shown below there are various address classes with net identification net ID and subscriber identification subscriber ID of varying lengths The net ID defines the network in which the subscriber is located The subscriber ID identifies a particular subscriber within this network Networks are divided into various network classes for addressing purposes e Class A Net ID Byte 1 Host ID Byte 2 Byte 4 Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 203 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Table 73 Network Class A e g 101 16 232 22 01100101 00010000 11101000 00010110 0 Net ID Host ID The highest bit in Class A networks is always 0 This means the highest byte can be in a range of 0 0000000 to 0 1111111 Therefore the address range of a Class A network in the first byte is always bet
263. e with process data Turn off the power supply to the node Replace the n 1 I O module containing process data Turn the power supply on wile The number of light pulses n indicates the position of the I O module T O modules without data are not counted e g supply modules without diagnostics Table 57 Blink code table for the I O LED signaling error code 5 Error code 5 Initialization error internal bus Error Error Description Solution Argument Error in register 9 SESC 1 Turn off the power supply to the node communication n 2 Replace the n 1 I O module containing process data during internal bus initialization 3 Turn the power supply on The number of light pulses n indicates the position of the I O module T O modules without data are not counted e g supply modules without diagnostics Manual Version 1 4 1 WAEH 180 Diagnostics maco WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Table 58 Blink code table for the I O LED signaling error code 6 Error code 6 Fieldbus specific errors Error Error description Solution Argument 1 Turn off the power supply of the node 1 Invalid MACID 2 Exchange fieldbus controller 3 Turn the power supply on again Ethernet Hardware 1 Restart the fieldbus controller by turning the power initialization error Supe yon and o
264. each image Word alignment is applied Table 347 Data Exchange Module Input and Output Process Image Offset Bye ME eian Description High Byte Low Byte 2 RI nt Data bytes 1 D3 D2 SSI Transmitter Interface Modules 750 630 and all variations Note The process image of the 003 000 variants depends on the parameterized operating mode The operating mode of the configurable 003 000 I O module versions can be set Based on the operating mode the process image of these I O modules is then the same as that of the respective version maco 322 I O Modules WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 13 2 5 7 maco The above SSI Transmitter Interface modules have a total of 4 bytes of user data in the Input Process Image which has 2 words mapped into the image Word alignment is applied Table 348 SSI Transmitter Interface Modules Input Process Image Offset E i Description High Byte Low Byte i BI De Data bytes 1 D3 D2 Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750 63 1 000 004 010 011 The above Incremental Encoder Interface modules have 5 bytes of input data and 3 bytes of output data The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image which have 4 words into each image Word alignment is applied Table 349 Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750 63 1 000 004 010 011
265. eared this connection too is automatically cleared The data length of this instance is always zero This instance can only be used in the consumed path from the point of view of the slave device Common Service Table 210 Static assembly instances Common service Service code Service available Service name Description Class Instance OE hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute 10 hex No Yes Set_ Attribute Single Modifies an attribute value The software inspects the writing of attribute 3 of assembly instances 101 102 and 103 If the limit value has been exceeded it is identified and if necessary corrected However a write request is not rejected This means that if less data is received than expected only this data is written If more data is received than expected the received data at the upper limit is deleted In the case of explicit messages however a defined CIP is generated even though the data has been written 12 4 5 7 Port Class F4 nex The Port Class Object specifies the existing CIP ports on the fieldbus coupler coupler There is one instance for each CIP port Instance 0 Class Attributes Table 211 Port class F4 nex Class Attribute ID_ Access Name Data type Description Default value 1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 0x0001 2 Get Max Instance UINT M
266. ectly to WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG maco 18 Important Notes WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 2 2 A maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Safety Advice Precautions For installing and operating purposes of the relevant device to your system the following safety precautions shall be observed Do not work on components while energized All power sources to the device shall be switched off prior to performing any installation repair or maintenance work Installation only in appropriate housings cabinets or in electrical operation rooms The WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 and its components are an open system As such install the system and its components exclusively in appropriate housings cabinets or in electrical operation rooms Allow access to such equipment and fixtures to authorized qualified staff only by means of specific keys or tools NOTICE Replace defective or damaged devices Replace defective or damaged device module e g in the event of deformed contacts since the long term functionality of device module involved can no longer be ensured NOTICE Protect the components against materials having seeping and insulating properties The components are not resistant to materials having seeping and insulating properties such as aerosols silicones and triglycerides found in some hand creams If you cannot exclude that such materials will appear in the component
267. ed o Disable password protection to access the Web interface Webserver and FTP User configuration Entry Default Description User guest Select admin guest or user Password guest Enter password Confirm password Enter password again to confirm The following default groups exist User admin Password wago User guest Password guest User user Password user Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGE 162 Configuring via the Web Based Management System WBM WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Note Renew access after software reset If you initiate a software reset on this page then the fieldbus coupler controller starts with the configurations previously loaded into the EEPROM and the connection to the browser is interrupted If you changed the IP address previously you have to use the changed IP address to access the device from the browser You have have not changed the IP address and performed other settings you can restor the connection by refreshing the browser Manual maco Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Configuring via the Web Based Management System WBM 163 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 10 9 PLC Click the PLC link to access a Web site where you can define the PFC functionality settings for your controller Oua O A poster ern oe B DS Navigation PLC Configuration This page is for the configuration of the PLC The configuratio
268. eeeeseecseeceaeeseneeeaeees 342 13 3 3 1 1 Channel Analog Input Modules cceeccecceeeeeseeeteeeseeeeees 342 13 3 3 2 2 Channel Analog Input Modules ccceeccceseceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 343 13 3 3 3 4 Channel Analog Input Modules ccccecceeseceeeeeeeeeeteeenseeees 343 13 3 4 Analog Output Modules ceicsiscsssstincuntecanen eaiaedenneann eels 344 13 3 4 1 2 Channel Analog Output Modules 0 cccecccescceeeeeeeeneeeeeees 344 13 3 4 2 4 Channel Analog Output Modules cc cc ecccesceseeseceeneeeneees 344 13 3 5 Specialty Mid IES isinipun 345 13 3 5 1 Counter Modules sec tccceseustoraxeaczansernceaas tee oconneaue neuen 345 13 3 5 2 P ls Width Modules seesirsstit soiets taiate 347 13 3 5 3 Serial Interface Modules with alternative Data Format 347 13 3 5 4 Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format 348 Manual Version 1 4 1 10 Table of Contents WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 13 3 5 5 Data Exchange Module iss sicssassscstvcentciadsatesseriaesteasnetuiieadaiamindes 349 13 3 5 6 SSI Transmitter Interface Modules cccecseesseeeteceeeeeeeeeeeees 349 13 3 5 7 Incremental Encoder Interface Modules c cecccesseesseeeteeees 350 13 3 5 8 DC Drive C ntr ll t osasacascenzcancciasdenscanasasiusedsancaeniadccaatesaucspboneiens 352 13 3 5 9 SS Le SEC OT LEON acces psi sesuScnirsancsd essen a R Ee 353 13 3 5 10
269. eenes 262 WAGO specific ClaS ESiisiniren inean iniaa ia 263 Explanation of the table headings in the object descriptions 264 TS O1 her CASS de saeatoccnesennesnewosnssunavbamnesiondsxexatseevuatbatdswonincmne 264 Identity O1 pex Instance 1 a 2e ccssiecessipedacaisigeaieshtheatha Maxedoaieani 265 Identity O1 hex COMMON SCTVICE cceecceesceesseesteceteeeeeeesseeesaeenes 265 Message router 02 pex Class ac essatdonatiuniseussassuisasexeceauiebontiveasnnees 266 Message router 02 pex Instance 1 ooo eee ccssccecsseceensccessseceenseees 266 Message router 02 hex COMMON service 0 eeeeeeeeeseeetseetteeeteeeees 267 402 List of Tables maco Table 197 Table 198 Table 199 Table 200 Table 201 Table 202 Table 203 Table 204 Table 205 Table 206 Table 207 Table 208 Table 209 Table 210 Table 211 Table 212 Table 213 Table 214 Table 215 Table 216 Table 217 Table 218 Table 219 Table 220 Table 221 Table 222 Table 223 Table 224 Table 225 Table 226 Table 227 Table 228 Table 229 Table 230 Table 231 Table 232 Table 233 Table 234 Table 235 Table 236 Table 237 Table 238 Table 239 Table 240 Table 241 Table 242 Table 243 Table 244 Table 245 Table 246 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Assembly Q4 hec ClaSS sicion iaia 267 Overview of static Assembly instances sesee
270. eesessestesessee 134 Figure 58 Dialog window Communication parameters essseseesseseseesee see 138 Figure 59 WBM page Information a ccssciscssaasasecsasssoosaasssecetanssansvesssncvannssaeas 143 Figure 60 WBM page Ethernet vxcaccvicussutvo tannedeetevstiecesbacsacerpbsslinnsaneucantansevncate 145 Figure 61 WBM page PUP ss iedasvasnussecldevennivsiiledasvushunaxtasniwarddoiieceueielatetvansn 147 Figure 62 WBM page Port a ccescuscasdecenensnaeexense ecnnncesntuncntbicesaareecaveuaceenentecnsanrece 149 Fig re 63 WBM page SNMP esssenssreriisres tarred iieis TEE ER EEEE 152 Figure 64 WBM page SNMP V3 ssistsscdssssaictannishceusssssacstarnaciwealandeanmestecempainccss 153 Figure 65 WBM page Watchdog cccsceisccssansssciseesoatessnnszessensscoaneaanessacsancenunes 155 Figure 66 WBM page Clock nsssssssesssssensseesessresseeseessresseserssressesersseessessrssees 158 Figure 67 WBM page Security s ssssssssessseessesresseesesresseeseessesseseresressessresees 161 Fig re 68 WBM page PLG seprene asoraire on a E a R 163 Figure 69 WBM page Features ssnonsseneseeseeseesseesreserssteserssresseserssessessrssees 166 Figure 70 WBM page IO config cccsscessacssnnssscssnsstcsscessanannnevecssnesoatessnndecssnnsses 168 Figure 71 WBM page WebVisu snsaiitsnscyussvpeass ntanstissnseesbietes Redeanstancagttoncste 171 Figure 72 Display Elements two manufacturing variations e eeeeeeeees 172 Figu
271. el Digital Output Module Output Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls DO 8 DO7 DO 6 DO5 DO 4 DO 3 DO 2 DO 1 Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1 Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller I O Modules 13 2 2 7 8 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input 13 2 2 8 Manual Version 1 4 1 Process 750 537 Data 313 The digital output modules have a diagnostic bit for each output channel When an output fault condition occurs 1 e overload short circuit or broken wire a diagnostic bit is set The diagnostic data is mapped into the Input Process Image while the output control bits are in the Output Process Image Table 333 8 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data Input Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit S8 S7 S6 S5 S4 S3 S2 S1 Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1 Diagnostic bit S 0 no Error Diagnostic bit S 1 overload short circuit or broken wire Outp
272. eldbus Communication WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 3 5 6 Constant Registers maco The following registers contain constants which can be used to test communication with the master Table 177 Register address 0x2000 Register address 0x2000 81924cc Value Zero GP_ ZERO Access Read Description Constant with zeros Table 178 Register address 0x2001 Register address 0x2001 8193 dec Value Ones GP ONES Access Read Description Constant with ones e if this is declared as signed int e MAXVALUE if it is declared as unsigned int Table 179 Register address 0x2002 Register address 0x2002 8194 Value 1 2 3 4 GP_1234 Access Read Description This constant value is used to test the Intel Motorola format specifier If the master reads a value of 0x1234 then with Intel format is selected this is the correct format If 0x3412 appears Motorola format is selected Table 180 Register address 0x2003 Register address 0x2003 8195 4 lt Value Mask 1 GP_ AAAA Access Read Description This constant is used to verify that all bits are accessible to the fieldbus master This will be used together with register 0x2004 Table 181 Register address 0x2004 Register address 0x2004 81964cc Value Mask 1 GP_5555 Access Read Description This co
273. em WBM 143 The default start page of the WBM Information contains an overview of all important information about your fieldbus coupler controller Qus autetn dekhe guon Ege Oua O 2 FO Pate sere O Diam hena 1217 amp 107 1 2ywebamer indes o8 waco Navigation Order surnber ra Mac address On Firmware revision 02 15 The 760 841 has a new Target4D 750 841 R was Necessary 90 create a Possible to change the target in the ces under the itom Ta n T the vermon 2385 of W l via the WAGO sup bie to change the te 12 This is possible on Pe page PLC in Phe Figure 59 WBM page Information maco 144 Configuring via the Web Based Management System WBM maco WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Table 39 WBM page Information Coupler details IO configuration Entry Default Value example Description Order number _ 750 841 000 000 750 84 1 000 000 Item number Mac address 0030DEXXXXXX 0030DE021CC8 Hardware MAC address Firmware kk ff bb rr 02 15 04 17 Firmware revision number revision kk compatibility ff functionality bb bugfix rr revision Network details Entry Default Value example Description IP address 192 168 1 1 217 6 107 120 IP address Subnet mask 255 255 255 0 255 255 255 240 Subnet mask Ga
274. entered by identifier High byte low Slave function receiver is always 0 byte address code Information Additional Information The structure of a datagram is specific for the individual function Refer to the descriptions of the MODBUS Function codes For the MODBUS protocol 15 connections are made available over TCP Thus it allows digital and analog output data to be directly read out at a fieldbus node and special functions to be executed by way of simple MODBUS function codes from 15 stations simultaneously For this purpose a set of MODBUS functions from the Open MODBUS TCP specification is realized Version 1 4 1 WAGE 220 Fieldbus Communication WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller More a More information on the Open MODBUS TCP specification you can find in the Internet www modbus org Therefore the MODBUS protocol based essentially on the following basic data types Table 91 Basic data types of MODBUS protocol l Data type Length Description Discrete Inputs 1 Bit Digital inputs Coils 1 Bit Digital outputs Input Register 16 Bit Analog input data Holding Register 16 Bit Analog output data For each basic data type one or more function codes are defined These functions allow digital or analog input and output data and internal variables to be set or directly read out of the fieldbus node Manua
275. environment then install the components in an enclosure being resistant to the above mentioned materials Clean tools and materials are imperative for handling devices modules NOTICE Cleaning only with permitted materials Clean soiled contacts using oil free compressed air or with ethyl alcohol and leather cloths Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Important Notes 19 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller NOTICE Do not use any contact spray Do not use any contact spray The spray may impair contact area functionality in connection with contamination NOTICE Do not reverse the polarity of connection lines Avoid reverse polarity of data and power supply lines as this may damage the devices involved hes NOTICE Avoid electrostatic discharge The devices are equipped with electronic components that you may destroy by electrostatic discharge when you touch Pay attention while handling the devices to good grounding of the environment persons job and packing Manual Version 1 4 1 maco 20 System Description WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 3 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller System Description The WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 is a modular fieldbus independent I O system It is comprised of a fieldbus coupler controller 1 and connected fieldbus modules 2 for any type of signal Together these make up the fieldbus node The end module
276. environments as well as the use of components from different manufacturers in a network Therefore the specifications given here are only intended as recommendations Coupler Modules There are a number of hardware modules that allow for flexible arrangement for setting up an ETHERNET network They also offer important functions some of which are very similar The following table defines and compares these modules and is intended to simplify the correct selection and appropriate application of them Table 65 Comparison of Coupler Modules for Networks Module Characteristics application ISO OSI layer Repeater Amplifier for signal regeneration connection on a physical level 1 Bridge Segmentation of networks to increase the length 2 Switch Multiport bridge meaning each port has a separate bridge function 2 3 Logically separates network segments thereby reducing network traffic Consistent use makes ETHERNET collision free Hub Used to create star topologies supports various transmission media 2 does not prevent any network collisions Router Links two or more data networks 3 Matches topology changes and incompatible packet sizes e g used in industrial and office areas Gateway Links two manufacturer specific networks which use different software 4 7 and hardware i e ETHERNET and Interbus Loop Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 193 750 841 ETHERNET TCP
277. er and I O Modules 88 7 3 4 Data Exchange between PLC Function CPU and I O Modules 89 7 3 5 Data Exchange between Master and PLC Function CPU 90 7 3 5 1 Example of MODBUS TCP Master and PLC Function CPU 90 7 3 6 Application mani le ssessisenssersnensisa niiina n a yes 92 8 Commissioning i dsascekscvdawecsinanenseonanteceuninenuarervendevpatacceasaneansavsuqnsievanaexeancaeans 93 8 1 Connecting Client PC and Fieldbus Nodes ccceesceesseeeseceeeeeeeeeesees 95 8 2 Allocating the IP Address to the Fieldbus Node ccceseeeeseereeeeeeees 95 8 2 1 Assigning IP Address via WAGO ETHERNET Settings 04 95 8 2 2 Assigning IP Address via WAGO BOOTP Servet seeeeeeeeeees 98 8 2 2 1 Not MAC ID crineretean ine L A E 99 8 2 2 2 Determining IP addresses cians aseecavwsaacaustocateadusdersiviesauieeracinnces 100 8 2 2 3 Editing BootP Table osonnsoeseeeseesseseessessessreseessesseesresseeseesenssee 101 8 2 2 4 Activating BOOtP sesvssscsusencsdadensssacosssensdacecbacpontestalasssunteieasemes 103 8 2 2 5 Disabling BOOtP rsisi AA eR 104 8 2 2 6 Reasons for Failed IP Address Assignment ccceseeeeeeees 108 8 3 Testing the Function of the Fieldbus Node ccceeseeeseeeseeeseeeteeees 109 8 4 Preparing the Flash File SyStetssiissiscessavsasaisassassiavaasseossaseraonseiedeBbaces 111 8 5 Synchronizing the Real Time Clock 2 jscsescsesyestcssavntesascvenvsuarsnsdiaanoreaes 1
278. er is switched on the controller is initialized The fieldbus controller determines the I O module configuration and creates a process image During startup the I O LED red will flash After a brief period the I O LED lights up green indicating that the fieldbus controller is operational If an error occurs during start up indicated by the I O LED flashing red evaluate the error code and argument and resolve the error Information More information about LED signaling The exact description for evaluating the LED signal displayed is available in the section Diagnostics LED Signaling 4 Start the WAGO Ethernet Settings program 5 Select the Real time Clock tab 114 Commissioning WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 6 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 5 WAGO Ethernet Settings 4 oy x WAGO Ethernet Settings _ oase maca 4 3 8 8 E A Exit Bead Write Restat Defadt Extract Format COMI Common TCP IP Real Time Clock Timezone and daylight saving time included UTC 01 00 s T utc 01 00 utc 08 26 19 Manes Synchronize Click this button to synchronize the UTC and the time zone of the connected device with the UTC and time zone of your computer Figure 51 Example of real time clock synchronization in ETHERNET Settings Click on the Synchronize button with the clock icon Synchronize the real time clock using the Web based Management
279. er supports SNMP in versions 1 2c and 3 The SNMP of the ETHERNET TCP IP controller includes the general MIB according to RFC 1213 MIB II In addition a special WAGO MIB is integrated SNMP is processed via port 161 The port number for SNMP traps agent messages is 162 Note Enable port 161 and 162 to use SNMP Enable ports 161 and 162 in the WBM in menu port so that the fieldbus coupler controller can be reached via SNMP The port numbers cannot be modified Note Modify parameter via WBM or SNMP objects However parameters that can be set on the html pages can also be changed directly by the appropriate SNMP objects Information Additional Information Additional information for SNMP the Management Information Base MIB and traps event messages via SNMP may be obtained from chapter Fieldbus communications gt Communications protocols gt SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Note that the settings for SNMPV1 V2c and SNMPV3 are separate from each other The different SNMP versions can be activated or used in parallel or individually on a fieldbus controller Version 1 4 1 WAEH 152 Configuring via the Web Based Management System WBM WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 10 5 1 SNMP V1 V2c The SNMP version 1 2c represents a community message exchange The community name of the network community must thereby be specified Qae Beabete
280. ers controllers and I O modules found in the modular WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 receive digital and analog signals from sensors and transmit them to the actuators or higher level control systems Using programmable controllers the signals can also be pre processed The components have been developed for use in an environment that meets the IP20 protection class criteria Protection against finger injury and solid impurities up to 12 5 mm diameter is assured protection against water damage is not ensured Unless otherwise specified operation of the components in wet and dusty environments is prohibited Appropriate housing per 94 9 EG is required when operating the WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 in hazardous environments Please note that a prototype test certificate must be obtained that confirms the correct installation of the system in a housing or switch cabinet Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Important Notes 17 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 2 1 4 Manual Version 1 4 1 Technical Condition of Specified Devices The components to be supplied Ex Works are equipped with hardware and software configurations which meet the individual application requirements WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG will be exempted from any liability in case of changes in hardware or software as well as to non compliant usage of components Please send your request for modified and new hardware or software configurations dir
281. ersion 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 13 3 2 8 13 3 2 9 I O Modules 341 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 16 Channel Digital Output Modules 750 1500 1501 1504 1505 Table 380 16 Channel Digital Output Modules Output Process Image Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls DO 16 DO 15 DO 14 DO 13 DO 12 DO 11 DO 10 DO9 DO8 DO7 DOS DOS DO4 DO3 DO2 DO1 Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 1 The output modules seize 16 Instances in Class 0x66 8 Channel Digital Input Output Modules 750 1502 1506 Table 381 8 Channel Digital Input Output Modules Input Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit DI8 DI7 DI6 DI5 DI4 DI3 DI2 DI 1 Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1 The input output modules seize 8 Instances in Class 0x65 Output Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit
282. ersion 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Commissioning 99 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 8 2 2 1 Manual Note MAC ID 1 Write down the controller s MAC address see label or peel off strip If the fieldbus is already installed turn off the operating voltage of the fieldbus controller then take the fieldbus controller out of the assembly of your fieldbus node and note the MAC ID of your fieldbus controller The MAC ID is applied to the back of the fieldbus controller or on the self adhesive peel off strip on the side of the fieldbus controller MAC ID of the fieldbus controller OU lt S07DE z 2 Plug the fieldbus controller into the assembly of the fieldbus node 3 Use the fieldbus cable to connect the fieldbus connection of your mechanically and electrically assembled fieldbus node to an open interface on your computer The client PC must be equipped with a network card for this connection The controller transfer rate then depends on the network card of your client PC Note Use a cross over cable for direct connections to the PC If the fieldbus node is connected directly to the client PC you will require a crossover cable instead of a parallel cable 4 Start the client that assumes the function of the master and BootP server 5 Switch on the power at the controller DC 24 V power supply unit After the power is switched on the controller is initialized The fieldbus contro
283. erview of static Assembly instances Table 198 Overview of static Assembly instances Instance Description Instance 101 65 hex For analog and digital output data as well as fieldbus input variables Instance102 66 nex For digital output data and fieldbus input variables Instance 103 67 hex For analog output data and fieldbus input variables Instance 104 68 hex For analog and digital intput data status and fieldbus output variables Instance 105 69 nex For digital input data status and fieldbus output variables Instance 106 6A tex For analog input data status and fieldbus output variables Instance 107 6B hex For digital and analog input data and fieldbus output variables Instance 108 6C hex For digital input data and fieldbus output variables Instance109 6D hex For analog input data and fieldbus output variables Instance 110 6E nex For fieldbus output variables Instance 111 6F nex For fieldbus intput variables Instance 101 65 hex This assembly instance contains analog and digital output data Any fieldbus input variables that may be defined are attached behind this Version 1 4 1 maco 268 Fieldbus Communication maco WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Table 199 Static assembly instances Instance 101 65 hex Attribute I
284. esseese 233 Table 118 Response of Function code FC15 ccsiiscscccsasvundecivenecteanieedcesebeaavertiens 233 Table 119 Exception of Function code FC15 cccceceeeseeeseeeseeeeteceeeeeeeeeeseees 234 Table 120 Request of Function code PC1G s ccscsissccsstssscscsareesestsrccscsasrsccvseseeess 235 Table 121 Response of Function code FC16 ccecccccescceseeeeeeeseecseceseeeeeeennees 235 Table 122 Exception of Function code FC16 0 ccccecccesseeeseeeseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeseees 235 Table 123 Request of Function code PC 22 25 sccscsivccaiassdecssceenciassiesiccambeandeleas 236 Table 124 Response of Function code FC22 ceecccccescceeseeeseeesseeeeceseeeeeeenaees 236 Table 125 Exception of Function code FC22 sccssccssssssccsessessccsesessotsssetenses 236 Table 126 Request of Function code C23 ys csasivaniateiasicacsteniscasteceatvindaeatians 237 Table 127 Response of Function code FC23 w ecececcceeseesseceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeens 237 Table 128 Exception of Function code FC23 esssssssesesessessessresresseesrssresseesee 237 Table 129 Register word access reading with FC3 FC4 and FC23 239 Table 130 Register word access writing with FC6 FC16 FC22 and FC23 240 Table 131 Bit access reading with FC1 and FC2 ccsssveecsssccessissnedetenettzantsagnianes 241 Table 132 Bit access writing with FCS and FC15 0 c ce ceeeeseeseeeteeeteeeeees 241 Table 133 MODBUS regist rS cs ciivasatussicevucesvetsu tiitrid
285. esseesesseesseeseese 146 Table41 WBM pages TCP IP ieii EEEE 147 Table 42 WBM page Pott reierinenersteniere iE LAEE E 150 Table 43 WBM page SNMP ssssssssssesssesssesesssessrserssressessrssressessrssressessrssresseest 152 Table 44 WBM page Watchdog ccccescceeseeeseeesseceeceeeeeeeeeeseeceaeeneeseeeenseees 156 Table Ass WBM page Clock arirersenersresroraniio tei a R 159 Table 46 WBM page SeCULIty swcsssccisssssscesassescnsaisnccannssacebasseccwsaisnecannssacasapaancess 161 Manual maco Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 List of Tables 399 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Table 47 Table 48 Table 49 Table 50 Table 51 Table 52 Table 53 Table 54 Table 55 Table 56 Table 57 Table 58 Table 59 Table 60 Table 61 Table 62 Table 63 Table 64 Table 65 Table 66 Table 67 Table 68 Table 69 Table 70 Table 71 Table 72 Table 73 Table 74 Table 75 Table 76 Table 77 Table 78 Table 79 Table 80 Table 81 Table 82 Table 83 Table 84 Table 85 Table 86 Table 87 Table 88 Table 89 Table 90 Table 91 Table 92 Table 93 Table 94 Table 95 Table 96 Manual Version 1 4 1 WBM page PLO siccisscssetssicsanctsaciintelnctatessohantesoasnon N S 164 WBM page Security s seesessseessessessresseesresseeserserssesseserssressessrssees 167 WBM page I O configuration ss sesesesssesesseesseserssresseserssresseserssens 169 LED ass
286. esses of other nodes in bootptap txt For addressing additional fieldbus nodes enter a similar text line for each node with your own specific data 8 9 In the menu File select the menu item Save to store the changed settings in the bootptab txt file Close the editor Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Commissioning 103 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 8 2 2 4 Activating BootP 1 On your PC go to Start and select the menu item Programs WAGO Software WAGO BootP Server 2 Click on WAGO BootP server to open the dialog window 3 Click on Start in the dialog window that then appears This activates the query response mechanism of the BOOTP protocol A number of messages is then output at the BootP server Error messages indicate that some services such as Port 67 Port 68 are not defined in the operating system faq WAGO BoolP Server version 1 0 0 Erit 7 E G Info reading C Programme WAGO Software wWAGO BootP Serversbootptab tst n Q Info read 2 entries 2 hosts from C Programme WAGO Software WAGO BootP Se Stop x Error udp bootps unknown service assuming port 67 x Error udp bootpe unknown service assuming port 68 Edit Egotptan Info recyd pkt from IP addr 192 192 1 34 z G Info request from Ethernet address 00 C0 EB 00 41 83 set ad Note unknown client Ethernet address 00 C0 EB 00 41 83 Figure 46 Dialog window fo
287. et IP PROFINET SERCOS III or other In addition to the ETHERNET standard and the fieldbus specific application protocol there are also other communications protocols important for reliable communication and data transmission and other related protocols for configuring and diagnosing the system implemented in the WAGO fieldbus coupler controller based on ETHERNET These protocols are explained in more detail in the other sections General ETHERNET Information ETHERNET is a technology which has been proven and established as an effective means of data transmission in the field of information technology and office communication Within a short time ETHERNET has also made a successful breakthrough in the area of private PC networks throughout the world This technology was developed in 1972 by Dr Robert M Metcalfe David R Boggs Charles Thacker Butler W Lampson and Xerox Stanford Ct Standardization IEEE 802 3 took place in 1983 ETHERNET predominantly uses coaxial cables or twisted pair cables as a transmission medium Connection to ETHERNET often already existing in networks LAN Internet is easy and the data exchange at a transmission rate of 10 Mbps or for some couplers controllers also 100 Mbps is very fast ETHERNET has been equipped with higher level communication software in addition to standard IEEE 802 3 such as TCP IP Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol to allow communication between different sys
288. etain memory can be varied We do recommend keeping the standard settings however in order to avoid any overlapping of the areas In these default settings the size of the flag area is set at 16 2000 followed by the retain memory with the start address 16 30002000 and the size 16 4000 7 3 2 Addressing Module inputs and outputs in a controller are addressed internally as soon as hey are started The order in which the connected modules are addressed depends on the type of module that is connected input module output module The process image is formed from these addresses The physical arrangement of the I O modules in the fieldbus node is arbitrary Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGE 82 Function Description WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 7 3 2 1 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Note Use various options for addressing the bus terminals Connected modules in more detail It is essential that you understand these correlations in order to conduct conventional addressing by counting The WAGO I O Configurator is also available as a further addressing option The Configurator can assist you in addressing and protocol assignment for the connected modules You must select the connected modules in the I O Configurator the software then takes care of correct addressing see following Figure Hardwere cont purer J KBapn F enpsoee 5 1750 0504 4 DO 20V DC O SAV
289. evel Figure 3 Isolation for Standard Couplers Controllers and extended ECO Couplers Note Ensure protective conductor function is present via ring feeding if required Pay attention that the ground wire connection must be present in each group In order that all protective conductor functions are maintained under all circumstances it is recommended that a ground wire be connected at the beginning and the end of a potential group ring format please see chapter Grounding gt Grounding Protection Ring Feeding Thus if a bus module comes loose from a composite during servicing then the protective conductor connection is still guaranteed for all connected field devices When you use a joint power supply unit for the 24 V system supply and the 24 V field supply the electrical isolation between the internal bus and the field level is eliminated for the potential group Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 System Description 25 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 3 6 2 3 6 2 1 Manual Version 1 4 1 System Supply Connection The WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 requires a 24 V direct current system supply 15 or 20 The power supply is provided via the coupler controller and if necessary in addition via the internal system supply modules 750 613 The voltage supply is reverse voltage protected NOTICE Do not use an incorrect voltage frequency The use of an incorrect supply v
290. ever you can also load web pages you have created yourself into the couplers controllers which have an internal file system using FTP Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 187 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 1 1 Network Architecture Principles and Regulations A simple ETHERNET network is designed on the basis of one PC with a network interface card NI one crossover connection cable if necessary one ETHERNET fieldbus node and one 24 V DC power supply for the coupler controller voltage source Each fieldbus node consists of a programmable fieldbus coupler or controller and a number of needed I O modules Sensors and actuators are connected to the digital or analog I O modules on the field side These are used for process signal acquisition or signal output to the process respectively The WAGO ETHERNET TCP IP fieldbus node does not require any additional master components other than a PC with a network card So the fieldbus node can be easily connected to local or global networks using the fieldbus connection Other networking components such as hubs switches or repeaters can also be used The use of ETHERNET as a fieldbus allows continuous data transmission between the plant floor and the office Connection of the ETHERNET TCP IP fieldbus node to the Internet even enables industrial processing data for all types of applications to be called up world wide This makes
291. ex Class 298 Table 299 Input Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 A7 hex Instance 256 298 Table 300 Input Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 A7 hex Common service Sass ais ahaha A E 298 Table 301 Output fieldbus variable UINT A8 hex Class ceeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 299 Table 302 Output fieldbus variable UINT A8 hex Instance 1 255 0 299 Table 303 Output fieldbus variable UINT A8 nex Common service 299 Table 304 Output Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 A9 hex Class 300 Table 305 Output Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 A9 hex Instance 256300 Table 306 Output Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 A9 hex Common SE HS EE E A AT E E S 300 Table 307 Input fieldbus variable UDINT AA hex Class eeeeceeeceereeneees 301 Table 308 Input fieldbus variable UDINT AA hex Instance 1 128 301 Table 309 Input fieldbus variable UDINT AA nex Common service 301 Table 310 Input Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset AB nex Class 0 302 Table 311 Input Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset AB nex Instance 1 128 302 Table 312 Input Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset AB nex Common service302 Table 313 Input fieldbus variable UDINT AA hex Class ecceeeseeeteeeteeeeees 303 Table 314 Input fieldbus variable UDINT AA nex Instance 1 128 0 000 000 303 Table 315 Input fieldbus variable U
292. f the cycle If a loop is programmed within the PFC program the PFC runtime and the PFC cycle time will be extended accordingly The inputs outputs and timer values are not updated while the PFC program is being processed Updating is performed only as defined at the end of the PFC program As a result it is not possible to wait on an event from the process or a set period to expire while a loop is in progress Version 1 4 1 maco 72 Function Description WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Switching on the supply voltage Is a PLC program in the ile system O LED is blinking orange PLC program load from the internal File system Determination of the I O modules and the configuration y Initialization of the system VO LED is blinking red Operating mode SIOP PLC cycle Reading inputs outputs and times PLC program in the RAM is processed VO LED is shining l green Writing outputs Aaa Operating system functions updating times i 7 STOP Operating mode Figure 35 Run up of the Controller maco Determination of the I O modules and the configuration Variables are set to 0 or FALSE or to their initial value flags remain in the same status F Yes operating mode switch is in the top position or start command in WAGO IO PRO CAA On
293. ff the power supply of the node 1 2 Reduce number of Gateway modules Gateway modules exceeded f 3 Turn the power supply on again 1 Turn off the power supply of the node Maximum size of Mailbox 2 Reduce the Mailbox size 2 exceeded 3 Turn the power supply on again Maximum size of process 1 Turn off the power supply of the node 3 image exceeded due to the 2 Reduce the data width of the Gateway modules put Gateway modules 3 Turn the power supply on again The number of blink pulses n indicates the position of the I O module T O modules without data are not counted e g supply module without diagnosis Manual Version 1 4 1 maco 182 Diagnostics 11 1 2 1 11 1 3 maco USR LED WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller The bottom indicator LED USR is provided for visual output of information Control of the LED from the application program is conducted using the functions from the WAGO I O PRO library Visual lib Evaluating Power Supply Status The power supply unit of the device has two green LEDs that indicate the status of the power supply LED A indicates the 24 V supply of the coupler LED B or C reports the power available on the power jumper contacts for field side power Table 62 Power supply status diagnostics solution in event of error LED Status Meaning Solution A Green Operating vo
294. fic multicast address every station physically receives every packet The resolution of IP address to Ethernet address is solved by the use of algorithms IP multicast addresses are embedded in Ethernet multicast addresses TCP Transmission Control Protocol As the layer above the Internet protocol TCP Transmission Control Protocol guarantees the secure transport of data through the network TCP enables two subscribers to establish a connection for the duration of the data transmission Communication takes place in full duplex mode i e transmission between two subscribers in both directions simultaneously TCP provides the transmitted message with a 16 bit checksum and each data packet with a sequence number The receiver checks that the packet has been correctly received on the basis of the checksum and then sets off the sequence number The result is known as the acknowledgement number and is returned with the next self sent packet as an acknowledgement This ensures that the lost TCP packets are detected and resent if necessary in the correct sequence TCP Data Packet Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 207 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller The packet header of a TCP data packet is comprised of at least 20 bytes and contains among others the application port number of the transmitter and the receiver the sequence number and the acknowledgement number The res
295. fieldbus Yoo cs N memory area master foreiuutets Js A Pa rN word D output ee modules word 255 vA d 256 MODBUS 0o oo oo PFC OUT variables word 511 l word 512 o output J modules word 1275 d 1276 Ethernet PFC OUT variables word 1531 Figure 38 Memory areas and data exchange The controller process image contains the physical data for the bus modules These have a value of 0 255 and word 512 1275 The input module data can be read by the CPU and by the fieldbus side Likewise data can be written to the output modules from the CPU and the fieldbus side The MODBUS PFC variables are stored in each of the memory areas for word 256 511 between these sides Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGE 80 Function Description WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller The MODBUS PFC input variables are written to the input memory area from the fieldbus side and read in by the CPU for processing The variables processed by the CPU using the IEC 61131 3 program are places in the output memory area where they can be read out by the master The memory area for word 1276 1531 for the Ethernet IP PFC variables is adjacent to the physical I O module data The subsequent memory area starting from word 1532 is reserved for future protocol expansion and other PFC variables In addition all output data is mirrored in the ETHE
296. figuration Protocol 209 12 1 5 4 DNS Domain Name Systems sccs iccacccsissescsesteccdtnnicesiatanwnens 212 12 1 5 5 SNTP Client Simple Network Time Protocol 0 00 0 eee 212 12 1 5 6 FTP Server File Transfer Prowl cisecvsscssasanteasevsancsisioveviensouse 212 12 2 SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol ss sssssnesseseseseesseseee 214 12 2 1 MIB II Description fo vacees acesessdaee cans Geconeanestonebed secs aurnncdeeatcacneanaeaseers 215 12 2 2 Description of the WAGO MIB sisesssuvcnssvusvssscsaesiesestainsenssveseswontes 216 12 2 3 TRAPS asassnacatdesiiewsasansicaiossdudubsanceiuaramavesbaaccanasanedapalancetassanetealanccasmnpaces 217 12 2 4 Application Protocols oss ccaccavadaeeciaavextaxcnsengenpnmelersanceeoinenstuasrealiacstnrees 218 12 3 MODBUS FUNGOS sersa en A EAE E 219 12 3 1 ET e l A E P E EEA 219 12 3 2 Use of the MODBUS FiUm ci Ons issscsesscecsstsessecssdoenetouteousadissadueavuesee 222 12 3 3 Description of the MODBUS Functions s ssssesseseeeesseeseesesseseeseesee 223 12 3 3 1 Function Code FC1 Read Coils cccccccsscecsssceessseeesseeeesseeees 224 12 3 3 2 Function Code FC2 Read Input Discretes eceeseeeeeeee 226 12 3 3 3 Function Code FC3 Read Multiple Registers ceeeeeeeeee 228 12 3 3 4 Function Code FC4 Read Input Registers cceeeeseeeteeees 229 12 3 3 5 Function Code FCS Write Coil iicicssassdecassstadisseindaoesaveaacsveneiorns 230 Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO
297. for notification Notification SNMPv3 traps with SNMPv3 user ReceiverIP Default value 00000000 h 16 2 13 Snmp Trap String Group maco The Snmp trap string group contains strings that are attached to the manufacturer specific traps Table 437 WAGO MIB Snmp Trap String Group Identifier Entry Access Description 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 4 1 wioTrapKbus R W String for 1st SNMP trap Error Default value Kbus Error 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 4 2 wioTrapPlcStart R W String for 2nd SNMP trap Default value Plc Start 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 4 3 wioTrapPlcStop R W String for 3rd SNMP trap Default value Plc Stop 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 4 4 wioTrapPlec R W String for 4th SNMP trap Reset Default value Plc Reset 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 4 5 wioTrapPlcSoft R W String for 5th SNMP trap wareWatchdog Default value Plc Software Watchdog 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 4 6 wioTrapPlc R W String for 6th SNMP trap DivideByZero Default value Plc Divide By Zero 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 4 7 wioTrapPlc R W String for 7th SNMP trap OnlineChange Default value Plc Online Change 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 4 8 wioTrapPlec R W String for 8th SNMP trap Download Default value Plc Download Programm 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 4 9 wioTrapPlec R W String for 9th SNMP trap Login Default valu
298. function CPU of the PFC and the I O TPA VOR AE AE E A et elenaneninaanes 89 Figure 43 Example of addressing for a fieldbus node eeeeeeeseeseereeeeeeeeeee 92 Figure 44 Setting IP addresses in WAGO ETHERNET Settings 0 0 0 eee 97 Fig r 43 BootP table nssr tenressa iisi ee R Can RA 101 Figure 46 Dialog window for the WAGO BootP server with messages 103 Figure 47 Setting IP addresses in WAGO ETHERNET Settings 0 0 0 eee 105 Figure 48 WBM page Information scscosscvasessaiwadvadiansndisounsaciarsourennnaiedasannevie 106 Figure 49 WBM page Port saiccantvescensssscctaasiuccsnnindecanneancagndisiccanasbecamsiacausdesinves 107 Figure 50 Example for the Function test of a Fieldbus Node ces eeeeeeeeees 109 Figure 51 Example of real time clock synchronization in ETHERNET Settings eaa AE eE Ran ES SA EERS ARTESA OENES E EEE A EEE EA EEEa E NAA EE E REEE EE SEAE 114 Figure 52 Dialog window for target system SettingS cccccsseeeseceeeeeeeeeeeees 117 Abbildung 53 Write access via module parameters cccceseeseeseeeeeeeeeneeeaee 121 Figure 54 EA config xml sssssessesseessesssseesseesssresseestesrssteseesstessesnresressessrssees 122 Figure 55 Watchdog runtime is less than the task runtime s sssssssseseseeseesee 131 Figure 56 Watchdog runtime is greater than the task call interval 131 Figure 57 System events ssss sesssssesessseseesessestestsstsressesststtstssrserstes
299. function reads the contents of holding registers from a slave device in word format Request The request specifies the reference number start register and the word count register quantity of the registers to be read The reference number of the request is zero based therefore the first register starts at address 0 Example Read registers 0 and 1 Table 102 Request of Function code FC3 Byte Field name Example Byte 0 1 Transaction identifier 0x0000 Byte 2 3 Protocol identifier 0x0000 Byte 4 5 Length field 0x0006 Byte 6 Unit identifier 0x01 not used Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x03 Byte 8 9 Reference number 0x0000 Byte 10 11 Word count 0x0002 Response The reply register data is packed as 2 bytes per register The first byte contains the higher value bits the second the lower values Table 103 Response of Function code FC3 Byte Field name Example Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x03 Byte 8 Byte count 0x04 Byte 9 10 Value register 0 0x1234 Byte 11 12 Value register 1 0x2345 The contents of register 0 are displayed by the value 0x1234 and the contents of register 1 is 0x2345 Exception Table 104 Exception of Function code FC3 Byte Field name Example Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x83 Byte 8 Exception code 0x01 or 0x02 Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fie
300. g the LED signal displayed is available in the section Diagnostics LED Signaling Error codes and error arguments are indicated by the frequency of a LED flash sequence For example Error code 6 followed by error argument 4 is indicated by the I O LED after controller start up with 6 red error code flashes followed by four red flashes of the error argument This indicates that an IP address has not yet been assigned 4 3 Manual Version 1 4 1 Start WAGO ETHERNET Settings program Click on Read to read in and identify the connected fieldbus node Select the TCP IP tab ES WAGO Ethernet Settings 4 Sj x RE WAGO Ethernet Settings ware y Version 4 5 2 4 9 AA A INNOVATIVE CONNEC TIONS Exit Read Write Restart Default i gt ie Extract Format COM1 Common TCP IP Real Time Clock O Addresses from BootP Server X Use following addresses IP Address 192 168 1 5 Call WBM Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway E We E PreferedDNS Server OF O QO O Alternative DNS Server Ee Dine a al Connected device successfully identified O000000000 Figure 47 Setting IP addresses in WAGO ETHERNET Settings To assign a fixed address select the Use following addresses option for address assignment BootP is the default Click on the Write button to apply the address in the fieldbus node You can
301. ge via ETHERNET green f taking place ff No data exchange via ETHERNET Manual Version 1 4 1 WAH 174 Diagnostics 11 1 2 maco WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Evaluating Node Status I O LED Blink Code Table The communication status between fieldbus coupler controller is indicated by the T O LED Table 52 Node status diagnostics solution in event of error LED Status Meaning Solution VO green The fieldbus node is operating correctly Normal operation orange The internal data bus is initialized 1 2 se _ flashing _ conds of rapid flashing indicate start up red Controller hardware defect Replace the fieldbus coupler controller red General internal bus error Note the following blinking sequence flashing Uptoiitecaiecesive bining Evaluate the blinking sequences based red SA on the following blink code table sequences indicate internal data bus hres oe cyclical The blinking indicates an error message errors There are short intervals between f flashing comprised of an error code and error the sequences argument off No data cycle on the internal bus The fieldbus coupler controller supply is off Device boot up occurs after turning on the power supply The I O LED is orange After a trouble free start up the I O LED is green In the event of an error the I O LED continues to blink red Blink c
302. gram is stopped 2 Now activate this function by placing a check mark in the control box then all outputs are set to zero if this function is not activated the outputs remain at the last current value Manual Version 1 4 1 maco 52 Device Description WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller maco Note Mode selector switch position is negligible in software start stop The position of the mode selector switch is not important when starting or stopping the PFC application from WAGO I O PRO CAA One of the following functions is active depending in which of the three static n positions top center or bottom the switch is located at a power on or in a hardware or software reset Table 1 Mode selector switch positions static positions at Power On reset Positions of the mode selector switch Function Top position RUN activate program processing Boot project if available is started Center position STOP stop program processing PFC application is stopped Down position The Bootstraploader is started on the service interface after a Power On Reset The controller performs the following functions if a position change of the switch is performed during the current operation Table 2 Mode selector switch positions dynamic positions during the current operation Position change of the mode se
303. gs Data Address width 0 0 0 8 1 0 1 8 12287 0 12287 8 12288 0 12288 8 0 7 0 15 1 7 1 15 12287 7 12287 15 12288 7 12288 15 Byte 0 1 2 3 24572 24573 24574 24575 Word 0 1 12287 12288 DWord 0 6144 IEC 61131 3 Overview of Address Areas Table 32 IEC 61131 3 address areas Address area MODBUS PLC Description Access Access phys inputs read read Physical inputs YIWO0 IW255 und IW512 ITW1275 phys outputs read write read write Physical outputs QWO0 QW255 und QW512 QW1275 MODBUS TCP read write read Volatile PLC input variables PFC IN variables IW256 IW511 MODBUS TCP read read write Volatile PLC output variables PFC OUT variables QW256 QWS511 Ethernet IP read Volatile PLC input variables PFC IN variables Y IW1276 IW1531 Ethernet IP read write Volatile PLC output variables PFC OUT variables QW1276 QW1531 Configuration register read write see Section MODBUS Functions gt MODBUS Registers gt Configuration Registers Firmware register read see Section MODBUS Functions gt MODBUS Registers gt Firmware Information Registers Retain variables read write read write Remanent memory MWO0 MW 12288 7 3 2 3 Absolute Addressing Direct presentation of individual memory cells absolute addresses based on IEC 61131 3 is performed using character strings Manual Version 1 4 1 maco 86 Function Description WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750
304. h DHCP client address is saved temporarily in the server database In addition DHCP clients do not require a system restart to rebind or renew configuration with the DHCP server Instead clients automatically enter a rebinding state at set timed intervals to renew their leased address allocation with the DHCP server This process occurs in the background and is transparent to the user There are three different operating modes for a DHCP server e Manual assignment In this mode the IP addresses are permanently assigned on the DHCP server to specific MAC addresses The addresses are assigned to the MAC address for an indefinite period Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 211 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Manual assignments are used primarily to ensure that the DHCP client can be reached under a fixed IP address Automatic assignment For automatic assignment a range of IP addresses is assigned on the DHCP server If the address was assigned from this range once to a DHCP client then it belongs to the client for an indefinite period as the assigned IP address is also bound to the MAC address Dynamic assignment This process is similar to automatic assignment but the DHCP server has a statement in its configuration file that specifies how long a certain IP address may be leased to a client before the client must log into the server again and request an extension If th
305. he control status byte always lies in the low byte for the fieldbus coupler controller with Ethernet IP Information Information to the structure of the Control Status byte For detailed information about the structure of a particular module s control status byte please refer to that module s manual Manuals for each module can be found on the Internet under http www wago com The Specialty Modules represent as analog modules For this the process input data of the Specialty Modules seize one Instance per channel in the Analog Input Point Object Class 0x67 and the process output data seize one Instance seize one Instance in the Analog Input Point Object Class 0x67 per channel in the Analog Output Point Object Class 0x68 Counter Modules 750 404 and all variations except of 000 005 753 404 and variation 000 003 The above Counter Modules have a total of 5 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image 4 bytes of counter data and 1 byte of control status The counter value is supplied as 32 bits The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image which has a total of 3 words mapped into each image Word alignment is applied Table 387 Counter Modules 750 404 and all variations except of 000 005 753 404 and variation 000 003 Input Process Image Instance Bye Menya non Description High Byte Low Byte S Status byte n 2l 4 Counter value D3 D2
306. he following sections on the other hand contain important information about creating projects in WAGO I O PRO CAA and about special modules that you can use explicitly for programming of the ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Explanations are also provided as to how the IEC 61131 3 program is transferred and how suitable communication drivers are loaded Information Additional Information For a detailed description of using the software refer to the manual for the WAGO I O PRO CAA This manual is located at http www wago com under Documentation gt WAGO I O SYSTEM 759 gt WAGO I O PRO gt 759 333 1 Start the programming tool at Start Programs WAGO I O PRO and WAGO I O PRO CAA 2 Under File New create a new project A dialog window then appears on which you can set the target system for programming Target Settings Configuration None ha WAGO 750 841 Figure 52 Dialog window for target system settings Version 1 4 1 WwAco 118 Programming the PFC using WAGO I O PRO CAA WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 3 Select the 750 841 fieldbus controller by entering WAGO_750 841 and then click OK 4 Inthe dialog window that appears select the program type AWL KOP FUP AS ST or CFC To ensure that you can access all I O module data properly in your new project first compile the I O module configuration based on the existing fieldbus n
307. he requested bits are packed into the data field A binary 1 corresponds to the ON status and a 0 the OFF status The lowest value bit of the first data byte contains the first bit of the inquiry The others follow in an ascending order If the number of inputs is not a multiple of 8 the remaining bits of the last data byte are filled with zeroes truncated Table 99 Response of Function code FC2 Byte Field name Example Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x02 Byte 8 Byte count 0x01 Byte 9 Bit values 0x12 The status of the inputs 7 to 0 is shown as a byte value 0x12 or binary 0001 0010 Input 7 is the bit having the highest significance of this byte and input 0 the lowest value The assignment is thus made from 7 to 0 as follows Table 100 Assignment of inputs OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF Bit 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 Coil 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 o Manual WAGE Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 227 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Exception Table 101 Exception of Function code FC2 Byte Field name Example Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x82 Byte 8 Exception code 0x01 or 0x02 Manual Version 1 4 1 maco 228 Fieldbus Communication 12 3 3 3 maco WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Function Code FC3 Read Multiple Registers This
308. ible due to the reasons mentioned above For planning support please use the application notes published online for relevant projects featuring the capability of Web visualization This information is located at http www wago com Manual Version 1 4 1 maco 128 Programming the PFC using WAGO I O PRO CAA WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Note Note the maximum number of write cycles of the EEPROM Fieldbus couplers controllers save some information such as IP addresses and IP parameters in the EEPROM to make it available after a restart The memory cycles of an EEPROM are generally limited Beyond a limit of approx 1 million write cycles memory can no longer be assured A defective EEPROM only becomes apparent after a restart by software reset or power on Due to a bad checksum the fieldbus coupler controller then always starts with the default parameters The following functions use the EEPROM e WAGO I O PRO CAA e WagoLibDaylightSaving SetDaylightSavings e EthernetLib SetNetworkConfig SetVariables e MODBUS e Register 0x1035 Time Offset e Register 0x100B Watchdog parameters e Register 0x1028 Network configuration e Register 0x1036 Daylight saving e Register 0x1037 Modbus response delay e Register 0x2035 PI parameter e Register 0x2043 Default configuration Ethernet IP e Class OxF5 e Class OxF6 e Class 0x64 e Parameter assignments e BootP new parameter
309. ier Entry Access _ Description 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 1 1 wagoName R Company s registered name Default value WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 1 2 wagoDescrition R Description of company Default value WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Hansastr 27 D 32423 Minden 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 1 3 wagoURL R URL for company web site Default value Www wago com 16 2 2 Product Group The product group contains information about the controller Table 426 WAGO MIB Product Group Identifier Entry Access Description 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 1 wioArticleName R Name of article Default value 750 8xx 000 000 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 2 wioArticleDescription R Description of article Default value WAGO Ethernet 10 100MBit FBC 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 3 wioSerial Number R Serial number of article Default value SNxxxxxxxx Txxxxxx mac 0030DEXxxxxxx 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 4 wioMacAddress R MAC address of article Default value 0030DExxxxxx 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 5 wioURLDatasheet R URL to datasheet of article Default value http www wago com wagoweb documentation navigate nm Odc_ _e htm ethernet 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 6 wioURLManual R URL to manual of article Default value http www wago com wagoweb documentation navigate nm Odc__e htm ethernet 16 2 3 Versions Group The version group contains information about the hardware software versions used in th
310. ignment for diagnostics eccesceeesceeseceteeeeeeeeseecsaeeeeeneees 172 Fieldbus diagnostics solution in event of error ssssesesesseseesesee 173 Node status diagnostics solution in event of error ee eeeeeeeeeeees 174 Blink code table for the I O LED signaling error code 1 176 Blink code table for the I O LED signaling error code 2 4 177 Blink code table for the I O LED signaling error code 3 178 Blink code table for the I O LED signaling error code 4 0 179 Blink code table for the I O LED signaling error code 5 179 Blink code table for the I O LED signaling error code 6 180 Blink code table for the I O LED signaling error code 7 9 180 Blink code table for the I O LED signaling error code 10 181 Blink code table for the I O LED signaling error code 11 181 Power supply status diagnostics solution in event of error 182 ETHERNET transmission standards 0 c cccccceeseesceesteceseeeeeeeenees 188 Legend Tree Topology ca cadeciceesesavcsasesecanactancewesnvarenseasumnaxenerearereraavent 191 Comparison of Coupler Modules for Networks s ssssesseseeseseeseese 192 Errors Occurring when Configuring the Transmission Mode 194 ETHERNE l Data PACK Gl vacciocnsctseensncnuicasvasnersencduntiletrusenastovusetinGeubnise 197 Physical La
311. iguration is stored in the EEPROM when using BootP in contrast to configuration via DHCP Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 209 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller By default BootP is activated in the fieldbus coupler controller When BootP is activated the fieldbus coupler controller expects the BootP server to be permanently available If there is no BootP server available after a PowerOn reset the network will remain inactive To operate the fieldbus coupler controller with the IP configuration stored in the EEPROM you must deactivate the BootP protocol after configuration The Web based management system is used to deactivate the BootP protocol on the respective fieldbus coupler controller internal HTML page under the Port link If BootP is deactivated the fieldbus coupler controller uses the parameters saved in the EEPROM when booting next If there is an error in the saved parameters the I O LED releases a blink code and configuration via BootP is turned on automatically 12 1 5 2 HTTP Hypertext Transfer Protocol HTTP is a protocol used by WWW World Wide Web servers for the forwarding of hypermedia texts images audiodata etc Today HTTP forms the basis of the Internet and is also based on requests and responses in the same way as the BootP protocol The HTTP server implemented in the programmable fieldbus coupler or controller is used for viewing th
312. ile system Formatting is complete when the status window displays Formatting flash disk successfully done 6 In the top menu bar select Extract to extract the Web pages of the flash file system This process takes a few seconds and is complete when the status window displays Extracting files successfully done Note Restart the Fieldbus coupler controller after Format Extract Make a restart of the fieldbus coupler controller so that the Web pages can be displayed after a Format Extract Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Commissioning 113 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 8 5 Manual Version 1 4 1 maco Synchronizing the Real Time Clock The fieldbus controller s real time clock enables a date and time indication for files in the flash file system At start up synchronize the real time clock with the computer s current time There are two options to synchronize the real time clock e Synchronize the real time clock using WAGO ETHERNET Settings e Synchronize the real time clock using the Web based Management System Synchronize the real time clock using WAGO ETHERNET Settings 1 Switch off the supply voltage of the fieldbus controller 2 Connect the communication cable 750 920 to the configuration interface of the fieldbus controller and to a vacant serial port on your computer 3 Switch on the supply voltage of the fieldbus controller After the pow
313. in power plants with rated voltages above 1 kV DIN VDE 0800 Installation and operation in telecommunication plants including information processing equipment DIN VDE 0185 lightning protection systems The USA and Canada have their own regulations The following are excerpts from these regulations Table 416 Installation Regulations in USA and Canada NFPA 70 National Electrical Code Art 500 Hazardous Locations ANSI ISA RP 12 6 1987 Recommended Practice C22 1 Canadian Electrical Code NOTICE Notice the following points When using the WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 electrical operation with Ex approval the following points are mandatory o Manual WAGE Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Use in Hazardous Environments 369 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 15 2 1 Manual Special Conditions for Safe Operation of the ATEX and IEC Ex acc DEMKO 08 ATEX 142851X and IECEx PTB 07 0064 The fieldbus independent I O modules of the WAGO I O SYSTEMs 750 Must be installed in an environment with degree of pollution 2 or better In the final application the I O modules must be mounted in an enclosure with IP 54 degree of protection at a minimum with the following exceptions I O modules 750 440 750 609 and 750 611 must be installed in an IP 64 minimum enclosure I O module 750 540 must be installed in an IP 64 minimum enclosure for 230 V AC applications
314. inarion Description High Byte Low Byte 0 C Control byte 1 D1 DO Counter Setting Value of Counter 1 2 D3 D2 Counter Setting Value of Counter 2 750 638 753 638 The above Counter Modules have a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image 4 bytes of counter data and 2 bytes of control status The two counter values are supplied as 16 bits The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image which has a total of 4 words mapped into each image Word alignment is applied Table 343 Counter Modules 750 638 753 638 Input Process Image Offset kni ni Description High Byte Low Byte 0 SO Status byte von Counter 1 1 D1 DO Counter Value von Counter 1 2 Sl Status byte von Counter 2 3 D3 D2 Counter Value von Counter 2 Output Process Image Offset Byte Destination Description High Byte Low Byte 0 CO Control byte von Counter 1 1 D1 DO Counter Setting Value von Counter 1 2 Cl Control byte von Counter 2 3 D3 D2 Counter Setting Value von Counter 2 Manual Version 1 4 1 wacen 320 13 2 5 3 maco I O Modules WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 13 2 5 2 Pulse Width Modules 750 511 and all variations xxx xxx The above Pulse Width modules have a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image 4 bytes of channel data and 2 bytes of co
315. int Extended 2 class covers DOPs from 766 to 1020 in the fieldbus node Instance 0 Class Attributes Table 244 Discrete Out ut Point Extended 3 72 hex Class Attribute Access Name Data type Description Default ID value 1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 0x0001 2 Get Max Instance UINT Max number of instances Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 283 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Instance 766 1020 Digital Output value 766 up to 1020 Table 245 Discrete Output Point Extended 3 72 nex Instance 766 1020 Attribute Access Name Data type Description Default ID value 1 Get DopObj_Value BYTE Digital Output only Bit 0 valid 12 4 5 19 Manual Common Services Table 246 Discrete Output Point Extended 2 6E nex Common service Service Service available Service name Description code Class Instance OE hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute 10 hex No Yes Set Attribute Single Modifies an attribute value Analog Input Point 67 hex This class enables the reading of data of a particular analog input point AIP An analog input point is part of an analog input module Instance 0 Class Attributes Table 247 Analog Input Point 67 nex Class
316. ion in the event of a short circuit on the actuator side E L3 ST e E E System Supply Field Supply __ 230V Field Supply 1 Separation module a recommended 2 Ring feeding 10A recommended a Power Supply on coupler controller via external Supply Module b Internal System Supply Module c Supply Module passive d Supply Module with fuse carrier diagnostics Figure 16 Supply example for standard couplers controllers and extended ECO couplers Manual o Version 1 4 1 WAGE 36 System Description WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 3 6 6 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Power Supply Unit The WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 requires a 24 V direct current system supply with a maximum deviation of 15 or 20 Note Recommendation A stable network supply cannot be taken for granted always and everywhere Therefore you should use regulated power supply units in order to guarantee the quality of the supply voltage A buffer 200 uF per 1 A current load should be provided for brief voltage dips Note Power failure time is not acc to IEC61131 2 Note that the power failure time in a node with maximal components is not 10 ms according to the
317. is performed via register functions an address shift may occur as soon as further analog modules are operated on the coupler controller 12 3 3 Description of the MODBUS Functions All MODBUS functions are executed as follows 1 A MODBUS TCP master e g a PC makes a request to the WAGO fieldbus node using a specific function code based on the desired operation 2 The WAGO fieldbus node receives the datagram and then responds to the master with the proper data which is based on the master s request If the WAGO fieldbus node receives an incorrect request it sends an error datagram Exception to the master The exception code contained in the exception has the following meaning Table 93 Exception odes Exception code _ Meaning 0x01 Illegal function 0x02 Illegal data address 0x03 Illegal data value 0x04 Slave device failure 0x05 Acknowledge 0x06 Server busy 0x08 Memory parity error 0x0A Gateway path unavailable 0x0B Gateway target device failed to respond The following chapters describe the datagram architecture of request response and exception with examples for each function code Manual Version 1 4 1 Aca 224 Fieldbus Communication WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Note Reading and writing of outputs via FC1 to FC4 is also possible by adding an offset In the case of the read functions FC
318. iuasesvaussnunmeweess 62 Figure 28 Unlocking lug standard coupler controller 0 0 00 ceceeeeteeseeereeeeeeeeeees 65 Figure 29 Insert I O module cacataeecesecisaetaatoneestersnaoncanpuncearceranetseneeeaieemeeatnn 66 Figure 30 Snap the I O module into places iscisnnacesnecieesinernanncieavnneds 66 Figure 31 Removing the I O module ais ccivisssscisssanevssiasstaucesehcnvess cvadssesasunevasienvvanss 67 Figure 32 Data COMACIE ci accsaviapseeancpansdermaniecuaniannncanntacdenvla nadaboddcsaeninaeantaassernnnietan 68 Figure 33 Example for the arrangement of power Contacts ceeceeeeeteeeteeeee 69 Figure 34 Connecting a conductor to a CAGE CLAMP cscccsscesseesseesseeseesees 70 Figure 35 Run up of the C Omir OLS E 31s cacasswarsncdinaiaavaiaursauphonciemmaraninomaaeneorbea 72 Figure 36 Example of process image for input data ceeeceeseeeeeeeceeeneeeaee 75 Figure 37 Example of process image for output data ce eeeeseeeeeeeeceteeneeeaee 76 Figure 38 Memory areas and data exchange ceisseesesesseceseceeeeeeeseeeeeeaeenaes 79 Figure 39 Example declaration of remanent flags by var retain 81 Figure 40 WAGO I O Configurator 5 sisiicssscieseveviancsasscnsannons tiasaduviabvauoneaeisonsede 82 Figure 41 Data exchange between MODBUS Master and I O modules 88 396 List of Figures maco WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Figure 42 Data exchange between PLC
319. k in the respective control boxes 3 Disable the control boxes by removing the hatch marks through a mouse click CoDeSys Unbenannt Taskkonfiguration oj x HIB Datei Bearbeiten Projekt Einf gen Extras Online Fenster Hilfe l x SACPICOCKHIHENEENAE Bg Taskkonfig s i g Syste 2 Ressourcen 6 Bibliothek Standard il Bibliothek SYSLIBCAJ Globale Variablen AM Alarmkonfiguration 32 Arbeitsbereich ii Bibliotheksverwalter Eg Logbuch E PLC Browser F Steuerungskontigurat E Taskkonfiguration t Traceaufzeichnung R Watch und Rezeptul baw Zielsystemeinstellung System Ereignisse Beschreibung Mi start Called when program st O stop Called when program sti O before_reset Called before reset takes O after_reset Called after reset took pl O shutdown Called before shutdown O excptwatchdog Software watchdog of IEC O excpt_fieldbus Fieldbus error O excpt_ioupdate KBus error O excpt_dividebyzero Division by zero Only inte O excpt_noncontinuable Exception handler O after_reading_inputs Called after reading of in m hefnre writing oytnits Caller before writinn m Baustein erzeugen Schnittstelle fiir Ereignis start START dwEvent DWORD start DWORD dwFilter DWORD dwOwner DWORD ja ONLINE UB LESEN Figure 57 System events maco Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Programming the PFC using WAG
320. ke webview htm No WebVisu stored in this controller Fertig O E Lokales Intranet Figure 71 WBM page WebVisu Version 1 4 1 maco 172 Diagnostics WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 11 Diagnostics 11 1 LED Signaling For on site diagnostics the fieldbus controller has several LEDs that indicate the operational status of the controller or the entire node see following figure ETHERNET ETHERNET of o2 uwk A LNK ee a 7 wW jee Ow jesc ws os aw Ovnoirxd an O TXDIRxD aa Oio PF cm e E BE LL Figure 72 Display Elements two manufacturing variations The diagnostics displays and their significance are explained in detail in the following chapter The LEDs are assigned in groups to the various diagnostics areas Table 50 LED assignment for diagnostics Diagnostics area LEDs LINK Fieldbus status Node status Supply voltage status e B or C LED position depends on manufacturing o Manual WAGO Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Diagnostics 173 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 11 1 1 Evaluating Fieldbus Status The health of the ETHERNET Fieldbus is signaled through the top LED group LINK MS NS and TxD RxD The two colored LEDs MS module status and NS network sta
321. l maco Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Fieldbus Communication Table 92 List of the MODBUS functions in the fieldbus controller 221 Function code Function Access method and description _ Access to resources FC1 0x01 Read Coils Reading of several single input bits R Process image PFC variables FC2 0x02 Read Input Reading of several input bits R Process image Discretes PFC variables FC3 0x03 Read Multiple Reading of several input registers R Process image Registers PFC variables internal variables NOVRAM FC4 0x04 Read Input Reading of several input registers R Process image Registers PFC variables internal variables NOVRAM FC5 0x05 Write Coil Writing of an individual output bit W Process image PFC variables FC6 0x06 Write Single Writing of an individual output W Process image Register register PFC variables internal variables NOVRAM FC11 0x0B Get Comm Communication event counter R None Event Counters FC15 0x0F Force Multiple Writing of several output bits W Process image Coils PFC variables FC16 0x10 Write Multiple Writing of several output registers W Process image Registers PFC variables internal variables NOVRAM FC22 0x16 Mask Write W Process image Register PFC variables NOVRAM FC23 0x17 Read Write Reading and writing of several R W Process image Registers output registers PF
322. ldbus Controller 12 3 3 4 Function Code FC4 Read Input Registers Fieldbus Communication 229 This function reads contents of input registers from the slave device in word format Request The request specifies a reference number start register and the word count register quantity of the registers to be read The reference number of the request is zero based therefore the first register starts at address 0 Example Read registers 0 and 1 Table 105 Request of Function code FC4 Byte Field name Example Byte 0 1 Transaction identifier 0x0000 Byte 2 3 Protocol identifier 0x0000 Byte 4 5 Length field 0x0006 Byte 6 Unit identifier 0x01 not used Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x04 Byte 8 9 Reference number 0x0000 Byte 10 11 Word count 0x0002 Response The register data of the response is packed as 2 bytes per register The first byte has the higher value bits the second the lower values Table 106 Response of Function code FC4 Byte Field name Example Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x04 Byte 8 Byte count 0x04 Byte 9 10 Value register 0 0x1234 Byte 11 12 Value register 0x2345 The contents of register 0 are shown by the value 0x1234 and the contents of register 1 is 0x2345 Exception Table 107 Exception of Function code FC4 Byte Field name Example Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x84 Byte 8 Exception code 0x01 o
323. le either select that module from the catalog or in the current configuration and then click the button Data Sheet The module is then shown in a separate window with its associated data sheet For the current version of the data sheets go to http www wago com under Documentation 9 Click OK to accept the node configuration and close the dialog window The addresses for the control system configuration are then recalculated and the tree structure for the configuration updated If required you can also modify the authorization privileges for individual I O modules if they are to be accessed via fieldbus MODBUS TCP IP or Ethernet IP Initially write access from the PLC is defined for each I O module that is added Proceed as follows to change this setting 10 Click on a module in the configuration 11 In the right dialog window under the tab Module parameters define for each module from where access to the module data is to be carried out You can choose from the following settings in the column Value for this e PLC standard setting Access from PLC fieldbus 1 Access from MODBUS TCP fieldbus 2 Access from Ethernet IP Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Programming the PFC using WAGO I O PRO CAA 121 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller CoDeSys myProg_12pro Stewerungskanfiguration aloj x Gi Date Bewbeten Projekt Enf gen Extras Onine Pereter Mie alj xj aaa oh
324. le 421 Table 422 Table 423 Table 424 Table 425 Table 426 Table 427 Table 428 Table 429 Table 430 Table 431 Table 432 Table 433 Table 434 Table 435 Table 436 Table 437 Table 438 Table 439 Table 440 Table 441 Table 442 Table 443 Manual Version 1 4 1 VDE Installation Regulations in Germany ceceeseeceereeeeeeeeeeee 368 Installation Regulations in USA and Canada eeeeeeceeseeeeeeeeeees 368 MIBI System CLOUD orere r E entrants 373 MIB II Interface Group sissssisssiscnesoniianscaasiscusadannesseiasnscansesoacessanbecns 374 MIBU IP GOUD ssascactvsistancthvansauiinedsesnaa den ie eE En E E 376 MIB II IpRoute Table Group ssnnsssesseeseesesssessesesssressessrssresseese 377 MIB I ICMP OUP ccasacacsaacicacsadsdaceneavasceseastacenatveagevaderatencatecesustcex 378 MIB M TOP GOUD iicxnateaovsinnsainesuscsennastalieenaanisanipesaduvantinmesetargures 379 MIB U UDP Group assisssasasscdcassasnesiassstcnaaapnecnstdsabccianstaciiads aisinar 380 MIB II SNMP Growp s sssesssosesssesseesseesseesseessseessresseessereseeessseessrese 381 WAGO MIB Company Group ssssesssesesesessseesseessereseresereesseessrese 382 WAGO MIB Product Group cccecceesceeseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeseecsseeneenees 382 WAGO MIB Versions Group cscccssceessecsseceseeeeeeeeaeeeeaceesaeeees 383 WAGO MIB Real Time Clock Group s sssssssssesessssesseesrsseesseesese 384 WAGO MIB Etherne
325. lector switch Function From the top to the center position STOP stop program processing PFC application is stopped From the center to the top position RUN activate program processing Boot project if available is started From the center to the bottom position No reaction After Power On Reset the Bootstraploader is started on the service interface From the bottom to the No reaction center position Press down Hardware reset e g using a All outputs are reset variables are set to 0 FALSE or to an initial value screwdriver Retain variables or markers are not changed A hardware reset can be performed either at STOP or at RUN at any position of the mode selector switch Restart the fieldbus controller The operating mode is changed internally at the end of a PFC cycle Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Device Description 53 4 5 Technical Data 4 5 1 Device Data Table 16 Technical data Device data Width 51mm Height from upper edge of DIN 35 65 mm from upper edge of DIN 35 rail Length 100 mm Weight 184 g Degree of protection IP 20 4 5 2 System Data Table 17 Technical data System data Number of controllers Limited by ETHERNET specification Transmission medium Twisted Pair S UTP STP 100 Q Cat 5 Bus cou
326. line Start or Online Stop Fieldbus data data of I O modules Fieldbus start behaviour as a coupler Fieldbus data data of I O modules operating mode switch is in the top position or start command in WAGO IO PRO CAA Online Start or Online Stop Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Function Description 73 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 7 2 7 2 1 Manual Process Data Architecture Basic Structure After switching on the controller identifies all I O modules connected with the node that send or receive data data width bit width gt 0 A node can consist of a mixed arrangement of analog and digital modules Note Up to 250 I O modules can be connected with the data bus extension modules Using the WAGO module bus extension coupler module 750 628 and end module 750 627 makes it possible to connect up to 250 modules to the ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Note Expansion to 250 I O modules starting from Software version 9 Expansion to 250 I O modules is enabled in the controllers with software version SW 9 Information Additional Information For the number of input and output bits or bytes for the individual I O modules refer to the corresponding description of the I O modules The controller creates an internal local process image on the basis of the data width the type of I O module and the position of the module in the node This
327. ll high voltage cables 3 8 2 Bus Conductors The shielding of the bus conductor is described in the relevant assembly guidelines and standards of the bus system 3 8 3 Signal Conductors Bus modules for most analog signals along with many of the interface bus modules include a connection for the shield Note Improve shield performance by placing the shield over a large area For a better shield performance you should place the shield previously over a large area The WAGO shield connection system is suggested for such an application This suggestion is especially applicable if the equipment can have even current or high impulse formed currents running through for example initiated by atmospheric discharge o Manual WABE Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 System Description 41 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 3 8 4 WAGO Shield Screen Connecting System The WAGO Shield Connecting system includes a shield clamping saddle a collection of rails and a variety of mounting feet Together these allow many different possibilities See catalog W4 volume 3 chapter 10 Figure 20 Application of the WAGO Shield Screen Connecting System Manual Version 1 4 1 WAEH 42 Device Description WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 4 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Device Description The 750 841 programmable Fieldbus Controller PFC combines the functio
328. ller Component Update For the case of an Update of one component the lateral marking on each component contains a prepared matrix This matrix makes columns available for altogether three updates to the entry of the current update data like production order number NO starting from calendar week 13 2004 update date DS software version SW hardware version HW and the firmware loader version FWL if available Current Version data for 1 Update 2 Update 3 Update Production Order NO only starting from Number calendar week 13 2004 Datestamp DS Software index SW Hardware index HW Firmware loader index FWL only for coupler controller If the update of a component took place the current version data are registered into the columns of the matrix Additionally with the update of a fieldbus coupler or controller also the cover of the configuration and programming interface of the coupler or controller is printed on with the current manufacturing and production order number The original manufacturing data on the housing of the component remain thereby Storage Assembly and Transport Wherever possible the components are to be stored in their original packaging Likewise the original packaging provides optimal protection during transport When assembling or repacking the components the contacts must not be soiled or damaged The components must be stored and transported in
329. ller determines the I O module configuration and creates a process image During startup the I O LED red will flash After a brief period the I O LED lights up green indicating that the fieldbus controller is operational If an error occurs during start up indicated by the I O LED flashing red evaluate the error code and argument and resolve the error Information More information about LED signaling The exact description for evaluating the LED signal displayed is available in the section Diagnostics LED Signaling Error codes and error arguments are indicated by the frequency of a LED flash sequence For example Error code 6 followed by error argument 4 is indicated by the I O LED after controller start up with 6 red error code flashes followed by Version 1 4 1 WAGE 100 Commissioning WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 8 2 2 2 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller four red flashes of the error argument This indicates that an IP address has not yet been assigned Determining IP addresses 1 Ifthe client PC is already integrated into an IP network you can determine the client PC s IP address by clicking on Control Panel from the Start Menu Settings 2 Double click on the Network icon The network dialog window appears For Windows NT e Select the Protocols tab e Mark the entry TCP IP protocol For Windows 2000 XP e Select Network and Dial Up Connections
330. low access to the fieldbus controller via the integrated web interface Note The IP address must occur in the network only once For error free network communication note that the assigned IP address must occur only once in the network In the event of an error the error message IP address configuration error error code 6 error argument 6 is indicated by I O LED at the next power on There are various ways to assign the IP address The various options are described in the following sections individually Following the commissioning descriptions after which the fieldbus node is ready for communication the following topics are described Preparing the Flash File System Synchronizing the real time clock Restoring factory settings After the topics specified above you can find instructions for programming the fieldbus controller with WAGO I O PRO CAA and the description of the internal web pages of the web based Management System WBM for additional settings of the fieldbus controller Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Commissioning 95 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 8 1 Connecting Client PC and Fieldbus Nodes 1 Use the fieldbus cable to connect the fieldbus connection of your mechanically and electrically assembled fieldbus node to an open interface on your computer The client PC must be equipped with a network card for this connection The controller transfer rate
331. ltage for the system is i available Check the power supply for the system Off No power is available for the system 24V and OV BorC Grass The operating voltage for power jumper i contacts is available No operating voltage is available for the Check the power supply for the power Off nen power jumper contacts jumper contacts 24V and OV Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Diagnostics 183 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 11 2 11 2 1 Manual Fault Behavior Loss of Fieldbus A fieldbus and hence a link failure is recognized when the set reaction time for the watchdog expires without initiation by the higher order control system This may occur for example when the Master is switched off or when there is a disruption in the bus cable An error at the Master can also result in a fieldbus failure No connection via ETHERNET The MODBUS watchdog monitors the ongoing MODBUS communication via MODBUS protocol A fieldbus failure is signaled by the red I O LED lighting up provided the MODBUS watchdog has been configured and activated Fieldbus monitoring independently of a certain protocol is possible using the function block FBUS_ ERROR INFORMATION in the library Mod_com lib This checks the physical connection between modules and the controller and assumes evaluation of the watchdog register in the control system program The I O bus remains operational and the process images
332. ltitasking capabilities allowing several programs to be executed in a near simultaneous manner The controller has an internal server for the configuration and administration of the system By default the controller s built in HTML pages contain information on the configuration and status of the PFC and can be read using a normal web browser In addition a file system is implemented that allows you to store custom HTML pages in the controller using FTP download or to store your own HTML pages or call up programs directly Table 8 Compatibility Programming WAGO I O PRO 32 WAGO I O PRO CAA tool 759 332 750 333 Version V2 1 V2 2 6 V2 3 2 5 V2 3 2 7 V2 3 3 4 V2 3 3 6 V2 3 4 3 Fieldbus Controller 750 841 y v y SW 06 SW gt 09 Commentary Fieldbus Controller NOT compatible with WAGO I O PRO version M Fieldbus Controller compatible with WAGO I O PRO version independent of the controller hard or software SW gt xy Fieldbus Controller compatible with WAGO I O PRO version if the controller has software xy or higher Note Consider the Versions for Comptibility The CoDeSys network variables from WAGO I O PRO V2 3 3 6 and higher are supported by the controllers 750 841 with the software SW gt 06 The WEB visualisation from WAGO I O PRO V2 3 4 3 and higher are supported by the controllers 750 841 with the software SW gt 09 Manual
333. ly by a task in the system Priority determination of the task Mode 1 Only the I O module is active Mode 1 3 3 Mode 2 The I O module and fieldbus controller CPU remain active Mode 3 All task are activated Note Set the MTU value for fragmentation only Only set the value for MTU i e the maximum packet size between client and server if you are using a tunnel protocol e g VPN for ETHERNET communication and the packets must be fragmented Setting the value is independent of the transmission mode selected Note Configure ETHERNET transmission mode correctly A fault configuration of the ETHERNET transmission mode may result in a lost connection poor network performance or faulty performance of the fieldbus coupler controller Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 10 3 Ora O Adregse Qstei Bearbeten Ansdt Esvoriten x 2 po sateen Sie Faverten 2 m J Configuring via the Web Based Management System WBM 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller TCP IP fares 2 hetp f217 6 107 120 webservindex cs WAGO Navigation Information WebVisu 147 You can configure network addressing and network identification on the TCP IP HTML page Web based Management TCP IP configuration This page is for the configuration of the basic TCP IP network parameters The parameters are stored in an EEPROM and Subnet Mask Hostname D
334. m explicitly Version 1 4 1 WAH 108 Commissioning WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 8 2 2 6 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Since communication for each protocol takes place via different ports you can have several protocols activated simultaneously communication takes place via these protocols 6 Click on SUBMIT and then switch off the power to the controller hardware reset or press down the mode selector switch The protocol settings are then saved and the controller is ready for operation If you have activated the MODBUS TCP protocol for example you can now select and execute required MODBUS functions using the MODBUS master too such as querying of the module configuration via register 0x2030 If you have activated the WAGO I O PRO for example you can also program the controller via ETHERNET link using WAGO I O PRO CAA in line with Standard IEC 61131 3 Reasons for Failed IP Address Assignment e The controller MAC address does not correspond to the entry given in the bootstrap txt file e The client on whom the BootP server is running is not located in the same subnet as the controller i e the IP addresses do not match Example Client IP 192 168 0 10 and controller IP 10 1 254 5 Client and or controller is are not linked to the ETHERNET e Poor signal quality use switches or hubs Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Commissioning 109 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programm
335. ments may be populated trunk segments if they are made of coaxial cable A populated segment is one that has one or more nodes attached to it In Figure 5 5 the 5 4 3 rule is adhered to The furthest two nodes on the network have 4 segments and 3 repeators concentrators between them This rule does not apply to other network protocols or ETHERNET networks where all fiber optic cabling or a combination of a backbone with UTP cabling is used If there is a combination of fiber optic backbone and UTP cabling the rule is simply translated to 7 6 5 rule Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGE 192 Fieldbus Communication 12 1 1 3 maco WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Cabling guidelines Structured Cabling specifies general guidelines for network architecture of a LAN establishing maximum cable lengths for the grounds area building and floor cabling The Structured Cabling is standardized in EN 50173 ISO 11801 and TIA 568 A It forms the basis for a future orientated application independent and cost effective network infrastructure The cabling standards define a domain covering a geographical area of 3 km and for an office area of up to 1 million square meters with 50 to 50 000 terminals In addition they describe recommendations for setting up of a cabling system Specifications may vary depending on the selected topology the transmission media and coupler modules used in industrial
336. mple 1 Task 4 ms gt Waiting period 2 ms 2 Task 2 ms gt Waiting period 1 ms The default task is created by default If no task has been defined in the task configuration a running default task is created during translation This task called Default task is recognized by this name in the firmware meaning that the name Default task can not be used for other task names Observe the watchdog sensitivity for cyclic tasks The watchdog sensitivity indicates how many times the watchdog time is exceeded for an even to be triggered You set the sensitivity in WAGO I O PRO CAA under Register Resources gt Task Configuration for Cyclical Tasks The values 1 and 0 are equivalent with regard to sensitivity A sensitivity value of 0 or 1 results in the watchdog event being triggered when the watchdog time is exceeded on time With a sensitivity value of 2 for instance the watchdog time must be exceeded in two consecutive task cycles in order for the watchdog event to be triggered Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGE 130 Programming the PFC using WAGO I O PRO CAA WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Manual maco Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Programming the PFC using WAGO I O PRO CAA 131 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller The following applies to cyclic tasks with watchdog activated Note Reference for Watchdog Settings For each tasks created a w
337. n Chan el 16 nel 15inel 14nel 13inel 12inel 11 el 10 nel 9 nel 8 Data bit DI7 Chan nel 7 Data bit DI6 Chan nel 6 Data bit DI5 Chan nel 5 Data bit DI 4 Chan nel 4 Data Data Data bit DI3 bit bit DI2 DI1 Chan Chan Chan nel 3 nel 2 nel 1 Manual Version 1 4 1 maco 310 1 O Modules 13 2 2 13 2 2 1 13 2 2 2 maco WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Digital Output Modules Digital output modules use one bit of data per channel to control the output of the corresponding channel These bits are mapped into the Output Process Image Some digital modules have an additional diagnostic bit per channel in the Input Process Image The diagnostic bit is used for detecting faults that occur e g wire breaks and or short circuits For modules with diagnostic bit is set also the data bits have to be evaluated When analog output modules are also present in the node the digital image data is always appended after the analog data in the Output Process Image grouped into bytes 1 Channel Digital Output Module with Input Process Data 750 523 The digital output modules deliver 1 bit via a process value Bit in the output process image which is illustrated in the input process image This status image shows manual mode Table 326 1 Channel Digital Output Module with Input Proces
338. n is stored in an EEPROM Changes of the process image setting will take effect after the net software or hardware reset All other changes will take effect immediately For more information see the manual Watchdog PLC Features Processimage Set outputs to zero if user program is stopped VWebVisu htm as defaut su htm in frame su htm in new window VO configuration Compatible handling for nsert monitoring entries into ea config xml Jse alternative Target ID E Wt 217 6 107 120 mebservicplctghsomp ssi Figure 68 WBM page PLC Note Return to WBM view via the IP address of the fieldbus controller The Webvisu htm page does not have any hyperlinks to the other Web sites To deactivate this starting page function or to go to other pages using hyperlinks enter the IP address for your controller and the address for the original starting page in the URL line of your browser with the following syntax http IP address of your controller webserv Index ssi Manual Version 1 4 1 maco 164 Configuring via the Web Based Management System WBM maco WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Table 47 WBM page PLC PLC Features Function Default Description Set outputs to v Activate if all outputs must be set at zero when stopping the Process zero if user oO user program image program is T Disable if all
339. n 1 4 1 ABEB 360 Application Examples WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 14 14 1 14 2 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Application Examples Test of MODBUS protocol and fieldbus nodes You require a MODBUS master to test the function of your fieldbus node For this purpose various manufacturers offer a range of PC applications that you can in part download from the Internet as free of charge demo versions One of the programs which is particularly suitable to test your ETHERNET TCP IP fieldbus node is for instance ModScan from Win Tech Information Additional Information A free of charge demo version from ModScan32 and further utilities from Win Tech can be found in the Internet under http www win tech com html demos htm ModScan32 is a Windows application that works as a MODBUS master This program allows you to access the data points of your connected ETHERNET TCP IP fieldbus node and to proceed with the desired changes Information Additional Information For a description example relating to the software operation refer to http www win tech com html modscan32 htm Visualization and Control using SCADA Software This chapter is intended to give insight into how the WAGO ETHERNET fieldbus coupler controller can be used for process visualization and control using standard user software There is a wide range of process visualization
340. n This register gives the MAC ID with a length of 3 words Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 251 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Table 159 Register address 0x1050 Register address 0x1050 4176 with a word count of 3 since Firmware version 9 Value Diagnosis of the connected I O modules Access Read Description Diagnosis of the connected I O modules length 3 words Word 1 Number of the module Word 2 Number of the channel Word 3 Diagnosis Table 160 Register address 0x2030 Register address 0x2030 8240 with a word count of up to 65 Value Description of the connected I O modules Access Read module 0 64 Description Length 1 65 words These 65 registers identify the controller and the first 64 modules present in a node Each module is represented in a word Because item numbers cannot be read out of digital modules a code is displayed for them as defined below Bit position 0 Input module Bit position 1 Output module Bit position 2 7 Not used Bit position 8 14 Module size in bits Bit position 15 Designation digital module VU Examples 4 Channel Digital Input Module 0x8401 Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 140 Code 1 0 0 0 O0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Hex 8 4 0 1 2 Channel Digital Output Module 0x8202 Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
341. n draht Favoriten Extras Qar O x A Dp saten ern O m L BS Web based Management Navigation SNMP Configuration This page is dedicated to the SNMP configuration The neve configuration is stored in an EEPROM and changes v ll take effect after the next software or hardware reset SNMP Configuration Name of device 750 841 Description waco Ethemet 750 641 Physical location LOCAL feupport wago com SNMP v1 v2c Manager Configuration Protocol Enable SNMP VIN F Local Community Name public SNMP v1 v2c Trap Receiver Configuration Trap Receiver 1 pooo Figure 63 WBM page SNMP Table 43 WBM page SNMP SNMP Configuration Entry Value Default Description Name of device 750 841 Device name sysName ETHERNET Device description sysDescription TCP IP Description Programmable Fieldbus Controller750 841 Physical location LOCAL Location of device sysLocation Contact support wago com E mail contact address sysContact o Manual WABE Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 10 5 2 Manual Configuring via the Web Based Management System WBM SNMP v1 v2 Manager Configuration 153 Name Entry Value Default Description Activating SNMP Version 1 2 Protocol Enable aes Vv MI Ac va aol V1 V2 e O Deactivating SNMP Version 1 2c Local Community Used community name public SNMP v1
342. n the Web browser properties that as an exception no proxy server are to be used for the node IP address Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Commissioning 107 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Manual Note The controller IP can be changed in the network by the DHCP server If BootP is not deactivated and an ISDN DSL router is installed in the network factory default setting with DHCP server activated addresses will be assigned automatically from the address range for the ISDN DSL router after a loss of power loss of 24 V DC power to controller As a result all controllers will be assigned new IP addresses 4 Inthe left navigation bar click on Port to open the HTML page for selecting a protocol Qa O x A D pte Seren oe M _ DS Arege i herp 217 6 107 120Avebserv index ss waco Web based Management Navigation Port configuration Information This page is for the configuration of the network protocols The configuration is red in an EEPROM and changes will take TCPAP effect after the next software or hardware reset Port Settings Figure 49 WBM page Port You are shown a list of all the protocols supported by the controller 5 Select the option DHCP or use IP from EEPROM You have now deactivated the BootP protocol You can also deactivate any other protocols that you no longer need in the same manner or select desired protocols and activate the
343. nality of an ETHERNET based Fieldbus Coupler with the functionality of a Programmable Logic Controller PLC In the Fieldbus Controller all input signals from the sensors are combined After connecting the ETHERNET TCP IP Fieldbus Controller the Fieldbus Controller determines which I O modules are on the node and creates a local process image from these Analog and specialty module data is sent via words and or bytes digital data is grouped bit by bit The local process image is divided into two data zones containing the data received and the data to be sent The data of the analog modules is mapped first into the process image The modules are mapped in the order of their physical position after the controller The bits of the digital modules are combined into words and then mapped after the analog ones in the process image If the number of digital I Os is greater than 16 bits the Fieldbus Controller automatically begins a new word According to IEC 61131 3 programming data processing occurs in the PFC The process results can be output directly on sensors actuators or transmitted via fieldbus to the higher order controller The Fieldbus Controller then has the option of communicating with higher order systems either via 10 100 Mbit s ETHERNET 100BaseTX or 10BaseT For this the Fieldbus Controller has a RJ 45 interface WAGO I O PRO CAA creates application programs that adhere to IEC 61131 3 CoDeSys by 3S the standard progr
344. nalog Output Point Extended 3 74 nex Common service Service Service available Service name Description code Class Instance OE hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute 10 hex No Yes Set Attribute Single Modifies an attribute value Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 289 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 4 5 27 Module Configuration 80 nex Instance 0 Class Attributes Table 271 Module Configuration 80 nex Class Attribute Access Name Data type Description Default ID value 1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 0x0001 2 Get Max Instance UINT Max number of instances Instance 1 255 Clamp 0 up to 254 Table 272 Module Configuration 80 nex Instance 1 255 Attribute Access Name Data type Description Default ID value 1 Get ModulDescription WORD Description of connected modules module 0 coupler controller Bit0 Module has inputs Bit 1 Module has outputs Bit 8 14 Data width internally in bit 15 0 1 Analog digital module For analog modules bits 0 14 identify the module type e g 401 for module 750 401 Common Services Table 273 Module Configuration 80 nex Common service Service Service available Service name Description code Class_
345. nd can therefore jointly use device profiles and object libraries These objects enable plug and play interoperability between complex devices of different manufacturers Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 259 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 4 2 Protocol overview in the OSI model In order to clarify the interrelationships between DeviceNet ControlNet and EtherNet IP the following diagram presents the associated ISO OSI reference model Table 187 ISO OSI reference model 7 Object Library 3 A Application Communications Applications Time Sette SOIR S Layer Synchronization S a 6 z Data Management Services Safety Services and amp Presentation Dok Explicit and I O Messages Messages Layer 3 s O 5 Session Connection Management Routing fe Layer 4 Transport TCP UDP CING l Layer DeviceNet zZ CompoNet Network Network and 2 Network and Transport and 2 3 Transport S Internet Transport S Network x Protocol gt Layer a 2 x Data Link Ethernet CompoNet ControlNet CSMA CD Time Slot CTDMA CSMA NBA a Layer s Q 1 az Physical Ethernet CompoNet ControlNet DeviceNet Layer Manual Version 1 4 1 maco 260 Fieldbus Communication WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 4 3 Characteristics of the EtherNet IP Protocol Software The Ethernet IP product clas
346. nel 1 The output modules seize 8 Instances in Class 0x66 8 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data 750 537 The digital output modules have a diagnostic bit for each output channel When an output fault condition occurs 1 e overload short circuit or broken wire a diagnostic bit is set The diagnostic data is mapped into the Input Process Image while the output control bits are in the Output Process Image Table 379 8 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data Input Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit S8 S7 S6 S5 S4 S3 S2 S1 Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1 Diagnostic bit S 0 no Error Diagnostic bit S 1 overload short circuit or broken wire The output modules seize 8 Instances in Class 0x65 Output Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls DO 8 DO7 DO 6 DO 5 DO 4 DO 3 DO 2 DO 1 Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1 And the output modules seize 8 Instances in Class 0x66 Manual V
347. nganenesseadtns 254 Register address UK 2020 cacsncaaivenseisilunnunwcmnee nares 254 Register address x 202 I aca scsssdusscsssndssnpientedassdaacservesseausneiassiaanbenwnenss 255 Re gister address 0X2022 ssuistssaasunuisneunenednaavscassanunvexeiieseuaatonussuaneneens 255 Register address UK 202 4 ccuapstoicsnaidendabnadecesndnaneonntetesnuiacaeddeameannees 255 Register address 0x2000 asccscessscensnpontinentaxtenennchnarcndensumnadaaunennthesrensyns 256 Register address OR ZOOM sud sodincenaecbbvwnayessoncyussunsineclacanastsonyesineeds 256 Register address Ux 2002 lt cishsecissdsancsaniacntesedidadussasintaseduaneresiatusnenneans 256 Register address OX 2003 ssciesscinscesucsessvnenssnasvesnnavensnerscanacacuavernracsnnniyes 256 Register address Ux 2004 ssa toiecssiievgubeadecassadeaxavonhatachuhacwsadeanonnienss 256 Register address 0x2005 scsissssisisisivessnsisiscanssiousaasneccesintacaaseioueassnacans 256 R gister address UK ZOU Gass ccd sscenadesasicnneanaa sity scsnssnetascanaitenityeesnnsans 257 Register address 0x2007 sssssessssssseessssesssesseeserssessrserssseesrsseessessee 257 Register address 0x2008 s iicsscsascasscsssssiensscasveoaseespansescauncscssesnaeepanoees 257 Register address 0x3000 to OXSFFF cssccsssccsscsssccesscessseseecsees 257 ISO OSI reference model ois sscccsastassaass sacueasssnciaasssnenaaanaacsssassivcmaneanss 259 CIP common CLAS 8 2c ecaccz vu caanacentencarenasncancncencacvasaaerantectanmensarneus
348. nnections 1 3 6 1 2 1 6 6 tcpPassiveOpens R _ Number of existing passive TCP connections 1 3 6 1 2 1 6 7 tcpAttemptFails R___ Number of failed connection attempts 1 3 6 1 2 1 6 8 tcpEstabResets R___ Number of connection resets 1 3 6 1 2 1 6 9 tepCurrEstab R The number of TCP connections for which the current state is either Established or Close Wait 1 3 6 1 2 1 6 10 tcpInSegs R _ Number of received TCP frames including the error frames 1 3 6 1 2 1 6 11 tcpOutSegs R _ Number of correctly sent TCP frames with data 1 3 6 1 2 1 6 12 tcpRetransSegs R _ Number of sent TCP frames retransmitted because of errors 1 3 6 1 2 1 6 13 tcpConnTable For each existing connection a table entry is created 1 3 6 1 2 1 6 13 1 tcpConnEntry Table entry for connection 1 3 6 1 2 1 6 13 1 1 tepConnState R This entry indicates the status of the TCP connection 1 3 6 1 2 1 6 13 1 2 tepConnLocalAddress R The entry contains the IP address for the connection For a server this entry is constant 0 0 0 0 1 3 6 1 2 1 6 13 1 3 tepConnLocalPort R The entry indicates the port number of the TCP connection 1 3 6 1 2 1 6 13 1 4 tcpConnRemAddress R The entry contains the remote IP address of the TCP connection 1 3 6 1 2 1 6 13 1 5 tcpConnRemPort R The entry contains the remote port of the TCP connection 1 3 6 1 2 1 6 14 tcpInErrs R___ Number of received incorrect TCP frames 1 3 6 1 2 1 6 15 tcpOutRsts R _ Number of sent TCP frames with set RST flag Versi
349. not exceed 780 mm Furthermore you must observe restrictions made on certain types of couplers controllers e g for PROFIBUS Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGA 60 Assembly WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Note Increase total length using a WAGO internal data bus extension module Using an internal data bus extension module from WAGO you can increase the total length of the fieldbus node In this type of configuration you must connect a 750 627 Bus Extension End Module to the last module of the node You then connect the 750 627 module to the 750 628 Coupler Module of the next T O module assembly via RJ 45 cable You can connect up to 10 internal data bus extension coupler modules 750 628 to an internal data bus extension end module 750 627 In this manner you can logically connect up to 10 module assemblies to a 750 841 dividing a fieldbus node into 11 assemblies maximum The maximum cable length between two assemblies is 5 meters For additional information refer to the 750 627 628 Modules manual The total cable length for a fieldbus node is 70 meters Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Assembly 61 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 5 3 Assembly onto Carrier Rail 5 3 1 Carrier Rail Properties All system components can be snapped directly onto a carrier rail in accordance with the European standard EN 50022 DIN 35
350. nstant is used to verify that all bits are accessible to the fieldbus master This will be used together with register 0x2003 Table 182 Register address 0x2005 Register address 0x2005 81974ec Value Maximum positive number GP MAX POS Access Read Description Constant in order to control arithmetic Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 257 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 4 12 4 1 Manual Version 1 4 1 Table 183 Register address 0x2006 Register address 0x2006 8198 Value Maximum negative number GP MAX NEG Access Read Description Constant in order to control arithmetic Table 184 Register address 0x2007 Register address 0x2007 8199 a c Value Maximum half positive number GP_ HALF POS Access Read Description Constant in order to control arithmetic Table 185 Register address 0x2008 Register address 0x2008 8200dcc Value Maximum half negative number GP_HALF NEG Access Read Description Constant in order to control arithmetic Table 186 Register address 0x3000 to OxSFFF Register address 0x3000 to OxSFFF 122884 to 24575 dec Value Retain range Access Read write Description These registers can be accessed as the flag retain range EtherNet IP Ethernet Industrial Protocol General
351. nsyannentsatavernnacensnsess 384 16 2 5 PCS Group sats ptcsecwsesinsvuntexsanosbcseareeddvartacentssatsueumsstdiaswcedsuasineens 385 16 2 6 Act al Error GTOUP isesend ei Ea EEA R 385 16 2 7 Error History Group cccssacteccuteaisanreacncetanespneeencncn nena 385 16 2 8 PEC Project GOUD ecnccni iein aa netics 385 Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Table of Contents 11 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Manual Version 1 4 1 16 2 9 Http Gr OUP issactintnrniniatatnbinioeansetanssncaiasssntsdedlalerdsimesiseadacsseiniebedinnes 387 162 10 FP GTOUD aos ace sacecces sacs eE E E E E 387 16 2 11 SAP OTOU Dinie ee E E E S 388 16 2 12 SAMP CHOU seisin eerte era E EEE EE EO AEE 388 16 2 13 Snmp Trap String Group sesseseeseseseesseseressersesresseesersresseesresersseesee 390 16 2 14 Snmp User Trap String Group s sesssesessssessessreseessersessresssesessseesee 391 16 2 15 Plc Connection Group ecicadeccecscsevanedsccnneresteresanadesasseataretacniensrdsceruires 391 16 216 Modb s Gro Pssenieriesisseirii eitn iE EE 392 16 22 17 Ethernet IP GrOUDiiscsicsiiiiiireaenn ai iea Ete 393 16 2 18 Process Image Group ssssssessseeesseeessresserssersseressreessresseesseessseessees 393 16 2 19 Pl Data GroUDrssecniena tne RE 394 List of Fig rESssscssssoicssssosessssoscooossosesosissvesosuaso soco suo eeen eosar es soseo seiss 395 List f TADleS sissrsisissssssrssososenissseviesssstotesssstuoesssscaecsvsote
352. nt Extended 1 6A hex The extension of the Discrete Output Point class enables the exchange of data from a fieldbus node that contains over 255 digital output points DOPs The instance scope of the Discrete Output Point Extended 1 class covers DOPs from 256 to 510 in the fieldbus node Instance 0 Class Attributes Table 238 Discrete Output Point Extended 1 6A nex Class Attribute Access Name Data type Description Default ID value 1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 0x0001 2 Get Max Instance UINT Max number of instances Instance 256 510 Digital output value 256 up to 510 Table 239 Discrete Output Point Extended 1 6A nex Instance 256 510 Attribute Access Name Data type Description Default ID value 1 Get DopObj_ Value BYTE Digital Output only Bit 0 valid Common Services Table 240 Discrete Output Point Extended 1 6A nex Common service Service Service available Service Name Description code Class_ Instance OE hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute 10 hex No Yes Set Attribute Single Modifies an attribute value Version 1 4 1 maco 282 Fieldbus Communication 12 4 5 17 12 4 5 18 maco WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Discrete Output Point Extended 2
353. nt to determine its location in the process data map Manual maco Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 I O Modules 307 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 13 2 1 Digital Input Modules Digital input modules supply one bit of data per channel to specify the signal state for the corresponding channel These bits are mapped into the Input Process Image Some digital modules have an additional diagnostic bit per channel in the Input Process Image The diagnostic bit is used for detecting faults that occur e g wire breaks and or short circuits When analog input modules are also present in the node the digital data is always appended after the analog data in the Input Process Image grouped into bytes 13 2 1 1 1 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics 750 435 Table 319 1 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics Input Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 DIOS ata bik bit DI1 Sl 13 2 1 2 2 Channel Digital Input Modules 750 400 401 405 406 410 411 412 427 438 and all variations 753 400 401 405 406 410 411 412 427 Table 320 2 Channel Digital Input Modules Input Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Data bit Data bit DI 2 DI 1 Channel 2 Channel 1 13 2 1 3 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics
354. ntal conditions sesssseesseeseeseesseeseresresseseresees 55 4 5 8 Mechanical Strength acc to IEC 6113 12 x secsiassazenssasnccepsinedasansigenaas 55 4 6 Approvals meiscci anea EERE EEE ARETES 56 4 7 Standards and CHUAN esa ouna svubentevunsn nated seoveanedesnesnieunnsaiccusacuaseosaivoss 58 5 ASSEMDlY sana vs uexntanssasnasceduyes eceubeiapeansnas apcennibidentpienGainintdemnariennutaeten 59 5 1 Installation PSION 5 siiri ara TAE E 59 5 2 Total EXC SION eesse E E E E E ER 59 5 3 Assembly onto Carrier BAU scamciveduascenscswonieventexsneswnmsneswomassnadeanesmanentantes 61 5 3 1 Carriet Rail Propertie S sinciceinnsan anna 61 5 3 2 WAGO DIN That a etscxcusnceeaaspunesceatencensaaveascansexecccannietereiieeoneeuean 62 5 4 BD ACTIN socere r n A Shun sametunceauuleer O E ET 62 5 5 Assembly SSQUCINCE sarerea nn a E a Siscunts 63 5 6 Inserting and Removing Devices cccceecseeeeeesceeeseceeeceeeeesseeesseeneenaes 64 5 6 1 Inserting the Fieldbus Coupler Controller cee eeceeeseeeteeeteeeeees 65 5 6 2 Removing the Fieldbus Coupler Controller cccccceseeeeeeereeeeees 65 5 6 3 Jns rting VO Mod le cnrs a 66 5 6 4 Removing the I O MOG sirsssccwssntie cestvnceseuesayecomnccapetvatdavenanianaes 67 6 Connect Devices sssesssessoscsssssssossossssesosssssssoessvissosss sssosssossses svossses s vossssosssess 68 6 1 Data Contacts Internal Bus gis accssoctalssassncssethcatepanscanteivaedsebinnenaateints 68 6 2 Power Contacts Fiel
355. nter data and 1 byte of control status The counter value is supplied as 32 bits The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image which has a total of 3 words mapped into each image Word alignment is applied Table 341 Counter Modules 750 404 and all variations except of 000 005 753 404 and variation 000 003 Input Process Image Byte Destination Offset Description High Byte Low Byte 0 S Status byte Bl 2A Counter value 2 D3 D2 Output Process Image Byte Destination Offset Description High Byte Low Byte 0 C Control byte aL Be Counter setting value 2 D3 D2 Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 I O Modules 319 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 750 404 000 005 The above Counter Modules have a total of 5 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image 4 bytes of counter data and 1 byte of control status The two counter values are supplied as 16 bits The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image which has a total of 3 words mapped into each image Word alignment is applied Table 342 Counter Modules 750 404 000 005 Input Process Image Offset Byte Destination Description High Byte Low Byte 0 S Status byte 1 D1 DO Counter Value of Counter 1 2 D3 D2 Counter Value of Counter 2 Output Process Image Offset Byte Dost
356. nterface Module has a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image 4 bytes of encoder data and 2 bytes of control status The following table illustrates the Input and Output Process Image which have 4 words mapped into each image Word alignment is applied Table 351 Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750 637 Input and Output Process Image Offset Byte Desumaton Description High Byte Low Byte 0 C0 SO Control Status byte of Channel 1 1 D1 DO Data Value of Channel 1 2 C1 S1 Control Status byte of Channel 2 3 D3 D2 Data Value of Channel 2 Version 1 4 1 WwAGca 324 13 2 5 8 maco I O Modules WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 750 635 753 635 The above Digital Pulse Interface module has a total of 4 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image 3 bytes of module data and 1 byte of control status The following table illustrates the Input and Output Process Image which have 2 words mapped into each image Word alignment is applied Table 352 Digital Pulse Interface Modules 750 635 Input and Output Process Image Byte Destination Low Byte Offset Description High Byte Control status CO0 SO byte 0 DO Data byte 1 D2 D1 Data bytes DC Drive Controller 750 636 The DC Drive Controller maps 6 bytes into both the input and output process image
357. ntrol status The two channel values are supplied as 16 bits Each channel has its own control status byte The following table illustrates the Input and Output Process Image which has a total of 4 words mapped into each image Word alignment is applied Table 344 Pulse Width Modules 750 511 xxx xxx Input and Output Process Offset Bye Destnavon Description High Byte Low Byte 0 C0 SO Control Status byte of Channel 1 1 D1 DO Data Value of Channel 1 2 C1 S1 Control Status byte of Channel 2 3 D3 D2 Data Value of Channel 2 Serial Interface Modules with alternative Data Format 750 650 and the variations 000 002 004 006 009 010 011 012 013 750 651 and the variations 000 001 002 003 750 653 and the variations 000 002 007 753 650 653 Note The process image of the 003 000 variants depends on the parameterized operating mode With the freely parametrizable variations 003 000 of the serial interface modules the desired operation mode can be set Dependent on it the process image of these modules is then the same as from the appropriate variation The above Serial Interface Modules with alternative data format have a total of 4 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image 3 bytes of serial data and 1 byte of control status The following table illustrates the Input and Output Process Image which have a total of 2 words mappe
358. nual Note The mode selector switch may not be located in the lower position The mode selector switch may not be set at the bottom position during run up The controller begins running up after switching on the power supply or after a reset The internal PFC program is then transferred to the RAM During the initialization phase the fieldbus controller detects the I O modules and the current configuration and sets the variables to 0 or FALSE or to an initial value specified by the PFC program The flags retain their status During this phase the I O LED will flash red When run up is successful the I O LED then stays lit continuously in green PFC Cycle After error free run up the PFC cycle starts with the mode selector switch at the top position or on a Start command from WAGO I O PRO CAA The input and output data for the field bus I O modules and the timer values are read The PFC program contained in the RAM is then processed after which the output data for the field bus and I O modules is written to the process image At the end of the PFC cycle the operating system functions are executed for diagnostics and communication among other things and the timer values are updated The new cycle begins by reading in of the input and output data and the timer values The operating mode is changed STOP RUN at the end of a PFC cycle The cycle time is the time from the beginning of the PFC program up to the next beginning o
359. number to you Together with the IP address this number determines which network your PC and your node belongs to The recipient node which is located on a subnet initially calculates the correct network number from its own IP address and the subnet mask Only then does it check the node number and delivers the entire packet frame if it corresponds Table 81 Example for an IP address from a Class B network IP address 172 16 233 200 10101100 00010000 11101001 11001000 Subnet mask 255 255 255 128 11111111 11111111 11111111 10000000 Net ID 172 16 0 0 10101100 00010000 00000000 00000000 Subnet ID 0 0 233 128 00000000 00000000 11101001 10000000 Host ID 0 0 0 72 00000000 00000000 00000000 01001000 Note gt Specification of the network mask necessarily Specify the network mask defined by the administrator in the same way as the IP address when installing the network protocol Gateway The subnets of the Internet are normally connected via gateways The function of these gateways is to forward packets to other networks or subnets This means that in addition to the IP address and network mask for each network card it is necessary to specify the correct IP address of the standard gateway for a PC or fieldbus node connected to the Internet You should also be able to obtain this IP address from your network administrator The IP function is limited to the local subnet if this address is
360. o WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Digital Input Modules Digital input modules supply one bit of data per channel to specify the signal state for the corresponding channel These bits are mapped into the Input Process Image Some digital I O modules have an additional diagnostic bit per channel in the input process image The diagnostic bit detects faults e g wire breakage overloads and or short circuits For some I O modules the data bits also have be evaluated with the set diagnostic bit When analog input modules are also present in the node the digital data is always appended after the analog data in the Input Process Image grouped into bytes 1 sub index is assigned for each 8 bit Each input channel seizes one Instance in the Discrete Input Point Object Class 0x65 1 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics 750 435 Table 365 1 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics Input Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Eo a Data bit bit DI 1 S1 The input modules seize 2 Instances in Class 0x65 2 Channel Digital Input Modules 750 400 401 405 406 410 41 1 412 427 438 and all variations 753 400 401 405 406 410 41 1 412 427 Table 366 2 Channel Digital Input Modules Input Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit
361. ode hardware and map it in the configuration file EA config xml This file defines whether write access is permitted to the modules from the IEC 61131 3 program from the MODBUS TCP or from Ethernet IP As described below this file can be generated via configuration using the WAGO T O Configurator Manual maco Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Programming the PFC using WAGO I O PRO CAA 119 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 9 1 Configuration using the WAGO I O PRO CAA I O Configurator The I O Configurator is a plug in incorporated into WAGO I O PRO CAA for assigning addresses to modules at a controller 1 In the left half of the screen for the WAGO I O PRO CAA interface select the tab Resources 2 Inthe tree structure click Control system configuration The I O Configurator then starts up 3 Expand the branch Hardware configuration in the tree structure with the sub branch K Bus 4 Right click on K Bus or on an I O module to open the menu for adding and attaching I O modules 5 By right clicking on the entry K Bus and the command Attach subelement in the menu you can select the required I O module from the I O module catalog In the new versions of the I O Configurator open the I O module catalog by additional clicking on the button Add 6 Attach it to the end of the K Bus structure using Insert and then clicking OK In this case the command Insert element is deactivated 7
362. odes indicate detailed error messages An error is indicated cyclically by up to 3 blinking sequences After elimination of the error restart the node by turning the power supply of the device off and on again Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Switching on the power supply Start up Diagnostics 175 VO LED is blinking red i Yes VO LED 1st flash sequence red MWL MIL Introduction of the error indication 1st break VO LED 2nd flash sequence red TUTL TL Error code Number of flash cycles 2nd break O LED 3rd flash sequence red JUL TL Error argument Number of flash cycles I O LED is shining green ready for operation Figure 73 Node status I O LED signaling 1st flash sequence Break 2nd flash sequence Break 3rd flash sequence ca 10 Hz Introduction of the error indication ca 1 Hz Error code x x Number of flash cycles ca 1 Hz Error argument y y Number of flash cycles Figure 74 Error message coding Example of a module error e The I O LED starts the error display with the first blinking sequence approx 10 Hz e After the first break the second blinking sequence starts approx 1 Hz The I O LED blinks four times Error code 4
363. of output bits to 1 or 0 in a slave device The maximum number is 256 bits Request The request message specifies the reference number first coil in the sequence the bit count number of bits to be written and the output data The output coils are zero based therefore the first output point is 0 In this example 16 bits are set starting with the address 0 The request contains 2 bytes with the value OxASFO or 1010 0101 1111 0000 in binary format The first data byte transmits the value of 0xA5 to the addresses 7 to 0 whereby 0 is the lowest value bit The next byte transmits OxFO to the addresses 15 to 8 whereby the lowest value bit is 8 Table 117 Request of Function code FC15 Byte Field name Example Byte 0 1 Transaction identifier 0x0000 Byte 2 3 Protocol identifier 0x0000 Byte 4 5 Length field 0x0009 Byte 6 Unit identifier 0x01 not used Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x0F Byte 8 9 Reference number 0x0000 Byte 10 11 Bit count 0x0010 Byte 12 Byte count 0x02 Byte 13 Data bytel OxA5 Byte 14 Data byte2 OxF0 Response Table 118 Response of Function code FC15 Byte Field name Example Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x0F Byte 8 9 Reference number 0x0000 Byte 10 11 Bit count 0x0010 Manual Version 1 4 1 maco 234 Fieldbus Communication WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Exception Table 1
364. oftware restart on system error disabled Automatically set the static IP address enabled y vw For this configuration the fieldbus coupler uses an BootP Request automatically statically configured IP address if the q L request via BootP fails O Automatically set the static IP address disabled For this configuration the IP address request via BootP is repeated in the event of error Wago Communication over Ethern et Allow control mode over Ethernet O M Setting output values via WAGO I O CHECK for communication over ETHERNET enabled O Setting output values via WAGO I O CHECK for communication over ETHERNET disabled The Autoreset on system error function can ensure safe and fast recovery in the event of temporary errors e g severe EMC interference when activated for areas that are difficult to access e g in the offshore area The automatic software restart is executed as soon as the fieldbus coupler has an error status that requires a restart With the original factory settings this function is disabled default meaning that diagnostics is indicated via the blink code for the I O LED when an error occurs A manual restart must then be conducted after error evaluation and rectification Manual Version 1 4 1 maco 168 Configuring via the Web Based Management System WBM WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 10 11 I O Config
365. oltage or frequency can cause severe damage to the component Aon Toy oio OOo LAJ 00 System supply ee E 24 V 15 20 ae Bev an ma T S im ee gt ME E E oO a z B ee ee TL LIL S Zs wo Figure 4 System supply for standard coupler controller and extended ECO couplers The fed DC 24 V supplies all internal system components e g coupler controller electronics fieldbus interface and bus modules via the internal bus 5 V system voltage The 5 V system voltage is electrically connected to the 24 V system supply maco 26 System Description WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 750 3xx 8xx 750 613 DC5V OV Fieldbus Electronic cA Woo i ut ul fut ul ul U H DC 24 V T 15 20 Figure 5 System voltage for standard couplers controllers and extended ECO couplers Note Only reset the system simultaneously for all supply modules Resetting the system by switching on and off the system supply must take place simultaneously for all supply modules coupler controller and 750 613 3 6 2 2 Alignment Note Recommendation A stable network supply cannot be taken for gr
366. omain name Domainname Coo DNS Server2 S NTP Server Figure 61 WBM page TCP IP Table 41 WBM page TCP IP Configuration Data Entry Default Value Description example IP address 192 168 1 0 192 168 1 200 Enter IP address Subnet mask 255 255 255 0 255 255 255 0 Enter subnet mask Gateway 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Enter gateway Host name Enter host name Domain name Enter domain name DNS Server1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Enter IP address of the first DNS server DNS Server2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Enter optional IP address of the second DNS server Manual Version 1 4 1 maco 148 Configuring via the Web Based Management System WBM maco S NTP Server WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Enter IP address of the S NTP server SNTP Update Time sec max 65535 Co 0 Enter the delay after which the S NTP server requests the network time again Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Configuring via the Web Based Management System WBM 149 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 10 4 Manual Port Use the Port HTML page to enable or disable services available via the IP protocol Qe Geaberen frnkht Cevorten Extras 2 Qas Dx A sete Seren O r 3 WAGO Web based Management Navigation Port configuration Information This page is for the
367. ommunication 261 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 4 5 12 4 5 1 Manual Object Model General For network communication Ethernet IP utilizes an object model in which all functions and data of a device are described Each node in the network is depicted as a collection of objects The object model contains terms that are defined as follows Object An object is an abstract representation of individual related components within a device It is determined by its data or attributes its outwardly applied functions or services and by its defined behavior Class A class describes a series of objects which all represent the same type of system components A class is the generalization of an object All objects in a class are identical as regards form and behavior but can comprise differing attribute values Instance An instance describes a specific and physical occurrence of an object The terms object instance and object instance all refer to a specific instance Different instances of a class have the same services the same behavior and the same variables attributes However you can have different variable values For example Finland is an instance of the Land object class Variable The variables attributes describe an externally visible characteristic or the function of an object Typical attributes include configuration or status information For example the ASCII name of an
368. on 1 4 1 WAEH 380 Appendix 16 1 7 maco WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller UDP Group Table 423 MIB II UDP Group Identifier Entry Access Description 1 3 6 1 2 1 7 1 udpInDatagrams R _ Number of received UDP frames that could be passed on to the appropriate applications 1 3 6 1 2 1 7 2 udpNoPorts R Number of received UDP frames that could not be passed on to the appropriate applications port unreachable 1 3 6 1 2 1 7 3 udpInErrors R _ Number of received UDP frames that could not be passed on to the appropriate applications for other reasons 1 3 6 1 2 1 7 4 udpOutDatagrams R___ Number of sent UDP frames 1 3 6 1 2 1 7 5 udpTable A table entry is created for each application that received UDP frames 1 3 6 1 2 1 7 5 1 udpEntry Table entry for an application that received an UDP frame 1 3 6 1 2 1 7 5 1 1 udpLocalAddress R IP address of the local UDP server 1 3 6 1 2 1 7 5 1 2 udpLocalPort R___ Port number of the local UDP server Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 16 1 8 SNMP Group Table 424 MIB II SNMP Group Appendix 381 Identifier Entry Access Description 1 3 6 1 2 1 11 1 snmpInPkts R Numter of received SNMP frames 1 3
369. on protocol MODBUS nested in each other for transmission A detailed description of the tasks and addressing schemes of these protocols is contained in the following MODBUS Header MODBUS Data MODBUS Segment TCP Bader TCP Data lt TCP Segment IP Header IP Data Datagram IP Packet ETHERNET Header ETHERNET Data FCS lt ETHERNET Packet Figure 82 Communication Protocols Manual Version 1 4 1 maco 202 Fieldbus Communication WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 12 1 4 12 1 4 1 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Communication Protocols IP Internet Protocol The Internet protocol divides datagrams into segments and is responsible for their transmission from one network subscriber to another The stations involved may be connected to the same network or to different physical networks which are linked together by routers Routers are able to select various paths network transmission paths through connected networks and bypass congestion and individual network failures However as individual paths may be selected which are shorter than other paths datagrams may overtake each other causing the sequence of the data packets to be incorrect Therefore it is necessary to use a higher level protocol for example TCP to guarantee correct transmission IP Packet In addition to the data units to b
370. ond DNS server 16 2 6 Actual Error Group The actual error group contains information about the last system status error status Table 430 WAGO MIB Actual Error Group Identifier Eintrag Zugriff Beschreibung 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 20 1 wioErrorNumber R Error number of last error 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 20 2 wioErrorArgument R Error argument of last error 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 20 3 wioErrorTime R Time of last error 16 2 7 Error History Group The Error History Group contains the last system and error status in the table Table 431 WAGO MIB Error History Group Identifier Eintrag Zugriff Beschreibung 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 21 1 wioErrorTable 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 21 1 1 wioErrorEntry 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 21 1 1 1 wioErrorTableIndex Error table index 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 21 1 1 2 wioErrorTableNumber Table of error numbers 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 21 1 1 3 wioErrorTableArgument Table of error arguments AAA 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 21 1 1 4 wioErrorTableTime Table of error time 16 2 8 PLC Project Group The PLC project group contains information about the controller s PLC program Manual Version 1 4 1 waco 386 Appendix maco WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Table 432 WAGO MIB PLC Project Group
371. ons is prohibited Reproduction translation electronic and phototechnical filing archiving e g photocopying as well as any amendments require the written consent of WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Minden Germany Non observance will involve the right to assert damage claims Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Notes about this Documentation 13 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 1 3 Symbols Personal Injury Indicates a high risk imminently hazardous situation which if not avoided will result in death or serious injury A Personal Injury Caused by Electric Current Indicates a high risk imminently hazardous situation which if not avoided will result in death or serious injury Personal Injury Indicates a moderate risk potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided could result in death or serious injury Personal Injury Indicates a low risk potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided may result in minor or moderate injury NOTICE Damage to Property Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided may result in damage to property NOTICE A Damage to Property Caused by Electrostatic Discharge ESD Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided may result in damage to property Note Important Note Indicates a potential malfunction which if not avoided however will not result in damage to property
372. ontroller V volatile The attribute is not permanently stored in the controller Note Without specifying the attribute is not saved If this column is missing all attributes have the type V volatile Name Designation of the attribute Data type Designation of the CIP data type of the attribute Description Short description for the Attribute Default value Factory settings 12 4 5 4 Identity 01 nex The Identity class provides general information about the fieldbus coupler controller that clearly identifies it Instance 0 Class Attributes Table 191 Identity 01 nex Class Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default value 1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object _ 1 0x0001 2 Get Max Instance UINT Maximum instance 1 0x0001 3 Get Max ID number of UINT Maximum number of 0 0x0000 class attributes class attributes 4 Get Max ID number of UINT Maximum number of 0 0x0000 instance attribute instance attributes o Manual WAEB Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Instance 1 Table 192 Identity 01 nex Instance 1 Fieldb us Communication 265 Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default value 1 Get Vendor ID UINT Manufacturer 40 0x0028 identification 2 Get Device Type U
373. ore the data of the RAM disk the information is additionally copied into the flash memory The data is stored in the flash after the file has been closed Due to the storage process access times during write cycles are long Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 213 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Note Flash Write Cycles are limited up to 1 Million Up to 1 million write cycles are possible for writing to the flash memory for the file system Manual The following table shows the supported FTP commands for accesses to the file system Table 85 FTP Commands and Function Command Function USER Identification of the user PASS User password ACCT Account for access to certain files REIN Server reset QUIT Terminates the connection PORT Addressing of the data link PASV Changes server in the listen mode TYPE Determines the kind of the representation for the transferred file STRU Determines the structure for the transferred file MODE Determines the kind of file transmission RETR Reads file from server STOR Saves file on server APPE Saves file on server Append mode ALLO Reservation of the necessary storage location for the file RNFR Renames file from with RNTO RNTO Renames file in with RNFR ABOR Stops current function DELE Deletes file CWD Changes directory
374. ose of the locking disc engages behind the carrier rail see the following figure This prevents the fieldbus coupler controller from canting on the carrier rail With the fieldbus coupler controller snapped in place the electrical connections for the data contacts and power contacts if any to the possible subsequent I O module are established Locking Release disc lug fe eo A vy m WAGO I O SYSTEM E Figure 28 Unlocking lug standard coupler controller Removing the Fieldbus Coupler Controller 1 Use a screwdriver blade to turn the locking disc until the nose of the locking disc no longer engages behind the carrier rail 2 Remove the fieldbus coupler controller from the assembly by pulling the release tab Electrical connections for data or power contacts to adjacent I O modules are disconnected when removing the fieldbus coupler controller Version 1 4 1 WAGE 66 Assembly WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 5 6 3 Inserting I O Module 1 Position the I O module so that the tongue and groove joints to the fieldbus coupler controller or to the previous or possibly subsequent I O module are engaged Figure 29 Insert I O module 2 Press the I O module into the assembly until the I O module snaps into the carrier rail Figure 30 Snap the I O module into place With the I O module snapped in place the electric
375. osition of the subnetwork ID are not defined however the size is dependent upon the number of subnets to be addressed and the number of subscribers per subnet Table 77 Class B Address with Field for Subnet IDs 1 8 16 24 32 1 0 ag Network ID Subnet ID Host ID Subnet Mask A subnet mask was introduced to encode the subnets in the Internet This involves a bit mask which is used to mask out or select specific bits of the IP address The mask defines the subscriber ID bits used for subnet coding which denote the ID of the subscriber The entire IP address range theoretically lies between 0 0 0 0 and 255 255 255 255 Each 0 and 255 from the IP address range are reserved for the subnet mask The standard masks depending upon the respective network class are as follows Class A Subnet mask Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 205 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Table 78 Subnet mask for Class A network 255 0 0 0 Class B Subnet mask Table 79 Subnet mask for Class B network 255 255 0 0 Class C Subnet mask Table 80 Subnet mask for Class C network 255 255 255 0 Depending on the subnet division the subnet masks may however contain other values beyond 0 and 255 such as 255 255 255 128 or 255 255 255 248 Your network administrator allocates the subnet mask
376. ot 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 50 8 1 2 wioModuleName R___ Name of module Manual Version 1 4 1 maco 394 Appendix WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Table 442 WAGO MIB Proce ss Image Group Identifier Entry Access Description 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 50 8 1 3 wioModuleType R___ Type of module 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 50 8 1 4 wioModuleCount R Count of module 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 50 8 1 5 wioModule R Module in alternative format AlternativeF ormat 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 50 8 1 6 wioModuleAnalog R Length of analog output data of module OutLength Bit 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 50 8 1 7 wioModuleAnalog R Length of analog input data of module InLength Bit 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 50 8 1 8 wioModuleDigital R Length of digital output data of module OutLength Bit 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 50 8 1 9 wioModuleDigital R Length of digital input data of module InLength Bit 16 2 19 Plc Data Group The Plc data group contains values that can be used for data exchange with CoDeSys Table 443 WAGO MIB Plc Data Group Identifier Entry Access Description 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 100 1 wioPlcDataTable 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 100 1 1 wioPlcDataEntry 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 100 1 1 1 wioPlcDataIndex R W_ Number of plc data DWORD 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 100 1 1 2 wioPlcDataReadArea R
377. otP server besides WAGO BootP Server Information More information about WAGO BootP Server 759 315 WAGO BootP Server is available free of charge on the CD AUTOMATION Tools and Docs Art No 0888 0412 or at http www wago com under Downloads gt AUTOMATION gt 759 315 WAGO BootP Server Information More information about using BootP server to assign IP addresses The process for assigning addresses using WAGO BootP Server is described in detail in the section Commissioning Fieldbus Nodes The BootP Client assists in the dynamic configuration of the network parameters Table 82 Meaning of the BootP parameters Parameter Meaning IP address of the client Network address of the fieldbus coupler controller IP address of the router If communication takes place outside the local network the IP address of the router gateway is given in this parameter Subnet mask The subnet mask makes it possible for the fieldbus coupler controller to distinguish which parts of the IP address identify the network and which identify the network stations IP addresses of the DNS server The IP addresses from a maximum of 2 DNS servers can be specified here Host name Name of host The network parameters IP address etc are stored in the EEPROM when using the Bootstrap protocol to configure the node Note BootP configuration is saved in the EEPROM Please note that the network conf
378. oupler controller The DHCP server then receives this message The server contains a database in which the MAC ID and IP addresses are assigned to one another When a MAC address is found a broadcast reply is transmitted via network The fieldbus coupler controller listens at the specified Port 68 for a response from the DHCP server Incoming packets contain information such as the IP address and the MAC address for the fieldbus coupler controller A fieldbus coupler controller recognizes by the MAC address that the message is intended for that particular fieldbus coupler controller and accepts the transmitted IP address into its network If there is no reply the inquiry is sent again after 4 seconds 8 seconds and 16 seconds If all inquiries receive no reply a blink code is released via the I O LED The parameters cannot be applied from the EEPROM Note DHCP configuration is not saved in the EEPROM Please note that the network configuration is not stored in the EEPROM when using DHCP in contrast to configuration via BootP The difference between BOOTP and DHCP is that both use different assignment methods BOOTP can be used to assign a fixed IP address for each client where the addresses and their reservation are permanently saved in the BOOTP server database In contrast DHCP is also used to dynamically assign available IP addresses through client leases lease time after which the client requests a new address where eac
379. outputs must remain at the last current value stopped when stopping the user program Activate if the page Webvisu htm must be opened as Set starting page when calling up WMB instead of the standard webvisu htm O starting page Status Information as default O Activate if the standard starting page Status Information must be opened when calling up WMB Activate if the page Webvisu htm must be opened in the WebVisu Open same frame webvisu htm O in frame O Activate if the page Webvisu htm must be opened in another frame Open Activate if the page Webvisu htm must be opened in the webvisu htm same window in new O Activate if the page Webvisu htm must be opened in window another window Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Configuring via the Web Based Management System WBM 165 Table WBM page PLC PLC Features Function Default Description Compatible handling for ea config xml O Activate if the write authorizations must be assigned to the outputs of all bus terminals based on an existing file ea config xml Here note whether a control system configuration has already been created and if so whether this configuration is correct or incorrect see the following table The current process values are displayed on the website IO config in addition to the displayed data channel
380. ow is empty in its default settings 5 Click New to set up a link and then enter a name such as RS 232 Connection Version 1 4 1 WAGE 138 Programming the PFC using WAGO I O PRO CAA WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller xi r Channels E localhost via Tcp Ip Ethernet TCP IP OPC Cient Standar Name Vahe Commen eme OPC Client Standar REE New x Name Rs B32 Connection Remove Cancel T EE i a ose Ethernet TCP_IP 9 WAGO Ethernet TCP IP Treiber Updat OPC Client WAGO OPC Client Treiber __Update OPC Client 2 Tags WAGO OPC Client Treiber Tcp lp 3S Tcp lp driver Serial A8232 35 Serial A9232 driver 4 Tcp lp Level 2 35 Tcp lp level 2 driver Figure 58 Dialog window Communication parameters 6 In the selection window mark the required driver in the right side of the window Serial RS 232 3S Serial RS 232 driver to configure the serial link between the PC and the controller The following properties for the serial port are shown in the center dialog window e Port COM1 Baud rate 19200 e Parity Even Stop bits 1 e Motorola byte order No 7 Ifnecessary change the entries according to the above values by clicking on the respective value and editing it 8 Confirm these settings by clicking OK The RS 232 port is now configured for transferring the application 9 Under Online click the menu item Login to log in to
381. pObj_Value_Length USINT Length of the input data AipObj_ Value in byte Manual Version 1 4 1 waco 280 Fieldbus Communication WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Common Services Table 231 Analog input point 67 hex Common service Service code Service available Service name Description Class Instance OE hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute 12 4 5 14 Discrete Input Point Extended 3 71 hex The extension of the Discrete Input Point class enables the reading of data from a fieldbus node that contains over 765 digital input points DIPs The instance scope of the Discrete Input Point Extended 3 class covers DIPs from 766 to 1020 in the fieldbus node Instance 0 Class Attributes Table 232 Discrete Input Point Extended 3 71 hex Class Attribute ID_ Access Name Data type Description Default value 1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 0x0001 2 Get Max Instance UINT Max number of instances Instance 766 1020 Digital input value 766 up to 1020 Table 233 Discrete Input Point Extended 3 71 nex Instance 766 1020 Attribute Access Name Data type Description Default value ID 1 Get DipObj Value BYTE Digital input i only Bit 0 is valid Common Services Table 234 Disc
382. pler connection RJ 45 Max length of fieldbus segment 100 m behind hub and fieldbus controller Max length of network network length limited by ETHERNET specification Baud rate 10 100 Mbit s Protocols MODBUS TCP UDP ETHERNET IP HTTP BootP DHCP DNS SNTP FTP SNMP Programming WAGO I O PRO CAA TEC 61131 3 AWL KOP FUP CFC ST AS Max number of socket links 3 HTTP 15 MODBUS TCP 10 FTP 2 SNMP 5 for IEC 61131 3 program 2 for WAGO I O PRO CAA 128 for Ethernet IP Number of I O modules 64 with bus extension 250 Program memory 512 kByte Data memory 256 kByte Non voltatile memory retain 24 kByte 16 kByte retain 8 kByte flag Manual o Version 1 4 1 maco 54 Device Description 4 5 3 4 5 4 4 5 5 4 5 6 maco WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Supply Table 18 Technical data Supply Voltage supply DC 24 V 25 30 Input current max 500 mA at 24 V Efficiency of the power supply 87 Internal current consumption 300 mA at 5 V Total current for I O modules 1700 mA at 5 V Isolation 500 V system supply Voltage via power jumper contacts DC 24 V 25 30 Current via power jumper contacts max DC 10 A Fieldbus MODBUS TCP Table 19 Technical data Fieldbus MODBUS TCP Input process image max 2 kByte Output process image max 2 kByte Input variables max 512 Byte Output
383. process image is broken down into an input and an output data range The data of the digital I O modules is bit oriented i e digital data is sent bit by bit Analog I O modules represent the group of byte oriented modules data is sent byte by byte This group includes counter modules angle and distance measurement modules and communication modules For both the local input and the output process image the I O module data is stored in the corresponding process image according to the order in which the modules are connected to the controller First all the byte oriented analog IO modules are filed in the process image then the bit oriented digital IO modules The bits of the digital modules are grouped into bytes If the amount of digital information exceeds 8 bits the controller automatically starts with a new byte Version 1 4 1 WAGE 74 Function Description WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Note Hardware changes can result in changes of the process image If the hardware configuration is changed by adding changing or removing of I O modules with a data width gt 0 bit this result in a new process image structure The process data addresses would then change If adding modules the process data of all previous modules has to be taken into account A memory range of 256 words word 0 255 is initially available in the controller for the process image of
384. put Module with Diagnostics 00 307 13 2 1 4 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics and Output Process Data ssissisine unenee e a 308 13 2 1 5 4 Channel Digital Input Modules cece eceesteceteceeeeeeeeeeeee 308 13 2 1 6 8 Channel Digital Input Modules nssnnneesensseeseeseesseeseeseesseeseee 308 13 2 1 7 16 Channel Digital Input Modules 0000 0 eee eeceesseeeteeeeeeeeeee 309 13 2 2 Digital Output MOGUIeS iscscssscssavssesssssessionscduecerustesenmenssnusicksansnansees 310 13 2 2 1 1 Channel Digital Output Module with Input Process Data 310 132 202 2 Channel Digital Output Modules ee eeeceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeees 310 13 2 2 3 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process DAL se cectcaccctceen cata aaiae ie ERTE ARA 311 13 2 2 4 4 Channel Digital Output Modules cece ceeceeeeeereeeteeeeeees 312 13 2 2 5 4 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Dat sssssrssississsiitersrasisccopairiiaroacnisanai saidas anean iaeei 312 13 2 2 6 8 Channel Digital Output Module 00 0 0 cece ceteceteceeeeeeeeeeeeees 312 13 2 2 7 8 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Proc ss aa sccvaccestscabeas aliadoscedestbixetiaasccaucvaetgaieaseueaarictenie dances 313 13 2 2 8 16 Channel Digital Output Modules ccceeeecceesseceteceeeeeeees 313 13 2 2 9 8 Channel Digital Input Output Modules cee eeeeseeeees 314 13 2 3 Analog Input Modules s icsc
385. r 0x02 Manual a o Version 1 4 1 Aen 230 Fieldbus Communication WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 3 3 5 Function Code FC5 Write Coil This function writes a single output bit to the slave device Request The request specifies the reference number output address of output bit to be written The reference number of the request is zero based therefore the first coil starts at address 0 Example Turn ON the second output bit address 1 Table 108 Request of Function code FC5 Byte Field name Example Byte 0 1 Transaction identifier 0x0000 Byte 2 3 Protocol identifier 0x0000 Byte 4 5 Length field 0x0006 Byte 6 Unit identifier 0x01 not used Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x05 Byte 8 9 Reference number 0x0001 Byte 10 ON OFF OxFF Byte 11 0x00 Response Table 109 Response of Function code FC5 Byte Field name Example Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x05 Byte 8 9 Reference number 0x0001 Byte 10 Value OxFF Byte 11 0x00 Exception Table 110 Exception of Function code FC5 Byte Field name Example Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x85 Byte 8 Exception code 0x01 0x02 or 0x03 Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 3 3 6 Function Code FC6 Write Single Register Fieldbus Communication 231
386. r Modules 750 404 and all variations except of 000 005 753 404 and variation 000 003 ccecesscccsscecsseceessseeesseeeesseeeesseeees 345 Table 388 Counter Modules 750 404 000 005 0 ccceeccceeseeeseeesseeeeeeseeeeteeeeaes 346 Table 389 Counter Modules 750 638 753 638 cccccccccscccssssssssssessecsceseeseesseaees 347 Table 390 Pulse Width Modules 750 511 XXX XXX woocciiicccecssssssscesceseesessseeees 347 Table 391 Serial Interface Modules with alternative Data Format 348 Table 392 Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format 0 0 348 Table 393 Data Exchange Module ccisscssicsassssscssasssceanessnccssssancosassnccanssstcasasaaeces 349 Table 394 SSI Transmitter Interface Modules cccccccecsseceseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 349 Table 395 SSI Transmitter Interface I O Modules with an Alternative Data Form ts eire e EE EE E EAEE E E RG 350 Table 396 Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750 631 000 004 010 011 E E oo A 350 Table 397 Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750 634 cccesseesseeetees 351 Table 398 Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750 637 ccccesseesteeetees 351 Table 399 Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750 635 750 635 352 Table 400 DC Drive Controller 750 636 ccccccccescceseceeeeenseceeceeeeeeeeeeseeesaeens 352 Table 401 Steppercontroller RS 422 24 V 20 mA 750 670 cesceseeseeteees 353 Table 402 RTC
387. r the WAGO BootP server with messages So that the new IP address is taken over in the fieldbus controller you must now restart the fieldbus controller with a hardware reset 4 Interrupt the power supply of the fieldbus controller for approx 2 seconds or press the mode selector switch which is located behind the configuration interface door The IP address is stored permanently in the fieldbus controller 5 To close the BootP server again click Stop and then click the button Exit Manual o Version 1 4 1 WAEH 104 Commissioning WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 8 2 2 5 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Disabling BootP When the BootP protocol is activated the controller expects the BootP server to be permanently available If there is no BootP server available after a PowerOn reset the network will remain inactive You must then deactivate the BootP protocol so that the controller uses the configurated IP address from the EEPROM this does away with the need for the BootP server to be permanently available Note BootP must be disabled to assign the address permanently To apply the new IP address permanently in the fieldbus controller BootP must be disabled This prevents the fieldbus coupler from receiving a new BootP request Note The IP address is not lost when the BootP Protocol is disabled If the BootP protocol is deactivated after addresses have been assigned the stored I
388. ram fault Error Error Description Solution Argument Error when 1 Restart the fieldbus controller by turning the power 1 implementing the supply off and on again PFC run time system 2 Ifthe error still exists please contact the I O Support Error when generating 1 Restart the fieldbus controller by turning the power 2 the PFC supply off and on again inline code 2 Ifthe error still exists please contact the I O Support An IEC task exceeded the maximum running 3 time or the sampling 1 Check the task configuration concerning the adjusted interval of the IEC task sampling intervals and watchdog times could not be kept Watchdog 1 Restart the fieldbus controller by turning the power supply off and on again 4 PFC Web Visualization 2 If the error still exists please accomplish a reset initialization error origin in WAGO I O PRO CAA 3 Compile the project again 4 Transfer the project to the controller 1 Check the information of the connected modules in Error when the PLC configuration of WAGO I O PRO CAA 5 synchronizing the PLC 2 Compare this information with the modules that are configuration with the actually connected internal data bus 3 Compile the project again 4 Transfer the project to the controller Table 61 Blink code table for the I O LED signaling error code 11 Error code 11 Gateway Mailbox I O module fault Error Error Description Solution Argument Maximum numberof 1 Turn o
389. rature 0 C lt Ta lt 60 C ExdI Ex T V TUN 09 0001X Ex nA IIC T4 Ex tD A22 IP6X T135 C Permissible operation temperature 0 C lt Ta lt 60 C Ex cULus ANSI ISA 12 12 01 Class I Div2 ABCD T4 Manual maco Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Device Description 57 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller The following ship approvals have been granted to 750 841 fieldbus coupler controller ABS ABS American Bureau of Shipping Federal Maritime and Hydrographic Agency i BV Bureau Veritas inom DNV Det Norske Veritas Class B pnv GD GL Germanischer Lloyd Cat A B C D EMC 1 KR KR Korean Register of Shipping lows IR Lloyd s Register Env 1 2 3 4 ERA CM NKK Nippon Kaiji Kyokai Eg PRS Polski Rejestr Statk w S SAN RINA Registro Italiano Navale Information Fil For more information about the ship approvals Note the Supplementary Power Supply Regulations chapter for the ship approvals Manual Version 1 4 1 WAEH 58 Device Description WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 4 7 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Standards and Guidelines 750 841 meets the following requirements on emission and immunity of interference EMC CE Immunity to interference acc to EN 61000 6 2 2005 EMC CE Emission of interference acc to EN 61000 6 3 2007 EMC marine applications Immunity to interference acc to Germanischer Lloyd 2003
390. re 73 Node status I O LED signaling s ssssseseesesseeseeseessesseseessresseseee 175 Figure 74 Error message COMING s i5ainceinneccexsninasstinndenstantoneisgaibacedsiteatadtaaatanialad 175 Figure 75 Function block for determining loss of fieldbus independently of PrOtOCO lease irern E TERE EE E OLE E 183 Figure 76 Direct Connection of a Node with Crossover Cable eeeeeee 189 Figure 77 Connection of a Node by means of a Hub with Parallel cables 189 Figure 78 Star TOPOS Y ac seawinesotssdnedinbosessooutedserannd eo EERE E aA 190 Figure 79 Tree Topology ienicerii annie EAER E Riias 191 Figure 80 Principle of Shared ETHERNET cssccscssssesetsorssseesconserseesoees 195 Figure 81 Principle of Switched ETHERNET sisswssssisstovssstecsssoseeata aeetsesenten 196 Figure 82 Communication Protocols cecceecsesceseceseeneeeseeeeeeeeceaecneeeeeeeeeeeees 201 Figure 83 Use of the MODBUS Functions ccccccesceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeensaes 222 Figure 84 Example SCADA software with MODBUS driver eeeeeeeeeeees 362 Figure 85 Example for lateral labeling of bus modules ce eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 364 Figure 86 Printing on text detail in accordance with CENELEC and IEC 364 Figure 87 Example of side marking of Ex i and IEC Ex i approved I O modules aa Esr e EEEE EAE a O EEE a EEEE EEE ETRE E EE oases ease EE E EARS EE RAEES E RE STERE enia 365 Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O
391. re a correct dynamic configuration process the operation mode for the autonegotiation of both communication partners must be supported and activated Version 1 4 1 WAEH 194 Fieldbus Communication maco WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Errors Occurring when Configuring the Transmission Mode Invalid configurations are listed below Table 66 Errors Occurring when Configuring the Transmission Mode Problem Cause Symptoms Mismatch of the transmission rate Occurs when configuring one link partner with 10 Mbit s and the other one with 100 Mbit s Link failure Duplex mode mismatch Occurs when one link partner is running in full duplex and the other in half duplex mode Faulty or discarded data packets as well as collisions on the medium Mismatch using autonegotiation Occurs when one link partner is running in auto negotiation mode and the other one is using a static configuration of the transmission mode in full duplex operation The link partner which is in autonegotiation mode determines the network speed via the parallel detection procedure and sets the duplex mode to half duplex If the device is operating in full duplex mode with static configuration a duplex mode mismatch will occur see above Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 195 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus
392. rent 3 0x0003 instanced connections Instance 1 Table 218 Ethernet link F6 nex Instance 1 Attribute ID Access Name Data type __ Description Default value 1 Get Interface Speed UDINT Transfer rate 10 Ox0A or 100 0x64 2 Get Interface Flags DWORD Interface configuration Bit 0 Link active and status information _ Bit 1 Full Duplex 3 Get Physical Address ARRAY of MAC layer address MAC ID of the 6 UINTs device Common Service Table 219 Ethernet link F6 nex Common service Service code Service available Service name Description Class_ Instance 01 hex Yes Yes Get Attribute All Supplies contents of all attributes OE hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute 12 4 5 10 Manual Version 1 4 1 Coupler Controller Configuration 64 hex The fieldbus coupler configuration class allows reading and configuration of some important fieldbus controller process parameters The following listings explain in details all supported instances and attributes Instance 0 Class Attributes Table 220 Coupler Controller configuration 64 nex Class Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default value 1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 0x0001 2 Get Max Instance UINT Max number of instances 1 0x0001 maco
393. rete Input Point Extended 3 71 nex Common service Service Service available Service Name Description code Class_ Instance OE hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute 12 4 5 15 Discrete Output Point 66 hex This class enables data exchange for a particular digital output point Instance 0 Class Attributes Table 235 Discrete Output Point 66 hex Class Attribute Access Name Data type Description Default ID value 1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 0x0001 2 Get Max Instance UINT Max number of instances o Manual WAGE Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 281 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Instance 1 255 Digital output value 1 up to 255 Table 236 Discrete Output Point 66 nex Instance 1 255 Attribute Access Name Data type Description Default ID value 1 Get DopObj_Value BYTE Digital Output only Bit 0 valid 12 4 5 16 Manual Common Services Table 237 Discrete Output Point 66 nex Common service Service Service available Service Name Description code Class Instance OE hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute 10 hex No Yes Set Attribute Single Modifies an attribute value Discrete Output Poi
394. rmines the number of bytes for the PFC output fieldbus variables which are received via assembly instance 110 105 0x69 Set NV Bk_FbOut_Star t Ple_ Var Cnt UINT Determines starting from which position the PFC output fieldbus variables for the assembly instance 110 to be received Manual Version 1 4 1 maco 278 Fieldbus Communication WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 120 0x78 Set NV Bk Header UINT Indicates whether the 0x0000 CfgOT RUN IDLE header is used originator gt target direction 0 is used 1 is not used 121 0x79 Set NV Bk Header UINT Indicates whether the 0x0001 CfgTO RUN IDLE header is used originator gt target direction 0 is used 1 is not used Common Service Table 222 Coupler Controller configuration 64 nex Common service Service code Service available Service name Description Class Instance OE hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_ Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute 10 hex No Yes Set_Attribute Single Modifies an attribute value 12 4 5 11 Discrete Input Point 65 nex This class allows the reading of data of a particular digital input point Instance 0 Class Attributes Table 223 Discrete input point 65 nex Class Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default value
395. rogrammable Fieldbus Controller Table 55 Blink code table for the I O LED signaling error code 3 Error code 3 Protocol error internal bus Error Argument Error Description Solution Internal data bus communication is faulty defective module cannot be identified Are passive power supply modules 750 613 located in the node 1 Check that these modules are supplied correctly with power 2 Determine this by the state of the associated status LEDs Are all modules connected correctly or are there any 750 613 Modules in the node 1 Determine the faulty I O module by turning off the power supply 2 Plug the end module into the middle of the node Turn the power supply on again LED continues to flash Turn off the power supply and plug the end module into the middle of the first half of the node toward the fieldbus controller LED not flashing Turn off the power and plug the end module into the middle of the second half of the node away from the fieldbus controller Turn the power supply on again 6 Repeat the procedure described in step 4 while halving the step size until the faulty I O module is detected Replace the faulty I O module 8 Inquire about a firmware update for the fieldbus controller SS A z Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Diagnostics 179 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Table 56 Blink co
396. roller generates an error message error code and error argument An internal data bus failure occurs for example if an I O module is removed If the error occurs during operation the output modules operate as they do during an internal data bus stop If the internal data bus error is resolved the controller starts up after turning the power off and on similar to that of a normal start up The process data is transmitted again and the outputs of the node are set accordingly If the KBUS ERROR INFORMATION function block is evaluated in the control program then the ERROR BITLEN TERMINALS and FAILADDRESS output values are relevant ERROR FALSE No fault BITLEN Bit length of the internal bus shift register TERMINALS Number of I O modules ERROR TRUE Internal Bus Error BITLEN 0 TERMINALS 0 FAILADRESS Position of the I O module after which the internal bus interruption arose similar to the flashed error argument of the I O LED Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 185 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 12 1 Manual Fieldbus Communication Fieldbus communication between master application and a WAGO fieldbus coupler controller based on the ETHERNET standard normally occurs via an implemented fieldbus specific application protocol Depending on the application this can be e g MODBUS TCP UDP EtherNet IP BACnet IP KNXn
397. rovides a MODBUS server that maps the MODBUS services on a word array SysLibSockets lib Function block for access to sockets for communication via TCP IP and UDP WagoLibSockets lib Function blocks for access to sockets for communication via TCP IP and UDP Contains additional functions in addition to SysyLibSockets lib Mail 02 lib Function block for sending e mails WAGOLIibMail_02 lib Function block for sending e mails WagoLibSnmpEx_01 lib Function blocks for sending SNMP V 1 traps together with the parameters for the type DWORD and STRING 120 starting with software version SW gt 07 WagoLibSntp lib Function blocks for setting and using the simple network time protocol SNTP WagoLibFtp lib Function blocks for setting and using the file transfer protocol FTP WAGOLibTerminalDiag lib Function blocks for the output of module channel and diagnostic data of I O modules that provide diagnostic data o Manual WAGO Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Programming the PFC using WAGO I O PRO CAA 125 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Manual Version 1 4 1 Information Additional Information For a detailed description of the function blocks and use of the software refer to the WAGO I O PRO CAA manual at http www wago com under documentation gt WAGO I O SYSTEM 759 gt WAGO I O PRO 759 333 or the online Help function for WAGO I O PRO CAA maco 1
398. rs 1 e overload short circuit or broken wire a diagnostic bit is set The diagnostic data is mapped into the Input Process Image while the output control bits are in the Output Process Image Table 377 4 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data Input Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic bit bit bit bit S4 S3 S2 S1 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1 Diagnostic bit S 0 no Error Diagnostic bit S 1 overload short circuit or broken wire The output modules seize 4 Instances in Class 0x65 Manual wh o Version 1 4 1 ABEB 340 13 3 2 6 13 3 2 7 maco I O Modules Output Process Image WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 controls controls controls controls DO 4 DO 3 DO 2 DO 1 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1 And the output modules seize 4 Instances in Class 0x66 8 Channel Digital Output Module 750 530 536 1515 1516 753 530 534 Table 378 8 Channel Digital Output Module Output Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls DO 8 DO7 DO 6 DO5 DO4 DO 3 DO 2 DO1 Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Chan
399. rs in square brackets e g E5 Manual Version 1 4 1 WAEH 16 Important Notes WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 2 2 1 2 1 1 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Important Notes This section includes an overall summary of the most important safety requirements and notes that are mentioned in each individual section To protect your health and prevent damage to devices as well it is imperative to read and carefully follow the safety guidelines Legal Bases Subject to Changes WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG reserves the right to provide for any alterations or modifications that serve to increase the efficiency of technical progress WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG owns all rights arising from the granting of patents or from the legal protection of utility patents Third party products are always mentioned without any reference to patent rights Thus the existence of such rights cannot be excluded Personnel Qualifications All sequences implemented on Series 750 devices may only be carried out by electrical specialists with sufficient knowledge in automation The specialists must be familiar with the current norms and guidelines for the devices and automated environments All changes to the coupler or controller should always be carried out by qualified personnel with sufficient skills in PLC programming Use of the 750 Series in Compliance with Underlying Provisions Coupl
400. s Disable if the write authorizations must be assigned to the outputs of all bus terminals of the PLC Here note whether a control system configuration has already been created and if so whether this configuration is correct or incorrect see the following table T O configuration function activated T O configuration function deactivated standard setting Writing privileges to the outputs of all modules are The outputs for all modules are assigned to the PLC VO assigned on the Any ea config xml file configu basis of an existing ea that may already be ration config xml present is ignored and No control system overwritten configuration has The ea config xml file been created in the must be project completely error free otherwise the writing privileges for all modules will be assigned to the standard fieldbus Correct control Writing privileges to the module outputs is taken Sees from the control system system configuration i configuration A corresponding ea config xml has been created in y 4 file is generated in the file the project system Incorrect control The standard fieldbus is granted writing system configuration privileges to the outputs of all the has been created in modules the project Activate to also display the current process values on Insert aaa M the html page IO config ee L for the displayed data channel
401. s Table 336 1 Channel Analog Input Modules Input Process Image Offset Byte Dentination Description High Byte Low Byte 0 D1 DO Measured Value Up 1 D3 D2 Measured Value Uef 13 2 3 2 2 Channel Analog Input Modules 750 452 454 456 461 462 465 466 467 469 472 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 483 485 492 and all variations 753 452 454 456 461 465 466 467 469 472 474 475 476 477 478 479 483 492 and all variations Table 337 2 Channel Analog Input Modules Input Process Image Offset Berenson Description High Byte Low Byte 0 D1 DO Measured Value Channel 1 1 D3 D2 Measured Value Channel 2 Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGE 316 1 O Modules WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 13 2 3 3 4 Channel Analog Input Modules maco 750 453 455 457 459 460 468 and all variations 753 453 455 457 459 Table 338 4 Channel Analog Input Modules Input Process Image Offset Byte Destination Description High Byte Low Byte 0 D1 DO Measured Value Channel 1 1 D3 D2 Measured Value Channel 2 2 D5 D4 Measured Value Channel 3 3 D7 D6 Measured Value Channel 4 Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 O Modules 317 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 13 2 4 Analog Output Modules The hardwar
402. s entries into 3 ea config xml T Disable if no process values must be displayed on the html page IO config Enable to apply and use projects created with a target ID up Use M to firmware version FW 11 on a fieldbus controller after FW Target ID alternative L 12 Target ID T Enable if no projects are used that were created with a firmware version before FW 12 Manual u eo Version 1 4 1 A 166 Configuring via the Web Based Management System WBM WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 10 10 Features Use the Features HTML page to enable or disable additional functions Features This page is for the configuration of additional features The configuration is stored in an EEPROM and changes will take effect after the next software or hardware reset Additional functions Autoreset on system error o BootP Request before Static IP M UNDO _suemr Wago communication over Ethernet Allow Contralmode over Ethemet IF _unoo _sueMir Wen OOOO esi Figure 69 WBM page Features Manual maco Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Table 48 WBM page Security Configuring via the Web Based Management System WBM 167 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller before Static IP Entry Default Description Additional Functions Autoreset on oO V Automatic software restart on system error enabled system error LI Automatic s
403. s can be performed 1 On your PC go to Start and select the menu item Programs WAGO Software WAGO BootP Server 2 Click on WAGO BootP server configuration You are then provided with an editable table bootptab txt At the end of the list that highlights possible abbreviations that can be used in the BootP table two examples are given detailing the allocation of an IP address Example of entry with no gateway Example of entry with gateway The local network that is described in this description does not require a gateway Therefore you can apply the example Example of entry with no gateway here bootptab txt Editor OL x Datei Bearbeiten Suchen sequence of bytes where each byte is a two digit hex value tSExample of entry with no gatewa node1 ht 1 ha 80030DE000100 ip 186 1 254 100 Example of entry with gateway r node2 ht 1 ha 663 6DE 6662 66 ip 16 1 254 266 13 6A 61 FE 61 Figure 45 BootP table The examples shown contain the following information Manual Version 1 4 1 WAco 102 Commissioning WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Table 36 Information in the BootP table Information Description nodel node2 Any name for a node can be specified here ht 1 Network hardware type indicated here For ETHERNET the hardware type is 1 These numbers are clarified RFC1700
404. s e DHCP new parameters e WAGO MIB write access o Manual WAGO Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Programming the PFC using WAGO I O PRO CAA 129 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 9 4 General Information about IEC Tasks Please note the following information when programming your IEC tasks Note Use different priorities for IEC tasks IEC tasks must have different priorities as otherwise an error will occur during translating of the application An interruption of IEC tasks is possible through tasks of higher priority An ongoing task may be interrupted by tasks with higher priorities Execution of the task that has been interrupted is resumed only when there are no other higher priority tasks to be executed Distortion of variables in overlapping areas of the process image If several IEC tasks utilize input or output variables with the same or overlapping addresses in the process image the values for the input or output variables may change while the IEC task is being executed Observe waiting periods of free running tasks For controllers with firmware version FW lt 10 Running tasks are halted after each task cycle for 1 ms Execution of the task is then resumed For controllers with firmware version FW gt 10 Running tasks are halted after each task cycle for half the time that the task proper requires min 1 ms Execution of the task is then resumed Exa
405. s 12 1 2 Copyrights E A E A EESE 12 1 3 SYM DOLS ieie ra aae A E EEE AE O EEEE 13 1 4 N mb r Notations ieran era e E aA 15 1 5 Font Conventions sssini i a iR ince ERE NENE EAN ees 15 2 Imp rtant Not Sssssssssssscsotsssssssosissosssssssesossosoosessssasossisve sssr ceoessosesos s o ces 16 2 1 Legal Bases nnsa ne EE EEA E RE EE EEEE 16 2 1 1 Subject to Changes ices saves vavansnacevenpisscanncausvsaocaveranenaunsentiavcundvenonartees 16 2 1 2 Personnel ugliticaions wasiiiaiexpisidiakoni eas enews 16 2 1 3 Use of the 750 Series in Compliance with Underlying Provisions 16 2 1 4 Technical Condition of Specified Devices ecceesseesseeeteeeteeeeees 17 2 2 Safety Advice PreCauOis sccconavscassawieetpctemenenle mens 18 3 System Description seessescoesoesoessoesosssesoossoossessossooesessoesoossoesoesoossosssesoossee 20 3 1 Manufacturing Number sssciisatexcancisccsacevonvatete dlecetaleiudabsactropiiatele Rosas 21 3 2 Hardware Address MAC ID eccccceccccssscecssscecsseeecsseeecseeecseeecseeeesaes 21 3 3 Component Upd tesssssrnie ir R aes 22 3 4 Storage Assembly and Transport sssssssessseseesseesesesseesresresseesresenssee 22 3 5 Assembly Gide limes Standards sje sjcssssssseneiensduatoucss San sansdewadustisnsivess 23 3 6 Power PLY sires trast cad Meee eete eee Hae nee 24 3 6 1 MS A coco core ee e E E E E raves eee 24 3 6 2 System SUPPlY sacacstisaevenedannvvenshddiise swomecsesnndduatinassexienteswanTecadiocsvexs
406. s Data Input Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Status bit not used Manual Operation Output Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 controls not used DO 1 Channel 1 2 Channel Digital Output Modules 750 501 502 509 512 513 514 517 535 and all variations 753 501 502 509 512 513 514 517 Table 327 2 Channel Digital Output Modules Output Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit Bit 0 controls controls DO 2 DO 1 Channel 2 Channel 1 Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller I O Modules 311 13 2 2 3 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data 750 507 508 522 753 507 The digital output modules have a diagnostic bit for each output channel When an output fault condition occurs 1 e overload short circuit or broken wire a diagnostic bit is set The diagnostic data is mapped into the Input Process Image while the output control bits are in the Output Process Image Table 328 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data Input Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Diagnostic Diagnostic bit S 2 bit S 1 Channel
407. s in the center or top position Use the WAGO communication cable to set up a physical connection via serial service port This cable is included in the scope of supply for the IEC 61131 3 programming tool Item No 759 333 or can be procured as an accessory item under order no 750 920 NOTICE Do not connect 750 920 Communication Cable when energized To prevent damage to the communications interface do not connect or disconnect 750 920 Communication Cable when energized The fieldbus coupler must be de energized 1 Check that the controller mode selector switch is set to the center or top position If this is not the case move the mode selector switch to the center or top position 2 Use the WAGO communication cable to connect a COM port of your PC to the controller communication port A communication driver is required for serial data transfer This driver and its parameters must be entered in the WAGO I O PRO CAA in the dialog window Communication parameters 3 Start the WAGO I O PRO CAA software under Start gt Programs gt WAGO Software gt CoDeSys for Automation Alliance gt CoDeSys V2 3 or other version 4 In the menu Online select the item Communication parameters The dialog window Communication parameters then appears The channels of the currently connected gateway servers are shown on the left side of the dialogue and the already installed communications drivers are shown below This wind
408. s the Input and Output Process Image which have 3 words mapped into each image Word alignment is applied Table 402 RTC Module 750 640 Input and Output Process Image Byte Destination Instance Description High Byte Low Byte ID C S Command byte Controlotatus n byte DI Dy Data bytes D3 D2 The specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes input data and seize 1 Instance in Class 0x67 and seize 1 Instance in Class 0x68 Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 I O Modules 355 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 13 3 5 11 DALI DSI Master Module 750 641 The DALI DSI Master module has a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image 5 bytes of module data and 1 byte of control status The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image which have 3 words mapped into each image Word alignment is applied Table 403 DALI DSI Master module 750 641 Input Process Image Instance A Description High Byte Low Byte DO S DALI Response Status byte n D2 D1 Message 3 DALI Address D4 D3 Message 1 Message 2 The specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes input data and seize 1 Instance in Class 0x67 Output Process Image Instance Pe SOANAR Description High Byte Low Byte DALI command pe i DSI dimming value Somalo n D2 DI Parameter 2 DALI Address D4 D3 Command extension Parame
409. s when the fieldbus coupler controller must renew the lease time Rebinding time The rebinding time indicates after what amount of time the fieldbus coupler controller must have received its new address When using a lease time the values for the renewing time and rebinding time are also indicated After the renewing time has elapsed the fieldbus coupler controller attempts to automatically renew the lease time for its IP address If this is unsuccessful when the rebinding time has elapsed the fieldbus coupler controller attempts to receive a new IP address The renewing time should be approximately half of the lease time The rebinding time should be approximately 7 8 of the lease time Manual Version 1 4 1 maco 212 Fieldbus Communication WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 12 1 5 4 12 1 5 5 12 1 5 6 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller DNS Domain Name Systems The DNS client enables conversion of logical Internet names such as www wago com into the appropriate decimal IP address represented with separator stops via a DNS server Reverse conversion is also possible The addresses of the DNS server are configured via DHCP BootP or web based management Up to 2 DNS servers can be specified The host identification can be achieved with two functions an internal host table is not supported SNTP Client Simple Network Time Protocol The SNTP client is used for synchronization of the
410. sary information for the first I O module The entry MAP PLC assigns write access privileges to the IEC 61131 3 program for the first module 4 Ifyou want to enable access via MODBUS TCP replace PLC with FB1 and for access from Ethernet IP replace PLC with FB2 lt Module ARTIKEL NUMBER MAP PLC LOC ALL gt lt Module gt lt Module ARTIKEL NUMBER MAP FB1 LOC ALL gt lt Module gt 5 Then complete the fourth line for each individual module using this syntax and set the corresponding assigned access privileges Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Programming the PFC using WAGO I O PRO CAA 123 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Note The number of line entries must correspond with the number of bus terminals used It is imperative that the number of line entries concurs with the number of existing hardware modules 6 Save the file and reload it to the controller file system via FTP client You can then begin with IEC 61131 3 programming Manual Information Additional Information For a detailed description of how to use the software refer to the WAGO I O PRO CAA manual The manual available at http www wago com under Documentation gt WAGO I O SYSTEM 759 gt WAGO I O PRO gt 759 Version 1 4 1 WAEH 124 Programming the PFC using WAGO I O PRO CAA WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP I
411. screte Output Point Extended 1 6A hex cessceeseeeseeeeeeenseeeseeees 281 12 4 5 17 Discrete Output Point Extended 2 GE pex s ccs sssssccssscosscssenesees 282 12 4 5 18 Discrete Output Point Extended 3 72 tex sissssiccssevsecsasseeearedenneenss 282 12 4 5 19 Analog Input Point 67 pex ccccsccsssecessceseeeeseeessecseeceseeeeneeeseeesaeenes 283 12 4 5 20 Analog Input Point Extended 1 6B hex eesceesceecceseceeeeeeeeeeeeees 284 12 4 5 21 Analog Input Point Extended 2 6F hex sceseeesceeceeseceecereeseeeneees 284 12 4 5 22 Analog Input Point Extended 3 73 hex csessesseeseeseceeenseeeeeneees 285 12 4 5 23 Analog Output Point 68 pex ccasinetnn eaiGiaomanaaemes 286 12 4 5 24 Analog Output Point Extended 1 6C hex eescsscceseceteceeeeteeeeeees 286 12 4 5 25 Analog Output Point Extended 2 70 hex scesseseseeeseceteceteeteeeeeees 287 12 4 5 26 Analog Output Point Extended 3 74 hex sceseeseeseceseceteeeseeteeeneees 288 12 4 5 27 Module Configuration 80 hex cccsccescesseeesceeeteeceseceeeeeeeeeeseeesseenes 289 12 4 5 28 Module Configuration Extended 81 hex ccessccsseeeeeeeeetseeeeees 289 12 4 5 29 Input Fieldbus Variable USINT AO hex eccessccsteeeeeeeeeeeeneeenaeeees 290 12 4 5 30 Input Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 1 A1 hex esceeeeee 292 8 Table of Contents WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 4 5 31 Input Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 A2 hex e c
412. scription Default ID value 1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 0x0001 2 Get Max Instance _ UINT Max number of instances Instance 256 510 Analog Input value 256 up to 510 Table 251 Analog Input Point Extended 1 6B nex Instance 256 510 Attribute Access Name Data type Description Default ID value 1 Get AipObj_Value ARRAY Analog Input of BYTE 2 Get AipObj_Value_ USINT Length of the output data Length AopObj_Value in byte Common Services Table 252 Analog Input Point Extended 1 6B nex Common service Service Service available Service name Description code Class_ Instance OE hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute Analog Input Point Extended 2 6F hex The extension of the Analog Input Point class enables the reading of data from a fieldbus node that contains over 510 analog outputs AIPs The instance scope of the Analog Input Point Extended 2 class covers AIPs from 511 to 765 in the fieldbus node Instance 0 Class Attributes Table 253 Analog Input Point Extended 2 6F nex Class Attribute Access Name Data type Description Default ID value 1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 0x0001 2 Get Max Instance UINT Max number of instances Instance 511 765 Analog Input 511 up to 765 Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO 1
413. se in Hazardous Environments 371 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 15 2 3 Special conditions for safe use IEC Ex Certificate TUN 09 0001 X Manual Version 1 4 1 l For use as Dc or Gc apparatus in zone 2 or 22 the fieldbus independent I O modules WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 shall be erected in an enclosure that fulfils the requirements of the applicable standards see the marking IEC 60079 0 IEC 60079 11 IEC 60079 15 IEC 61241 0 and IEC 61241 1 For use as group I electrical apparatus M2 the apparatus shall be erected in an enclosure that ensures a sufficient protection according to IEC 60079 0 and IEC 60079 1 and the degree of protection IP64 The compliance of these requirements and the correct installation into an enclosure or a control cabinet of the devices shall be certified by an ExCB Measures have to be taken outside of the device that the rating voltage is not being exceeded of more than 40 because of transient disturbances DIP switches binary switches and potentiometers connected to the module may only be actuated when explosive atmosphere can be excluded The connecting and disconnecting of the non intrinsically safe circuits is only permitted during installation for maintenance or for repair purposes The temporal coincidence of explosion hazardous atmosphere and installation maintenance resp repair purposes shall be excluded For the types 750 606 750 625 000 001 750 487 003 000 750 4
414. se the system safety When one bus module is removed from the group the grounding connection will remain intact The ring feeding method has the grounding conductor connected to the beginning and end of each potential group Ring feeding of the ground Figure 18 Ring feeding Manual Note Observe grounding protection regulations You must observe the regulations relating to the place of assembly as well as the national regulations for maintenance and inspection of the grounding protection Version 1 4 1 maco 40 System Description WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 3 8 Shielding Screening 3 8 1 General The shielding of the data and signal conductors reduces electromagnetic interferences thereby increasing the signal quality Measurement errors data transmission errors and even disturbances caused by overvoltage can be avoided Note Lay the shielding throughout the entrance and over a wide area Constant shielding is absolutely required in order to ensure the technical specifications in terms of the measurement accuracy The cable shield should be potential With this incoming disturbances can be easily diverted You should place shielding over the entrance of the cabinet or housing in order to already repel disturbances at the entrance Note Lay high voltage cables separately Separate the data and signal conductors from a
415. ses are divided into 4 levels with each level containing a particular functionality Each higher level in turn possesses at least the functionality of a lower level The fieldbus coupler supports levels 1 and 2 of the Ethernet IP product classes which immediately build on each other Level 2 Level 2 Level 1 I O Messages Server Level 1 Explicit Messages Server e Unconnected Message Manager UCMM client and server e 128 Encapsulation Protocol sessions 128 Class 3 or Class 1 connections combined e Class 3 connection explicit messages connection oriented client and server e Class 1 connection I O messages connection oriented client and server 12 4 4 EDS File The Electronic Data Sheets file EDS file for short contains the characteristics of the fieldbus coupler controller and information regarding its communication capabilities The EDS file required for Ethernet IP operation is imported and installed by the corresponding configuration software Note Downloading the EDS file You can download the EDS file in the download area of the WAGO web site http www wago com gt Service gt Downloads gt AUTOMATION Information a Information about installing the EDS file When installing the EDS file refer to the information provided in the documentation of the configuration software which you are using 4 o Manual waca Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus C
416. sessessesseeesessesesssreseesersseesee 83 Table 27 Address range Word 0 9 cesssysavcsiceu Sen senclonaiuasesaieGsudbentidesaautisntanees 83 Table 28 Address range word 256 5 Ul iisiss cease stsscessassacesassascissdanreese desaccsaseceasines 84 Table 29 Address range word 512 1275 esessssssssessssessessrsssersresrrsseesseserssresse 84 Table 30 Address range word 1276 1531 ssssssssssssssesssssessseessesesssesseserssresse 84 Table 31 Address range for flags c cassssscsnsdissccansssacespassaedsaassvainedlatecsnoasnce votssoueaes 85 Table 32 IEC 61131 3 address areas chs niccjusvssacsaSanivsenelleweautiswtancsenantsa nepssneteeaiens 85 Table 33 Absolute Addressing ics ius esivscansueesuncdamsnceiaeus deneuievnannvasnndesiambeneue ranteey 86 Table 34 Addressing example six sasisacesebscacetsacssaasesiuseesadisaociadads lesa nadesseaswacasdaacuses 86 Table 35 Allocation of digital inputs and outputs to process data words in accordance With Enesmisiesenn enina a e A 87 Table 36 Information in the BootP table ceccceceeesseeseeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeesaeens 102 Table 37 ETHERNET libraries for WAGO I O PRO CAA ssosssssssesesessesseese 124 Table 38 Task processing sos sccssacsngenanisstinesiurtene dcbadedasksadedadsincissaumneassieationnantens 132 Table 39 WBM page Information ceccceecseesseceeeceeeeeeeeeeseeceaecneeneeeenseees 144 Table 40 WBM page Ethernet nonnsenseenessseeseessessesssesesserstssr
417. seuoose asstopsisse ro ovdoviedsss 398 maco 12 1 Notes about this Documentation WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Notes about this Documentation Keep this documentation 1 1 1 2 maco The operating instructions are part of the product and shall be kept for the entire lifetime of the device They shall be transferred to each subsequent owner or user of the device Care must also be taken to ensure that any supplement to these instructions are included if applicable Validity of this Documentation This documentation is only applicable to the device ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 750 841 of the WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 series The ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 750 841 shall only be installed and operated according to the instructions in this manual and the system description for the WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 NOTICE Consider power layout of the WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 In addition to these operating instructions you will also need the system description for the WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 which can be downloaded at www wago com There you can obtain important information including information on electrical isolation system power and supply specifications Copyright This Manual including all figures and illustrations is copyright protected Any further use of this Manual by third parties that violate pertinent copyright provisi
418. sinadesncvnd ava teveetanteaseeinns 228 Table 103 Response of Function code FC3 ceceecceeceesseeseceteceeeeeeeeeeseeeseeens 228 Table 104 Exception of Function code FC3 cccccccssccsesscssccssccescessnseseecsees 228 Table 105 Request of Function code FC4 ccc ecccccscceseceseceeseeeseecseceteeeeeeenaees 229 Table 106 Response of Function code FC4 wo eeccecceesseeseceteceeeeeeeeeeseeenaeens 229 Table 107 Exception of Function code PC4 x sccscscvecessvsdacasteccs anneceve vetaceiietse 229 Table 108 Request of Function code FCS cceccceccseceseceseeseeeeeeecsaeceseeneeeenaees 230 Table 109 Response of Function code FCS eeccccscescessceeseeeteecsaeeeseeseeeenaees 230 Table 110 Exception of Function code PCS ciccsisscecessivadacessagtienineaaiinntions 230 Table 111 Request of Function code FC6 ccccceccceeceeeseeesseceteceseeeeeeeeeeenaeees 231 Table 112 Response of Function code FCG c ccsscsssscssscsercsssstsssccseesssscssnncses 231 Table 113 Exception of Function code FC6 ccecccecsscceseceseeeeeeeeeecsseeeteeneees 231 Table 114 Request of Function code FC11 oo cee eeceeseeseceseceeeeeeeeeeteeeneeens 232 Table 115 Response of Function code FC11 sssssessssessssssessessessrssressessrssresseese 232 Table 116 Exception of Function code FC 11 s sssssssessssessesessseessessrssressessrssees 232 Table 117 Request of Function code FC15 s sesessssessesesessessessresressessresr
419. ss Read Description Number of word based outputs registers in the process image in bits divide by 16 to get the total number of analog words Table 151 Register address 0x1023 Register address 0x1023 41314 lt Value CnfLen AnalogInp Access Read Description Number of word based inputs registers in the process image in bits divide by 16 to get the total number of analog words Table 152 Register address 0x1024 Register address 0x1024 4132 Value CnfLen DigitalOut Access Read Description Number of digital output bits in the process image Table 153 Register address 0x1025 Register address 0x1025 4133 dec Value CnfLen DigitalInp Access Read Description Number of digital input bits in the process image Table 154 Register address 0x1028 Register address 0x1028 41364cc Value Boot options Access Read write Description Boot configuration 1 BootP 2 DHCP 4 EEPROM Manual a o Version 1 4 1 AGH 250 Fieldbus Communication WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Table 155 Register address 0x1029 Register address 0x1029 41374 with 9 words Value MODBUS TCP statistics Access Read write Description 1 word SlaveDeviceFailure internal bus error fieldbus error by gt activated watchdog 1 word BadProtocol gt error in the MODBUS TCP header 1 word BadLength gt Wrong telegram length 1 word BadFunction gt Invalid function code 1 word BadAddress gt
420. ss is read you obtain High Word of the address ID638 and the Low Word of the address ID639 etc If instance 128 is read you obtain only the High Word of the address ID765 Instance 0 Class Attributes Table 316 Output Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset AD pex Class Attribute Access Name Datatype Description Default value ID 1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 0x0001 2 Get Max Instance UINT Max number of instances 128 0x0080 Instance 1 128 Output variable 1 up to 128 Table 317 Output Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset AD pex Instance 1 128 Attribute Access Name Data type Description Default ID value 1 Set Fb Out Var UDINT Fieldbus output variable of the SPS 0 Common Services Table 318 Output Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset AD nex Common service attribute Servicecode Service available Service Name Description Casse_ Instance OE hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute Single Supplies contents of the appropriate Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 I O Modules 305 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 13 I O Modules 13 1 Overview For modular applications with the WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 different types of T O modules are available Digital Input Modules Digital Output Modules Analog Input Modules e Analog Output Modules e Special Modules e
421. sseeseeseeseseesees sesse 267 Static assembly instances Instance 101 65 hex eeeesseesseesteeeteeeeees 268 Static assembly instances Instance 102 66 hex eceesseesseeeteeeteeeeees 268 Static assembly instances Instance 103 67 hex s ceesceesteeeteceteeeeees 268 Static assembly instances Instance 104 68 hex eecceesseesecsteceteeeeees 268 Static assembly instances Instance 105 69 hex eceesceesseesteeeseeeeeee 269 Static assembly instances Instance 106 6A hex eceesceesseeeteceteeeeees 269 Static assembly instances Instance 107 6B hex e eesceesseeeteeeteeeeees 269 Static assembly instances Instance 108 6C hex eceesseesseceteeeteeeeees 270 Static assembly instances Instance 109 6C hex ecceesseesseesteeeteeeeees 270 Static assembly instances Instance 110 6E hex e eesceesseeeteceseeeeees 270 Static assembly instances Instance 111 6F hex eeeceeesseeeteeeteeeeees 270 Static assembly instances COMMON SETVICE ee eeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeteeees 271 Port class F4 pex Class sscssaccacssinesanadatssntssensestandandandsteatexeuteabanessendens 271 Port class F4 nex Instance 1 nnnnnonnnsnnnsenssnossnessseosseessossesesssenssee 272 Port class F4 nex Common service scccssasi caissedssaorsabawsevveuseadeessvenives 272 TCP IP interface F5pex Class ccsscccssssecssscesssscesesssceeseseeesecees 273 TCP IP interface F5pex Instance 1 yesaiasccsipncx
422. sseessseesseeseese 319 Table 343 Counter Modules 750 638 753 638 cccccccccsccccssssssssscssccsceseeseesseaees 319 Table 344 Pulse Width Modules 750 511 KXX XXX woeeeecccccccceeseessessesseseeseeeees 320 Table 345 Serial Interface Modules with alternative Data Format 0 320 Table 346 Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format 0 321 Table 347 Data Exchange Module ccceccccesesesceeseeceeceseeeeeceeeeenseecsaeeneeneaes 321 Table 348 SSI Transmitter Interface Modules cccecccecsseceteceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseees 322 Table 349 Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750 63 1 000 004 010 011 sae isi ints ecco EAEE ena pean aati asta cele E EAE E re 322 Table 350 Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750 634 c ceeeeeseeeees 323 Table 351 Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750 637 ccccceceeseeeees 323 Table 352 Digital Pulse Interface Modules 750 635 cccccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 324 Table 353 DC Drive Controller 750 636 gcscsscasicesneatatenadatvuctiecavsniveaciabeaatelveens 324 Table 354 Stepper Controller RS 422 24 V 20 mA 750 670 325 Table 355 RTC Mod le TS0 040 scsiscissvsetasadsbssesstutersisssandsendunsesuiiensanmenancineanenese 326 Table 356 DALI DSI Master module 750 641 ccsscssscssssseesessrcssceseacess 326 Table 357 EnOcean Radio Receiver 750 642 nssnssssesesenssessessresseessssresseesee 327 Table 358 MP Bus Master
423. ssign an IP address and other parameters to the fieldbus coupler controller in a TCP IP network Subnet masks and gateways can also be transferred using this protocol Protocol communication is comprised of a client request from the fieldbus coupler and a server response from the PC A broadcast request is transmitted to Port 67 BootP server via the protocol that contains the hardware address MAC ID for the fieldbus coupler The BootP server then receives this message The server contains a database in which the MAC ID and IP addresses are assigned to one another When a MAC address is found a broadcast reply is transmitted via network The fieldbus coupler controller listens at the specified Port 68 for a response from the BootP server Incoming packets contain information such as the IP address and the MAC address for the fieldbus coupler controller A fieldbus Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGE 208 Fieldbus Communication WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller coupler controller recognizes by the MAC address that the message is intended for that particular fieldbus coupler controller and accepts the transmitted IP address into its network Note IP addresses can be assigned via BootP under Windows and Linux You can use WAGO BootP Server to assign an IP address under the Windows and Linux operating systems You can also use any other Bo
424. sssnesetaceniceneMahenoneieias 274 TCP IP interface F5pex COMMON SCTVICE eecceeseesseceteceteeeeees 274 Eth rnet link Fics P NAGS sas Gayccwsnesuesissiaavinsndatensdneauabtensavateseacsaonnncaes 275 Ethernet link F6 pex Instance 1 s ssssenesenseeseesseessesesssressesseessesseese 275 Ethernet link F6 pex Common service sssssssssesseseeseessesersseesseese 275 Coupler Controller configuration 64 hex Class cceeeeseeeeeeees 275 Coupler Controller configuration 64 hex Instance 1 0 0 eee 276 Coupler Controller configuration 64 hex Common service 278 Discrete input point 65 pex Class 5 wacaccsnionneenecevieeinn aunts 278 Discrete input point 65 hex Instance 1 255 l u 278 Discrete input point 65 hex COMMON Service eee eeeeeeeeeteeteeeeee 278 Discrete Input Point Extended 1 69 hex Class ceeceeseeeeeeees 279 Discrete output point 66 hex Instance 256 510 oe eeeeeeeteeeeeeee 279 Discrete Input Point Extended 1 69 hex Common service 279 Discrete Input Point Extended 2 6D hex Class eee 219 Analog input point 67 nex Instance 1 ee eeeeseeeteeneeeeeeeeeeeeaee 279 Analog input point 67 nex COMMON SCLVICE eee eeeeeeeeeeteeneeenee 280 Discrete Input Point Extended 3 71 hex Class eeceeeeeeeeeee 280 Discrete Input Point Extended 3 71 hex Instance 766 1020 280 Discrete Input
425. sssocansstnecenpssisceesssasantantcnandstinsmessaacangcines 368 15 2 1 Special Conditions for Safe Operation of the ATEX and IEC Ex acc DEMKO 08 ATEX 142851X and IECEx PTB 07 0064 00 369 15 2 2 Special conditions for safe use ATEX Certificate TUV 07 ATEX DOA SG 2 E E E 370 15 2 3 Special conditions for safe use IEC Ex Certificate TUN 09 0001 X 371 15 2 4 ANSVISA 12 12 01 cccscrescuzceitentesatecacssepeanescacionstonastextenteankaseneceneietess 372 16 AACR i ccciercrsccsevcsnnccqnccnasswececcnceossacannsdcecenwssvenssoeerveshoniannnsancexnccquasnsenescees 373 16 1 MIB TT GTOUPS ares acs asaendscanceeaccaveiqesearexeeovanonieseaeaeussenrnesseat acters 373 16 1 1 SPIEL TROL sece sanie eak A E ERR R EE 373 16 1 2 l terface GOUD iorsin enar E EARE E EE 374 16 1 3 IP GrOUD recesiones rrian aA OEA EERE 376 16 1 4 IpRoute Tabl Grop assessed secetdgexevaantaceseh nn 377 16 1 5 ICMP GOUD crcire ecucanntincsornceiseureaaesaineeasxencvneeeceverasstereaesenataceenaeeet 378 16 1 6 DKE E A E A mente ore ee etre Ty 379 16 1 7 UDP Gr OUD s isccsusccsccstwusedesnaasates ena E N RS 380 16 1 8 SINAI E EKOE o AE EEA T 381 16 2 WAGO MIB Gres seensisetremn a a E 382 16 2 1 Company Group sssiccssvssnacanssaeceavastucdeidisdccaataascnseseseddaaasancceaaaadcansaiades 382 16 2 2 Product CUD recen E E A oat eostewsiuneans 382 16 2 3 Versions CIT OUI sivasciccc vie inian andes ERE R RE 382 16 2 4 Real Time Clock Group siscesastnsconussssssmenssstavesnsaccne
426. t Group ou cceeceecceeseceteceeeeeeeeeeseeesseeneenees 385 WAGO MIB Actual Error Group 0 cccccecsseceseceeeceeceeeseecsseeeeeeees 385 WAGO MIB Error History Group eeceecceceseceseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeenes 385 WAGO MIB PLC Project Group ececcccsseceseceeeeeeeeeeseenseenseeeees 386 WAGO MIB Http Group iacecesiaceesatnsdetassbadaxeudtaietassidgcscedoaiccastaanss 387 WAGO MIB Ftp Group sassssccisssssccinsisscdencessvcsnnsaiecsonssvesinansiccvsesnsons 387 WAGO MIB Sntp Group is atsoss sccdviecapscnarsshacsdssnosauernssnnceeovoveiessinnes 388 WAGO MIB Snmp Group seseesesesseesseeesesessseessresserssersseressseesseees 388 WAGO MIB Snmp Trap String Group eeeeeeeeseeseeeteeeteeeees 390 WAGO MIB Snmp User Trap String Group cceeceesseeeteeees 391 WAGO MIB Plc Connection Group ccccesseesseceeeeeeeeeeteeenseeees 391 WAGO MIB Modbus Group ceceeeesceeseeesceeeeceeeeeeeeeesecneensaes 392 WAGO MIB Ethernet IP Group ccccecsseceteceseceeeeeesceeseeeeseeeees 393 WAGO MIB Process Image Group cccceeeececeereeeeseeeeesteeeenaees 393 WAGO MIB Plc Data Group ceceecceeccesseeeneeeeseceseceeeeeeaceeaeenes 394 maco WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Postfach 2880 D 32385 Minden Hansastra e 27 D 32423 Minden Phone 49 5 71 8 87 0 Fax 49 5 71 8 87 1 69 E Mail info wago com Internet http www wago com WAGo
427. tance Bye Vostinaton Description High Byte Low Byte S not used Status byte n D1 DO Counter word not used D4 D3 Latch word The specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes input data and seize 1 Instance in Class 0x67 Output Process Image Byte Destination Instance Description High Byte Low Byte C Control byte of counter 1 s D1 DO Counter setting value of counter 1 2 gt not used r z not used And the specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes output data and seize 1 Instance in Class 0x68 Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Manual 750 634 I O Modules 351 The above Incremental Encoder Interface module has 5 bytes of input data 6 bytes in cycle duration measurement mode and 3 bytes of output data The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image which has 4 words mapped into each image Word alignment is applied Table 397 Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750 634 Input Process Image Instance Byte Destination Description High Byte Low Byte S not used Status byte r D1 DO Counter word D2 not used Periodic time D4 D3 Latch word If cycle duration measurement mode is enabled in the control byte the cycle duration is given as a 24 bit value that is stored in D2 together with D3 D4 The specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes input
428. te properly This address can be assigned via WAGO BootP server or using a PFC program When assigning an address using a PFC program this can be done in WAGO I O PRO CAA using the function block Ethernet Set_ Network Config from the library Ethernet lib The following describes allocation of the fieldbus node IP address via WAGO BootP server Note IP address assignment is not possible via the router The IP address is assigned via patch cable switches hubs or via direct link using a crossover cable Addresses can not be allocated via router Note BootP must be enabled on the Web pages Note that BootP must be enabled on the internal Web pages of the WBM HTML page Port configuration BootP is enabled by default when delivered Information Additional Information Assigning IP addresses using the WAGO BootP server can be carried out in any Windows and Linux operating system Any other BootP servers may also be used besides the WAGO BootP server Information More information about the WAGO BootP Server The WAGO BootP Server 759 315 is available free of charge on the CD AUTOMATION Tools and Docs Art No 0888 0412 or at http www wago com under Downloads gt AUTOMATION gt 759 315 WAGO BootP Server Complete the following steps to assign an IP address using WAGO BootP Server Note MAC ID Note IP address Edit BootP table Enable BootP Disable BootP Manual V
429. te Field name Example Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x85 Byte 8 Exception code 0x01 or 0x02 Manual Version 1 4 1 maco 236 Fieldbus Communication WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 3 3 10 Function Code FC22 Mask Write Register This function manipulates individual bits within a register using a combination of an AND mask an OR mask and the register s current content Request Table 123 Request of Function code FC22 Byte Field name Example Byte 0 1 Transaction identifier 0x0000 Byte 2 3 Protocol identifier 0x0000 Byte 4 5 Length field 0x0002 Byte 6 Unit identifier 0x01 not used Byte 7 MODBUS function code_ 0x16 Byte 8 9 Reference number 0x0000 Byte 10 11 AND mask 0x0000 Byte 12 13 OR mask OxAAAA Response Table 124 Response of Function code FC22 Byte Field name Example Byte 7 MODBUS function code _ 0x10 Byte 8 9 Reference number 0x0000 Byte 10 11 AND mask 0x0000 Byte 12 13 OR mask OxAAAA Exception Table 125 Exception of Function code FC22 Byte Field name Example Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x85 Byte 8 Exception code 0x01 or 0x02 Manual maco Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Fieldbus Communication 237 12 3 3 11 Function Code FC23 Read Write Multiple Registers Man
430. te of control status The following table illustrates the Input and Output Process Image which have 2 words mapped into each image Word alignment is applied Table 399 Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750 635 750 635 Input and Output Process Image Byte Destination Low Byte Instance Description High Byte Control status i DO C0 SO Data byte byte D2 D1 Data bytes The specialty modules represent 1x4 bytes input and output data and seize 1 Instance in Class 0x67 and 1 Instance in Class 0x68 DC Drive Controller 750 636 The DC Drive Controller maps 6 bytes into both the input and output process image The data sent and received are stored in up to 4 input and output bytes DO D3 Two control bytes CO C1 and two status bytes S0 S1 are used to control the I O module and the drive In addition to the position data in the input process image DO D3 it is possible to display extended status information S2 S5 Then the three control bytes C1 C3 and status bytes S1 S3 are used to control the data flow Bit 3 of control byte C1 C1 3 is used to switch between the process data and the extended status bytes in the input process image Extended Info ON Bit 3 of status byte S1 S1 3 is used to acknowledge the switching process Table 400 DC Drive Controller 750 636 Input Process Image Instance Byte Desunation Description
431. te variation The above Serial Interface Modules with alternative data format have a total of 4 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image 3 bytes of serial data and 1 byte of control status The following table illustrates the Input and Output Process Image which have a total of 2 words mapped into each image Word alignment is applied Table 391 Serial Interface Modules with alternative Data Format Input and Output Process Image Instance R Bye Ss uuanon Description High Byte Low Byte Control status n DO C S Data byte byte n l D2 D1 Data bytes The specialty modules represent 2x2 bytes input and output data and seize 2 Instances in Class 0x67 and 2 Instances in Class 0x68 Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format 750 650 000 001 014 015 016 750 651 000 001 750 653 000 001 006 The above Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format have a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image 5 bytes of serial data and 1 byte of control status The following table illustrates the Input and Output Process Image which have a total of 3 words mapped into each image Word alignment is applied Table 392 Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format Input and Output Process Image Instance Syre eunanen Description High Byte Low Byte DO s Data byte Control status a byte pe ui Data bytes D4 D3
432. tems The TCP IP protocol stack offers a high degree of reliability for the transmission of information In the ETHERNET based programmable fieldbus couplers and controllers developed by WAGO usually various application protocols have been implemented on the basis of the TCP IP stack These protocols allow the user to create applications master applications with standardized interfaces and transmit process data via an ETHERNET interface In addition to a series of management and diagnostic protocols fieldbus specific application protocols are implemented for control of the module data depending upon the coupler or controller e g MODBUS TCP UDP EtherNet IP BACnet KNXNET IP PROFINET Powerlink Sercos II or others Version 1 4 1 WAGE 186 Fieldbus Communication WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Information such as the fieldbus node architecture network statistics and diagnostic information is stored in the ETHERNET programmable fieldbus couplers and controllers and can be viewed as HTML pages via a web browser e g Microsoft Internet Explorer Netscape Navigator being served from the HTTP server in the couplers and controllers Furthermore depending on the requirements of the respective industrial application various settings such as selection of protocols TCP IP internal clock and security configurations can be performed via the web based management system How
433. tended 1 6B nex Instance 256 510 284 Table 252 Analog Input Point Extended 1 6B pex Common service 284 Table 253 Analog Input Point Extended 2 6F hex Class ceeeeeeseesteereeereees 284 Table 254 Analog Input Point Extended 2 6F nex Instance 511 765 285 Table 255 Analog Input Point Extended 2 6F nex Common service 285 Table 256 Analog Input Point Extended 3 73 hex Class eeeeseeseeeteeneeeeeees 285 Table 257 Analog Input Point Extended 3 73 hex Instance 766 1020 285 Table 258 Analog Input Point Extended 3 73 hex Common sertvice 285 Table 259 Analog Output Point 68 hex Class ee eeeeseeseeeceeeeeeeeceseenseeaeeeeeees 286 Table 260 Analog Output Point 68 hex Instance 1 255 ee eeeeseeteeneeeeeees 286 Table 261 Analog Output Point 68 hex COMMON SETVICE eeeeeeeteeneeeeeees 286 Table 262 Analog Output Point Extended 1 6C hex Class eeeeeeeseeseeeeeees 286 Table 263 Analog Output Point Extended 1 6C nex Instance 256 510 287 Table 264 Analog Output Point Extended 1 6C hex Common service 287 Table 265 Analog Output Point Extended 2 70 hex Class 0 eeeeseeeteeseeeeeees 287 Table 266 Analog Output Point Extended 2 70 hex Instance 511 765 287 Table 267 Analog Output Point Extended 2 70 hex Common service 288 T
434. ter 1 And the specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes output data and seize 1 Instance in Class 0x68 13 3 5 12 EnOcean Radio Receiver 750 642 The EnOcean radio receiver has a total of 4 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image 3 bytes of module data and 1 byte of control status The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image which have 2 words mapped into each image Word alignment is applied Table 404 EnOcean Radio Receiver 750 642 Input Process Image Instance E enanon Description High Byte Low Byte n DO S Data byte Status byte n l D2 D1 Data bytes Output Process Image Instance i e esnan Description High Byte Low Byte n C not used Control byte n not used The specialty modules represent 2x2 bytes input and output data and seize 2 Instances in Class 0x67 and 2 Instances in Class 0x68 Manual Version 1 4 1 wacan 356 I O Modules WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 13 3 5 13 MP Bus Master Module 750 643 The MP Bus Master Module has a total of 8 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image 6 bytes of module data and 2 bytes of control status The following table illustrates the Input and Output Process Image which have 4 words mapped into each image Word alignment is applied Table 405 MP Bus Master Module 750 643
435. tera E Meaeans dead vital ages 311 Table 330 4 Channel Digital Output Modules 0 cece cceecceceseceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeens 312 Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 List of Tables 405 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Manual Version 1 4 1 maco Table 331 4 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process A P E A ET 312 Table 332 8 Channel Digital Output Module sccssseicsssistecccstectsivisnigecttondarcasntonss 312 Table 333 8 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process IDin ct E E E E 313 Table 334 16 Channel Digital Output Modules ceccceccseceteceeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 313 Table 335 8 Channel Digital Input Output Modules eee ceeceeeeeteeeneees 314 Table 336 1 Channel Analog Input Modules 0 ccecceecceeeeeeeeeseeeseeeteeneees 315 Table 337 2 Channel Analog Input Modules 0 ccecceescceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeteenees 315 Table 338 4 Channel Analog Input Modules 0 cceecceccseceseeesseeeteceeeeeeeeeeeeees 316 Table 339 2 Channel Analog Output Modulles ccceccceesseceteceseeeeeeeeeeeneeens 317 Table 340 4 Channel Analog Output Modules ccecceeceeseeseesteeeeeeeeeeenaees 317 Table 341 Counter Modules 750 404 and all variations except of 000 005 753 404 and variation 000 003 cccecesssecssececssececssseecsseceeseeeesseeees 318 Table 342 Counter Modules 750 404 000 005 nssssnssnsessssessessss
436. tes the index of the interface which is the next route destination 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 21 1 3 ipRouteMetric1 R W_ The primary route to the target system 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 21 1 4 ipRouteMetric2 R W_ An alternative route to the target system 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 21 1 5 ipRouteMetric3 R W_ An alternative route to the target system 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 21 1 6 ipRouteMetric4 R W_ An alternative route to the target system 3 6 1 2 1 4 21 1 7 ipRouteNextHop R W_ The IP address of the next route section 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 21 1 8 ipRouteType R W The route type 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 21 1 9 ipRouteProto R Routing mechanism via which the route is developed 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 21 1 10 ipRouteAge R W Number of seconds since then the route was last renewed examined 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 21 1 11 ipRouteMask R W This entry contents the subnet mask for this entry 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 21 1 12 ipRouteMetric5 R W_ An alternative route to the target system 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 21 1 13 ipRouteInfo R W_ A reference to a special MIB Manual Version 1 4 1 WAEH 378 Appendix 16 1 5 maco WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller ICMP Group Table 421 MIB II ICMP Group Identifier Entry Access Description 1 3 6 1 2 1 5 1 icmpInMsgs R___ Number of received ICMP mess
437. teway 0 0 0 0 217 6 107 113 Gateway Host name Host name not assigned here Domain name Domain name not assigned here Module status Entry Default Value example Description State Modbus Disabled Disabled Status of Modbus watchdog Watchdog Error code 0 10 Error code Error argument 0 5 Error argument Error description Coupler running OK Mismatch in Error description CoDeSys Note Note the target ID for compatibility with firmware version gt FW11 For fieldbus controllers with a firmware version gt FW11 not that the respective target ID 750 841 FW12 is selected in your CoDeSys project When taking over older CoDeSys projects that already exist adjust the target ID in CoDeSys in the Resources gt Target Settings tab and recompile the project to ensure compatibility Alternatively you can enable the Target ID Use alternative Target ID function on the PLC WBM page by selecting the checkbox Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Configuring via the Web Based Management System WBM 145 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 10 2 Ethernet Use the Ethernet HTML page to set the data transfer rate and bandwidth limit for each of the two switch ports for data transfer via Ethernet Ques gewbsten anche puten Esras 2 E Qa O 2 2G Pate krem OS S Adresse IE htto 217 6 107 120 meboerviedex ss E wechseln au Liris waco Web based Management lt Na
438. th the standards of influential classification companies such as Germanischer Lloyd and Lloyds Register Filter modules for 24 volt supply are required for the certified operation of the system Table 5 Filter modules for 24 volt supply Item No Name Description 750 626 Supply Filter Filter module for system supply and field supply 24 V 0 V i e for fieldbus coupler controller and bus power supply 750 613 750 624 Supply Filter Filter module for the 24 V field supply 750 602 750 601 750 610 Therefore the following power supply concept must be absolutely complied with 610 609 601 611 XXX 626 602 XXX XXX XXX 610 624 XXX XXX 612 XXX XXX 600 24V 24V 24V 230V Field Electronic Field Field Pot1 Pot2 Pot3 Figure 15 Power supply concept Note Additional supply module as ground earth conductor fuse protection You must only use another potential power terminal 750 601 602 610 behind the filter terminal 750 626 if you need the protective earth conductor on the lower power contact or if you require a fuse protection maco Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 System Description 35 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 3 6 5 Supply Example Note The system supply and the field supply shall be separated You should separate the system supply and the field supply in order to ensure bus operat
439. the controller directory etc by means of FTP Configuration using the file EA config xml that is already stored in the controller is described in this section Manual Version 1 4 1 WAEH 122 Programming the PFC using WAGO I O PRO CAA WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Note Configuration entries in WAGO I O PRO CAA overwrite EA config xml upon download If you wish to perform module assignment directly using the EAconfig xml file stored in the controller do not save any configuration data in WAGO I O PRO CAA prior to this as the file is overwritten by entries in the WAGO I O PRO CAA on each download 1 Open any FTP client You can also use the Windows FTP client in the DOS prompt window ftp IP address of controller e g ftp 192 168 1 201 2 Then enter admin as the user login and wago as the password The file EA config xml is located in the etc folder 3 Copy this file to a local directory on your PC and open it in an editor installed on your PC e g WordPad The file already contains the following syntax EA config xml OF X File Display lt xml version 1 0 encoding IS0 8859 1 2 gt lt xml stylesheet type text xsl href cplcftg EA config xsl gt lt WAGO gt lt Module ARTIKELNR MAP PLC LOC ALL gt lt Module gt lt WAGOD gt Figure 54 EA config xml The fourth line contains the neces
440. the physical input and output data For the image of the MODBUS PFC variables the memory range of words 256 511 is reserved meaning the image for the MODBUS PFC variables is created behind the process image for the I O module data If the quantity of module data is greater than 256 words all the physical input and output data above this value is added to the end of the current process image in a memory range i e attached behind the MODBUS PFC variables word 512 1275 The Ethernet IP PFC variables are then mapped behind the remaining physical I O module data This memory range includes words 1276 1531 The subsequent range starting from word 1532 is reserved for future protocol expansion and other PFC variables Access by the PLC to process data is made independently from the fieldbus system in all WAGO fieldbus controllers access is always conducted through an application related EC 61131 3 program How the data is accessed from the fieldbus side depends on the fieldbus however For the fieldbus controller a MODBUS TCP master can access the data via implemented MODBUS functions whereby decimal or hexadecimal MODBUS addresses are used Optionally data can also be accessed via Ethernet IP using an object model Information Additional Information For a detailed description of these fieldbus specific data access methods refer to the section MODBUS Functions or the section Ethernet IP Ethernet Industrial Pro
441. then depends on the network card of your client PC After the power is switched on the controller is initialized The fieldbus controller determines the I O module configuration and creates a process image During startup the I O LED red will flash After a brief period the I O LED lights up green indicating that the fieldbus controller is operational If an error has occurred during startup a fault code is flashed on the I O LED If the I O LED flashes 6 times indicating error code 6 and then 4 times indicating error argument 4 an IP address has not been assigned yet 8 2 Allocating the IP Address to the Fieldbus Node e Assigning IP Address via WAGO ETHERNET Settings Assigning of IP addresses via the serial communication port e Assigning IP Address via WAGO BootP server Static via the fieldbus in which several steps are required in comparison to assigning the IP address using WAGO ETHERNET Settings 8 2 1 Assigning IP Address via WAGO ETHERNET Settings WAGO ETHERNET Settings 759 316 is a Windows application used to read and edit bus specific parameters of WAGO ETHERNET fieldbus couplers controllers You can use the following functions with the WAGO ETHERNET Settings e configure an IP address at start up via the serial communications interface e reset the fieldbus coupler controller parameter to factory default settings e delete and unzip the flash file system on which the html pages of the fieldbus coupler are stored
442. ties 11 31 that can be set in CoDeSys All internal tasks have a priority higher than that for the IEC background tasks These tasks are therefore very well suited for performing time intensive and non critical time tasks such as calling up functions in the SysLibFile lib Information Additional Information For a detailed description of using the software refer to the manual for the WAGO I O PRO CAA This manual is located at http www wago com under Documentation gt WAGO I O SYSTEM759 gt WAGO I O PRO gt 759 333 maco 134 Programming the PFC using WAGO I O PRO CAA WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 9 5 System Events In place of a task a system event can also call up a project module for processing The system events to be employed for this depend on the target system These events consist of the list of supported standard system events for the control system and any other manufacturer specific events which may have been added Possible events for example Stop Start Online change A complete list of all system events is provided at WAGO I O PRO CAA in tab Resources gt Task configuration gt System events 9 5 1 Enabling disabling system events 1 Open the register resources gt task configuration gt system events in WAGO I O PRO CAA see the following Figure 2 In order to call up a module via an event activate the entries by setting a hatch mar
443. tification Notification SNMPv3 traps with SNMPv3 user ReceiverIP Default value COA80101 h 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 3 9 wioSnmp2User R W Enable disable second SNMPv3 user Enable Default value 0 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 3 10 wioSnmp2 R W Authentication typ for second Authentication SNMPv3 user Typ 0 no authentication 1 MD5 authentication 2 SHAI authentication Default value 1 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 3 11 wioSnmp2 Authentication Name Authentication name for second SNMPv3 user Default value SecurityName Version 1 4 1 maco 390 Appendix WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Table 436 WAGO MIB Snmp Group Identifier Entry Access Description 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 3 12 wioSnmp2 R W Authentication key for second Authentication SNMPv3 user Key Default value AuthenticationKey 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 3 13 wioSnmp2 R W Privacy key for SNMPv3 for second PrivacyEnable SNMPv3 user Default value 1 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 3 14 wioSnmp2 R W Privacy key for SNMPv3 for second PrivacyKey SNMPv3 user Default value PrivacyKey 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 3 15 wioSnmp2 R W Enable disable notification Notification SNMPv3 traps with SNMPv3 user Enable Default value 0 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 3 16 wioSnmp2 R W Receiver IP address
444. tifier Entry Access Description 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 1 wioSnmpEnable R W Enable disable the port of the SNMP server 0 port of SNMP server disable 1 port of SNMP server enable Default value 1 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 2 1 wioSnmp1 R W Enable disable first SNMPv1 v2c ProtocolEnable agent Default value 1 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 2 2 wioSnmp1 R W IP address of first SNMP server Managerlp Default value COA80101 h 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 2 3 wioSnmp1 R W Community identification string for Community SNMPv1 v2c Default value public 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 2 4 wioSnmp Trap R W Enable disable SNMPvI traps to first Venable SNMP server Default value 1 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 2 5 wioSnmplTrap R W Enable disable SNMPv2c traps to V2enable first SNMP server Default value 0 maco Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Manual Table 436 WAGO MIB Snmp Group Appendix 389 Identifier Entry Access Description 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 2 6 wioSnmp2 R W Enable disable first SNMPv1 v2c ProtocolEnable agent Default value 0 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 2 7 wioSnmp2 R W IP address of second SNMP server ManagerlIp Default value 00000000 h 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 2 8 wioSnmp2 R W Community identification string for Community SNMPv1 v2c Default value p
445. tion cee 47 Table 11 Display Elements Fieldbus Status ccccccccsscceseceeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeteeeees 48 Table 12 Display Elements Node Status sccsiss scsssssscssedcsacesanhsoissasssacsssnrsveiasssocneas 48 Table 13 Display Elements Supply Voltage cccecccecssecsteceseeceeeeeeeeeeeeesseenes 48 Table 14 Seryic Pottsin AE RE 50 Table 15 Mode selector Swite Bi ccsesisccicsszsaceinaraecavsaiatecannsdsecunshandsaatinasoaisnccamanctons 51 Table 16 Technical data Device data sinesinssssseissnssesecustasusteseseiounnsasceuscasuaentastes 53 Table 17 Technical data System Gate ijccasssvsaccceiunanviaxwnviceinucaindecmaiaaes 53 Table 18 Technical data Supply cccccecssecssecesecseecesscecsececaeceeeseeeeeaeecaeenes 54 Table 19 Technical data Fieldbus MODBUS T TOP eeeccecceceteeereeeteeeneeeees 54 Table 20 Technical data Accessories iccssssscassasstccsnsn savcsassssacesasseecwsarsictamisnees 54 Table 21 Technical Data Wire Connection sesessssesessesseeseesseessesesssessessressesse 54 Table 22 Technical Data Climatic environmental conditions 0 ceee 55 Table 23 Technical data Mechanical strength acc to IEC 61131 2 00 000 55 Table 242 WAGO DIN Rath jccseccstsensecsnctee nanese a ei ER N S 62 Table 25 Data with for I O Modules cgsipecacasssheasavaniiesataiiecnwsdeaheasdoneatiteaxwionioa 83 Table 26 Breakdown of address range nnssssnssesese
446. tocol Information Additional Information For the fieldbus specific process image of any WAGO I O module please refer to the section Structure of the process data Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Function Description 75 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 7 2 2 Example of an Input Process Image The following figure is an example of an input process image The configuration comprises 16 digital and 8 analog inputs The input process image thus has a data length of 8 words for the analog modules and 1 word for the digital modules i e 9 words in total DI DI Al Al DI Al DI Al Input modules 750 402 402 472 472 402 476 402 476 1 1 Bit1 14 Word1 Word1 V Wordi ordi Process input image Bit4 4 orgy ford2 4 ford2 4 ford2 Word addresses MODBUS PFC 0x0000 Iwo KWord 0x0001 IW1 Word2 0x0002 IW2 Word1 0x0003 IW3 Word2 0x0004 IW4 ordi 0x0005 IW5 ford2 0x0006 IW6 Word1 0x0007 IW7 Word2 0x0008 IW8 td Highbyte Lowbyte Process input image Bit mobBuS Bec 0x0000 IX8 0 0x0001 IX8 1 0x0002 IX8 2 0x0003 IX8 3 StS A 0x0004 IX8 4 0x0005 IX8 5 0x0006 IX8 6 0x0007 IX8 7 aag A
447. tory with a unique and internationally unambiguous physical ETHERNET address also referred to as MAC ID Media Access Control Identity This can be used by the network operating system for addressing on a hardware level The address has a fixed length of 6 Bytes 48 Bit and contains the address type the manufacturer s ID and the serial number Examples for the MAC ID of a WAGO ETHERNET fieldbus coupler hexadecimal 0OH 30H DEH 00H 00H 01H ETHERNET does not allow addressing of different networks If an ETHERNET network is to be connected to other networks higher ranking protocols have to be used Note Connect Networks via Router If you wish to connect one or more data networks routers have to be used Version 1 4 1 WAEH 198 Fieldbus Communication WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 12 1 2 3 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Channel access method In the ETHERNET Standard the fieldbus node accesses the bus using CSMA CD Carrier Sense Multiple Access Collision Detection Carrier Sense The transmitter senses the bus e Multiple Access Several transmitters can access the bus Collision Detection A collision is detected Each station can send a message once it has established that the transmission medium is free If collisions of data packets occur due to several stations transmitting simultaneously CSMA CD ensures that these are detected and the data transmission is repeated
448. tput Process Image Instance Bye Dertinakgn Description High Byte Low Byte n D1 DO Output Value Channel 1 n l D3 D2 Output Value Channel 2 The output modules represent 2x2 bytes and seize 2 Instances in Class 0x68 4 Channel Analog Output Modules 750 553 555 557 559 753 553 555 557 559 Table 386 4 Channel Analog Output Modules Output Process Image Instance Byte esunauon Description High Byte Low Byte n D1 DO Output Value Channel 1 n 1 D3 D2 Output Value Channel 2 n 2 D5 D4 Output Value Channel 3 n 3 D7 D6 Output Value Channel 4 The output modules represent 4x2 bytes and seize 4 Instances in Class 0x68 Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 I O Modules 345 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 13 3 5 13 3 5 1 Manual Specialty Modules WAGO has a host of Specialty I O modules that perform various functions With individual modules beside the data bytes also the control status byte is mapped in the process image The control status byte is required for the bidirectional data exchange of the module with the higher ranking control system The control byte is transmitted from the control system to the module and the status byte from the module to the control system This allows for example setting of a counter with the control byte or displaying of overshooting or undershooting of the range with the status byte T
449. tput variable For WAGO I O PRO CAA or CoDeSys that means the PLC addresses for output variables QW1276 QW1530 Instance 0 Class Attributes Table 301 Output fieldbus variable UINT A8 nex Class Attribute ID_ Access Name Data type Description Default value 1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 0x0001 2 Get Max Instance UINT Max number of instances 255 OxOFF Instance 1 255 Output variable 1 up to 255 Table 302 Output fieldbus variable UINT A8 nex Instance 1 255 Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default value 1 Get Fb_Out_Var UINT Fieldbus output variable of 0 the PLC Common Services Table 303 Output fieldbus variable UINT A8 hex Common service Service code Service available Service name Description Class Instance OE hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_ Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute Manual Version 1 4 1 WAEH 300 Fieldbus Communication 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 12 4 5 38 Output Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 A9 hex maco The extension of the Output Fieldbus Variable UINT class enables the exchange of PLC output variable data The instance scope of the Output Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 class covers the PLC output variable data from PLC output variables 256 For WAGO I
450. tus are solely used by the Ethernet IP protocol These two LEDs conform to the Ethernet IP specifications Table 51 Fieldbus diagnostics solution in event of error LED Meaning Solution Status LINK The fieldbus nodes is not green connected to the physical network The fieldbus node is not off connected to the physical 1 Check the fieldbus cable network MS green Normal operation flashing The system is not yet configures 1 Restart the device by turning the red The system indicates a not power supply off and on again remediable error 2 Ifthe error still exists please contact the I O support a Self test g off No system supply voltage 1 Check the supply voltage NS At least one connection MODBUS TCP or Ethernet IP green is developed also connection to the Message rout applies green No connection MODBUS TCP flashing or Ethernet IP The system indicates a double IP Use an IP address that is not used ed address in the network yet At least one connection red MODBUS TCP or Ethernet IP flashing announced a Timeout where the controller functions as target Restart the device by turning the power supply off and on again Develop a new connection red green flashing Self test 1 Assign to the system an IP address off Da is aesieued toile by BootP DHCP or the Ethernet system Settings tool TxD RxD Data exchan
451. u apai If the error still exists exchange the fieldbus controller TCP IP initialization Restart the fieldbus coupler by turning the power 3 supply off and on again ee 2 Ifthe error still exists exchange the bus coupler 4 Network configuration 1 Check the settings of BootP server error no IP Address Applicatanoruiacel Restart the fieldbus coupler by turning the power 5 initialization error sappi or ani pi again 2 Ifthe error still exists exchange the bus coupler 6 Process image is too 1 Turn off the power supply of the node large 2 Reduce number of I O modules 1 Change configuration Use another IP address which is 7 Double IP address in not yet present in network network 2 Restart the fieldbus coupler by turning the power supply off and on again 1 Turn off the power supply of the node Pirron wien building 2 Reduce number of I O modules 8 i 3 Restart the fieldbus coupler by turning the power the process image supply off and on again 4 Ifthe error still exists exchange the bus coupler Table 59 Blink code table for the I O LED signaling error code 7 9 Error code 7 9 not used Error Error Description Solution Argument Not used Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Diagnostics 181 Table 60 Blink code table for the I O LED signaling error code 10 Error code 10 PLC prog
452. ual This function performs a combination of a read and write operation in a single request The function can write the new data to a group registers and then return the data of a different group Request The reference numbers addresses are zero based in the request message therefore the first register is at address 0 The request message specifies the registers to read and write The data is sent as 2 bytes per register Example The data in register 3 is set to value 0x0123 and values 0x0004 and 0x5678 are read out of the two registers 0 and 1 Table 126 Request of Function code FC23 Byte Field name Example Byte 0 1 Transaction identifier 0x0000 Byte 2 3 Protocol identifier 0x0000 Byte 4 5 Length field 0x000F Byte 6 Unit identifier 0x01 not used Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x17 Byte 8 9 Reference number for read 0x0000 Byte 10 11 Word count for read 1 125 0x0002 Byte 12 13 Reference number for write 0x0003 Byte 14 15 Word count for write 1 100 0x0001 Byte 16 Byte count 2 x word count for write 0x02 Byte 17 B 16 Register values B Byte count 0x0123 Response Table 127 Response of Function code FC23 Byte Field name Example Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x17 Byte 8 Byte count 2 x word count for read 0x04 Byte 9 B 8 Register values B Byte count 0x0004 or 0x5678 Exception Table 128 Exception of
453. ual maco Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Device Description 51 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 4 4 2 Mode Selector Switch The mode selector switch is located behind the cover flap 2 Figure 26 Mode selector switch closed and open damper of the service port Table 15 Mode selector switch Number Description 1 Open the damper 2 Operating mode switch The operating mode switch determines the loading starting and stopping of the PLC application by the controller This multifunction sliding switch features 3 slide lock positions and a push button function The sliding switch is designed for a number of operations in compliance with EN61131T2 NOTICE Property damages due to set outputs Please note that set outputs remain set when you switch the operating switch from RUN to STOP during the current operation Since the program is no longer processed software related switch offs i e by initiators are ineffective Therefore program or define all outputs so that these switch to a safe mode at a program stop Note Defining the outputs for a program stop In order to switch the outputs to a safe mode at the program stop define the status of the outputs at STOP l For this open in the web based Management System WBM a website via the PLC link on which you can define the function Process image Set outputs to zero if user pro
454. ublic 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 2 9 wioSnmp2Trap R W Enable disable SNMPv1 traps to first Venable SNMP server Default value 0 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 2 10 wioSnmp2Trap Enable disable SNMPv2c traps to V2enable first SNMP server Default value 0 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 3 1 wioSnmp1User R W Enable disable first SNMPv3 user Enable Default value 1 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 3 2 wioSnmp1 R W Athentication typ for first SNMPv3 Authentication user Typ 0 no Authentication 1 MD5 Authentication 2 SHA1 Authentication Default value 1 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 3 3 wioSnmp1 R W Authentication name for first Authentication SNMPv3 user Name Default value SecurityName 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 3 4 wioSnmp1 R W Authentication key for first SNMPv3 Authentication user Key Default value AuthenticationKey 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 3 5 wioSnmp1 R W _ Disable enable data encryption for PrivacyEnable first SNMPv3 user 0 no Encryption 1 DES Encryption Default value 1 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 3 6 wioSnmp1 R W Privacy key for SNMPv3 for first PrivacyKey SNMPv3 user Default value PrivacyKey 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 3 7 wioSnmp1 R W Enable disable notification Notification SNMPv3 traps with SNMPv3 user Enable Default value 1 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 4 3 8 wioSnmpl R W Receiver IP address for no
455. ules represent 1x 12 48 bytes input and output data and seize 1 Instance in Class 0x67 and 1 Instance in Class 0x68 Manual maco Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 IO Modules 359 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 13 3 6 System Modules 13 3 6 1 System Modules with Diagnostics 750 610 611 The modules provide 2 bits of diagnostics in the Input Process Image for monitoring of the internal power supply Table 409 System Modules with Diagnostics 750 610 611 Input Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Diagnostic Diagnostic bit S 2 bit S 1 Fuse Fuse The system modules seize 2 Instances in Class 0x65 13 3 6 2 Binary Space Module 750 622 The Binary Space Modules behave alternatively like 2 channel digital input modules or output modules and seize depending upon the selected settings 1 2 3 or 4 bits per channel According to this 2 4 6 or 8 bits are occupied then either in the process input or the process output image Table 410 Binary Space Module 750 622 with behavior like 2 channel digital input Input and Output Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Databit Data bit Data bit DI 8 DI 7 DI 6 DI 5 DI 4 DI 3 DI2 DI1 The Binary Space Modules seize 2 4 6 or 8 Instances in class 0x65 or in Class 0x66 Manual wh o Versio
456. ulting TCP packet is used in the data unit area of an IP packet to create a TCP IP packet TCP Port Numbers TCP can in addition to the IP address network and subscriber address respond to a specific application service on the addressed subscriber For this the applications located on a subscriber such as a web server FTP server and others are addressed via different port numbers Well known applications are assigned fixed ports to which each application can refer when a connection is built up Examples Telnet Port number 23 http Port number 80 A complete list of standardized services is contained in the RFC 1700 1994 specifications 12 1 4 3 UDP User Datagram Protocol The UDP protocol like the TCP protocol is responsible for the transport of data Unlike the TCP protocol UDP is not connection orientated meaning that there are no control mechanisms for the data exchange between transmitter and receiver The advantage of this protocol is the efficiency of the transmitted data and the resulting higher processing speed 12 1 4 4 ARP Address Resolution Protocol This protocol combines the IP address with the physical MAC address of the respective Ethernet card It is always used when data transfer to an IP address takes place in the same logical network in which the sender is located 12 1 5 Configuration and Diagnostics Protocols 12 1 5 1 BootP Bootstrap Protocol The Bootstrap Protocol BootP can be used to a
457. umber of modules in I O configuration on the html page PLC serve as control Manual Version 1 4 1 WAH 170 Configuring via the Web Based Management System WBM WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 10 12 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller WebVisu The visualization of your programmed application is displayed on the html page WebVisu provided you have created it with the visualization editor in WAGO I O PRO CAA and loaded it into the controller Perform the following settings in WAGO I O PRO CAA so that an html page with your visualization is automatically created at the transmission of your project 1 Double click to open the Target System Settings in the Resource register 2 Open the Visualization register 3 Select the Web Visualization option with a hatch mark 4 Confirm with OK A link is then created to this html page WebVisu by the Web based Management system You can set the html page WebVisu as the starting page 1 Call up the page PLC in the web based Management System 2 a To set the HTML page WebVisu as the start page use the function WebVisu Set webvisu htm as default When accessing the web based management system the WebVisu page is opened instead of the default WBM start page Information However the links to switch to the other WBM pages is then no longer available Note Returning to the WebVisu htm page is only possible via the IP
458. us R W Mode of the modbus watchdog WatchdogMode Default value 0 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 6 6 wioModbus R W Timeout of the modbus watchdog WatchdogTime Default value 100 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 6 7 wioFreeModbus R W Unused and free modbus connections Sockets Default value 15 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 6 8 wioModbus ConnectionTable 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 6 8 1 wioModbus ConnectionEntry 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 6 8 1 1 wioModbus R W Index of modbus connection ConnectionIndex 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 6 8 1 2 wioModbus R W IP address of modbus connection ConnectionIp 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 6 8 1 3 wioModbus R W Port of modbus connection ConnectionPort Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 16 2 17 Ethernet IP Group Appendix 393 The Ethernet IP group contains information and settings for the controller s Ethernet IP Table 441 WAGO MIB Ethernet IP Group Identifier Entry Access Description 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 7 1 wioEthernetIpEnable R W Enable disable the port of the Ethernet IP server 0 port of Ethernet IP server disable 1 port of Ethernet IP server enable Default value 0 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 7 2 wioEthermetIp Variables R W InputCount 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 7 3 wioEthemetlp Variables R W OutputCount 1 3 6 1 4 1 13576 10 1 40 7
459. ut Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls DO 8 DO7 DO 6 DO 5 DO 4 DO 3 DO 2 DO 1 Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1 16 Channel Digital Output Modules 750 1500 1501 1504 1505 Table 334 16 Channel Digital Output Modules Output Process Image Bit 15 Bit 14Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 __ control control control control control control control control control control control control control control Bo S S DO S S S eee S S S S S S S S S Channel DO 15 14 DO 13 DO 12 DO 11 Phanne DO 9 DO 8 DO7 DO6 DOS DO4 DO3 DO2 DO 1 16 Channe Channe Channe Channe Channe 10 Channe Channe Channe Channe Channe Channe Channe Channe Channe 115 114 113 112 111 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 maco 314 maco I O Modules 750 1502 1506 Table 335 8 Channel Digital Input Output Modules WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 13 2 2 9 8 Channel Digital Input Output Modules Input Process Image Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit DI 8 DI 7 DI 6
460. variables max 512 Byte Accessories Table 20 Technical data Accessories Miniature WSB Quick marking system WAGO I O PRO CAA Wire Connection Table 21 Technical Data Wire Connection Wire connection CAGE CLAMP Cross section 0 08 mm 2 5 mm AWG 28 14 Stripped lengths 8 9 mm 0 33 in Power jumper contacts blade spring contact self cleaning Voltage drop at Imax lt 1 V 64 modules Data contacts slide contact hard gold plated 1 5 um self cleaning Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Device Description 55 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 4 5 7 Climatic environmental conditions Table 22 Technical Data Climatic environmental conditions Operating temperature range 0 C 2233 C Storage temperature range 20 C 85 C Relative humidity without condensation max 95 Resistance to harmful substances Acc to IEC 60068 2 42 and IEC 60068 2 43 Maximum pollutant concentration at SO lt 25 ppm relative humidity lt 75 H2S lt 10 ppm Special conditions Ensure that additional measures for components are taken which are used in an environment involving dust caustic vapors or gases ionization radiation 4 5 8 Mechanical Strength acc to IEC 61131 2 Table 23 Technical data Mechanical strength acc to IEC 61131 2 Test specification Frequency range Limit value IE
461. ves R Number of received IP frames including those received in error 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 4 ipInHdrErrors R Number of received IP frames with header errors 3 6 1 2 1 4 5 ipInAddrErrors R Number of received IP frames with a misdirected IP address 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 6 ipForwDatagrams R Number of received IP frames passed on routed 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 7 ipUnknownProtos R Number of received IP frames with an unknown protocol type 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 8 ipInDiscards R Number of received IP frames rejected although no disturbance was present 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 9 ipInDelivers R Number of received IP frames passed on a higher protocol layer 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 10 ipOutRequests R___ Number of sent IP frames 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 11 ipOutDiscards R Number of rejected IP Frames that should have been sent 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 12 ipOutNoRoutes R _ Number of sent IP frames rejected because of incorrect routing information 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 13 ipReasmTimeout R Minimum time duration until an IP frame is re assembled 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 14 ipReasmReqds R Minimum number of the IP fragments for building up and passing on 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 15 ipReasmOKs R Number of IP frames re assembled successfully 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 16 ipReasmFails R Numter of IP frames not re assembled successfully 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 17 ipFragOKs R _ Number of IP frames fragmented and passed on 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 18 ipFragFails R _ Number of IP frames that should have been fragmented but could not be because their don t
462. vigation Ethernet configuration This page is for the configuration of the Ethemet The configuration is stored in an EEPROM Changes will take effect after the nent software or hardware reset Transmission mode Watchdog _Soootiin ia MTU fiso0 Bandwidth Limiting Enable bandwidth limiting T Activate time ms fo Mode 1 3 g Figure 60 WBM page Ethernet Manual wey Aco Version 1 4 1 146 Configuring via the Web Based Management System WBM WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Table 40 WBM page Ethernet Transmission Mode Entry Default value Description M Activating Autonegotiation Automatically set the best possible transmission speed with Enable Autonegotiation EI Enable autonegotiation L Deactivating Autonegotiation 10 MBit Half Duplex 10 MBit Full Duplex O Select half or full duplex for the ETHERNET to O 100 MBit Half Duplex O configure a fixed transmission speed 10 or 100 MBit 100 MBit Full Duplex Maximum Transmission Unit MTU 1500 Maximum packet size that can be transferred without fragmentation Bandwidth Limiting Description Enable bandwidth 5 M Activate bandwidth limiting limiting L Deactivating bandwidth limiting Watchdog time after which the interrupts are locked Activate time ms 30 Telegrams can be lost as a result The timer is restarted cyclical
463. vindex sat wagogo Web based Management Navigation Watchdogs This page is for the configuration of the watchdogs The configuration is stored in an EEPROM Changes of the Connection Time will take effect immediately Changes of the Modbus Watchdog will take effect after the next software or hardware reset For more information see the manual Connection Watchdog Connection Timeout Value 100ms 600 _unoo _svemir Modbus Watchdog State Modbus Watchdog Disabled Watchdog Type Standard Watchdog Timeout Value 100ms fioo Watchdog Trigger Mask F 1 to F 16 orrFF Watchdog Tigger Mask F 17 to F32 aFFFF Figure 65 WBM page Watchdog Manual wh AGO Version 1 4 1 156 Configuring via the Web Based Management System WBM WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller maco Table 44 WBM page Watchdog Connection watchdog Entry Default Description Connection Timeout Value 600 Monitoring period for TCP links 100 ms After the completion of this period without any subsequent data traffic the TCP connection is closed Modbus Watchdog Entry Default Description State Modbus Watchdog Disabled Enabled Watchdog is activated Disabled Watchdog is disabled Watchdog Type Standard The set coding mask watchdog trigger mask is evaluated to determine whether the watchdog time is reset Alternative O The watchdog time is reset by
464. ving the step size until the faulty I O module is detected 7 Replace the faulty I O module 8 Inquire about a firmware update for the fieldbus controller nae ee 1 Turn off the power supply for the node the parameter area of 3 2 Replace the fieldbus controller ihip acids 3 Turn the power supply on again controller P PPY Sain Paul wkowwingin 1 Turn off the power supply for the node 4 f 2 Replace the fieldbus controller the serial EEPROM 3 Turn the power supply on again Pait whee raime 1 Turn off the power supply for the node 5 2 Replace the fieldbus controller the serial EEPROM i 3 Turn the power supply on again The I O module configuration after AUTORESET differs from the 1 Restart the fieldbus controller by turning the power 6 configuration sunoiy off and ot determined the last PPly time the fieldbus controller was powered up Invalid hardware 1 Turn off the power supply for the node 7 firmware 2 Replace the fieldbus controller combination 3 Turn the power supply on again Manual maco Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Diagnostics 177 Table 53 Blink code table for the I O LED signaling error code 1 Error code 1 Hardware and configuration error Error Error Description Solution Argument Timeout during 1 Turn off the power supply for the node 8 serial EEPROM 2
465. ween 0 and 127 e Class B Net ID Byte 1 Byte 2 Host ID Byte 3 Byte 4 Table 74 Network Class B e g 181 16 f 232 22 10110101 00010000 11101000 00010110 10 Net ID Host ID The highest bits in Class B networks are always 10 This means the highest byte can be in a range of 10 000000 to 10 111111 Therefore the address range of Class B networks in the first byte is always between 128 and 191 e Class C Net ID Byte 1 Byte 3 Host ID Byte 4 Table 75 Network Class C e g 201 16 232 22 11000101 00010000 11101000 00010110 110 Net ID Host ID The highest bits in Class C networks are always 110 This means the highest byte can be in a range of 110 00000 to 110 11111 Therefore the address range of Class C networks in the first byte is always between 192 and 223 e Additional network classes D E are only used for special tasks Key Data Table 76 Key Data Class A B and C Network Class Address range of Possible number of the subnetwork Networks Hosts per Network Class A 1 XXX XXX XXX 127 Approx 16 Million 126 XXX XXX XXX 25 2 Class B 128 000 XXX XXX Approx 16 Thousand Ca 65 Thousand 191 255 XXX XXX 25 26 Class C 192 000 000 XXX Approx 2 Million 254 223 255 255 XXX 2 2 Manual o Version 1 4 1 WAGE 204 Fieldbus Communication WAGO I O SYSTEM 750
466. x Manual Version 1 4 1 Fieldbus Communication 297 This class allows the reading of data from a particular PLC input variable For WAGO I O PRO CAA or CoDeSys that means the PLC addresses for input variables IW1276 IW1530 Instance 0 Class Attributes Table 295 Input fieldbus variable UINT A6 nex Class Attribute ID_ Access Name Data type Description Default value 1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 0x0001 2 Get Max Instance UINT Max number of instances 255 OxOFF Instance 1 255 Input variable 1 up to 255 Table 296 Input fieldbus variable UINT A6 nex Instance 1 255 Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default value 1 Set Fb In Var UINT Fieldbus Input variable of the PLC 0 Common Services Table 297 Input fieldbus variable UINT A6 nex Common service Service code Service available Service name Description Class Instance OE hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_ Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute 10 hex No Yes Set Attribute Single Modifies an attribute value waco 298 Fieldbus Communication WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 12 4 5 36 Input Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 A7 hex maco The extension of the Input Fieldbus Variable UINT class ena
467. xo002 1x2 2 gia 1 0x0003 1x2 3 lt Bit 4 0x0200 QXx2 0 f lt 0x0201 QX2 1 lt lt Process output image Bit Adressen MODBUS PFC g Bit1 lt lt lt 0x0000 0x0200 QX2 0 Bit 2 0x0001 0x0201 QX2 1 6 gt DI Digital Input Module Al Analog Input Module DO Digital Output Module Adressen AO Analog Output Module MODBUS PFC 0x3560 MW86 0x34B6 MX75 6 Figure 43 Example of addressing for a fieldbus node maco Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 Commissioning 93 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 8 Commissioning This chapter shows a step by step procedure for starting up exemplarilty a WAGO fieldbus node Note Exemplary Example This description is exemplary and is limited here to the execution of a local start up of one individual fieldbus node with a non interlaced computer running Windows For start up three steps are necessary The description of these work steps can be found in the corresponding following sections e Connecting Client PC and Fieldbus Node Allocating the IP Address to the Fieldbus Node e Testing the Function of the Fieldbus Node Manual o Version 1 4 1 WAEH 94 Commissioning WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller The assignment of the IP address belongs to the basic setting for the fieldbus controller to al
468. y conducting cabinet or housing frame The framework or the housing must be grounded The electronic connection is established via the screw Thus the carrier rail is grounded Ensure sufficient grounding is provided You must take care to ensure the flawless electrical connection between the carrier rail and the frame or housing in order to guarantee sufficient grounding Insulated Assembly Insulated assembly has been achieved when there is constructively no direct conduction connection between the cabinet frame or machine parts and the carrier rail Here the earth ground must be set up via an electrical conductor accordingly valid national safety regulations Note Recommendation The optimal setup is a metallic assembly plate with grounding connection with an electrical conductive link with the carrier rail The separate grounding of the carrier rail can be easily set up with the aid of the WAGO ground wire terminals Table 7 WAGO ground wire terminals Item No Description 283 609 1 conductor ground earth terminal block make an automatic contact to the carrier rail conductor cross section 0 2 16 mm Note Also order the end and intermediate plate 283 320 Version 1 4 1 maco 38 System Description WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 3 7 2 maco 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Grounding Function The grounding function increases the resistance against disturbances from
469. y module 750 613 must be placed before the module where the permissible residual current was exceeded Example Calculating the total current on a standard coupler controller A node with a PROFIBUS DP FMS fieldbus coupler 750 301 consists of 20 relay modules 750 517 and 30 digital input modules 750 405 Internal current consumption 20 90 mA 1800 mA 30 2mA 60mA Sum 1860 mA The PROFIBUS DP FMS fieldbus coupler 750 301 can provide 1650 mA for the bus modules Consequently an internal system supply module 750 613 e g in the middle of the node should be added Manual Note Recommendation You can configure with the WAGO ProServe Software smartDESIGNER the assembly of a fieldbus node You can test the configuration via the integrated accuracy check The maximum input current of the 24 V system supply is 500 mA The exact electrical consumption I 24 V can be determined with the following formulas Version 1 4 1 WAEH 28 System Description WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Coupler or controller I5 v total Sum of all the internal current consumption of the connected bus modules internal current consumption coupler controller Internal system supply module 750 613 I5 v total Sum of all the internal current consumption of the connected bus modules at internal system supply module Input current I 24 v oy x IG V total n n 0 87
470. yer ersinnen cement ees 199 Network Layer ii ccessavetdnaaiasiecuctieecysanveceasenshavenssinaensanveastnsataniwrcamtaceneumnse 199 Transport Layer ci accnsasuexsustieasieirenudnenetercnaus R E EEEE EEEE 200 Application LA VSR ois s cinwssicctoassdcateaspeeineciacvanvedtecspsasnexsaanimeemeiaedasanpieas 200 IP Packeteer ien aS ee er ee ee eae ra 202 Network Class Asiens ei TA A T nee 203 Network Class B sissisieisiisestssisis iseis esnaola aaa a E EE EE 203 NetWork Class wa shivcssdsvounesanneetiueieeenuatiaunssonsteeceainatannoianeananadualineteee 203 Rey Data Class A B and C ssiisinnisnnncasnannianunensnninii 203 Class B Address with Field for Subnet IDs ee eeeeseeeeeeteeneeenee 204 Subnet mask for Class A Merwe jusccwwnsavectvnsicemaraaiecnteniinsscw ented 205 Subnet mask for Class B network s sssssesesessesssesessessrseesessesersessrees 205 Subnet mask for Class C network ccccesscsssesecseecesscescetecesetsoneenes 205 Example for an IP address from a Class B network cceeeeseeeeees 205 Meaning of the BootP parameters ccccecsceceseceseeeeeeeeeeceeeeteenenes 208 Meaning of the DHCP parameters sicspaiivnscuutcssaciesassscadeindsaveslanriyatevndens 211 Meaning of the SNIP Parameters acsisacuusicassntestaonecaiwenncdenecs 212 FTP Commands and Function cc eeceeseseecesecesecseeeseeeeeeeeeeaeeeaeeeneees 213 MIB TS U8 spy vcacusiieccotvewadcsusnsonsna deuisussateeecsannsesaisntaaceeastcusespaldsentineced 215 WA G
471. ypertext Transport Protocol for www browsers and some others In this example the protocols MODBUS TCP UDP and EtherNet IP are implemented for use in industrial data communication Here the MODBUS protocol is also positioned directly above TCP UDP IP EtherNet IP on the other hand basically consists of the protocol layers Ethernet TCP and IP with an encapsulation protocol positioned above it This serves as interface to CIP Control and Information Protocol DeviceNet uses CIP in the same way as EtherNet IP Applications with DeviceNet device profiles can therefore be very simply transferred to EtherNet IP Table 71 Application Layer Application device profiles e g positioning controllers semi conductors pneumatic valves CIP application objects library CIP data management services explicit messages I O messages CIP message routing connection management CIP Mail Client WWwW Browser MODBUS Encapsulation protocol SMTP HTTP 3 TCP UDP 2 IP 1 ETHERNET physical interface CSMA CD ETHERNET IP Manual maco Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Data structure Fieldbus Communication 201 The following diagram is intended to explain the data structure of these protocols and how the data packets of the communication protocols Ethernet TCP and IP with the adapted applicati
472. ystem Together they are referred to as the Web Based Management System WBM The HTML pages saved internally provide you with information about the configuration and status of the fieldbus node In addition you can also change the configuration of the device here You can also save HTML pages created yourself via the implemented file system Note gt Always restart after making changes to the configuration The system must always be restarted for the changed configuration settings to take effect 1 To open the WBM launch a Web browser e g Microsoft Internet Explorer or Mozilla Firefox 2 Enter the IP address of the fieldbus coupler controller in the address bar 192 168 1 1 by default or as previously configured 3 Click Enter to confirm The start page of WBM loads 4 Select the link to the desired HTML page in the left navigation bar A query dialog appears 5 Enter your user name and password in the query dialog default user admin password wago or user user password user The corresponding HTML page is loaded 6 Make the desired settings 7 Press SUBMIT to confirm your changes or press UNDO to discard the changes 8 Restart the system to apply the settings Manual maco Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 10 1 Manual Version 1 4 1 Information Configuring via the Web Based Management Syst
473. ystem supply and the 24 V field supply are fed in via the integrated power supply terminal The coupler controller communicates via the relevant fieldbus The programmable fieldbus controller PFC enables the implementation of additional PLC functions Programming is done with the WAGO I O PRO CAA in accordance with IEC 61131 3 Bus modules for diverse digital and analog I O functions as well as special functions can be connected to the coupler controller The communication between the coupler controller and the bus modules is carried out via an internal bus The WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 has a clear port level with LEDs for status indication insertable mini WSB markers and pullout group marker carriers The 3 wire technology supplemented by a ground wire connection allows for direct sensor actuator wiring Manual Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 System Description 21 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller 3 1 3 2 Manual Version 1 4 1 WAEH Manufacturing Number The manufacturing number indicates the delivery status directly after production This number is part of the lateral marking on the component In addition the manufacturing number is also printed on the cover of the configuration and programming interface of the fieldbus coupler or controller ee as
474. ze 1 Instance in Class 0x68 750 638 753 638 The above Counter Modules have a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image 4 bytes of counter data and 2 bytes of control status The two counter values are supplied as 16 bits The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image which has a total of 4 words mapped into each image Word alignment is applied Manual maco Version 1 4 1 WAGO I O SYSTEM 750 O Modules 347 750 841 ETHERNET TCP IP Programmable Fieldbus Controller Table 389 Counter Modules 750 638 753 638 Input Process Image Instance Bye Destination Description High Byte Low Byte i SO Status byte von Counter 1 D1 DO Counter Value von Counter 1 el Sl Status byte von Counter 2 D3 D2 Counter Value von Counter 2 The specialty modules represent 2x3 bytes input data and seize 2 Instances in Class 0x67 Output Process Image Instance Bye Desunaon Description High Byte Low Byte i CO Control byte von Counter 1 D1 DO Counter Setting Value von Counter 1 n l C1 Control byte von Counter 2 D3 D2 Counter Setting Value von Counter 2 And the specialty modules represent 2x3 bytes output data and seize 2 Instances in Class 0x68 13 3 5 2 Pulse Width Modules 750 511 and all variations xxx xxx The above Pulse Width modules have a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image 4

Handbuch 750-841

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents